ee.

LAAN
AL ATHT llUU LALLA
{UEYEN1Ac et ia nan ui Aa

COLIN A. Ross,

Originally publishe
BLUEBIRD: Deliberate Creation of Multiple

i oe ee hil
 : y
DRIFTWOOD PUBLIC LIBR
ARY
801 SW HWY 101
\ LINCOLN CITY, OREGON 97367
'
 153.853 ROS DEC 2007
ROSS,M.D., COLIN A.
THE C.I.A. DOCTORS
0976550806 $22.95 C2006

THE C.LA. DOCTORS

HuMAN RIGHTS VIOLATIONS By AMERICAN PSYCHIATRISTS

Co in A. Ross, M.D.

Manirou COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 DRIFTWOOD PUBLIC LIBRARY
801 SW HWY 10!
LINCOLN CITY, OREGON 97367

Copyright © 2006 Manitou Communications, Inc.

1701 Gateway, Suite 349
Richardson, TX 75080
Phone: 1-800-572-9588, FAX: 972-918-9069
[email protected], Wwww.rossinst.com

ISBN-10: 0-9765508-0-6
ISBN-13: 978-0-9765508-0-6

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data:

Ross, Colin A., M.D.

The C.I.A. Doctors: Human Rights Violations By American Psychiatrists

ISBN-10: 0-9765508-0-6
ISBN-13: 978-0-9765508-0-6

1. C.1L.A. and Military Mind Control 2. Psychiatry 3. Human Rights Violations

Originally published as
BLUEBIRD: Deliberate Creation of Multiple Personality By Psychiatrists, 2000,
-ISBN 0-9704525-1-9.

Design by Deep River Design, LLC

 ALSO By THE AUTHOR

Northern Studies (1975)

Portrait of Norman Wells (1979)

Adenocarcinoma and Other Poems (1984)

Multiple Personality Disorder:

Diagnosis, Clinical Features, And Treatment (1989)

The Osiris Complex: Case Studies In Multiple Personality Disorder (1994)

Satanic Ritual Abuse: Principles Of Treatment (1995)

Pseudoscience In Biological Psychiatry (1995)

Dissociative Identity Disorder:

Diagnosis, Clinical Features, And Treatment Of Multiple Personality,
Second Edition (1997)

The Trauma Model:

A Solution To The Problem Of Comorbidity In Psychiatry (2000)

Spirit Power Drawings: The Foundation of a New Science (2004)

Songs For Two Children: On Dissociation and Human Energy Fields (2004)

Schizophrenia: Innovations in Diagnosis and Treatment (2004)

 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introductions. ees ee es ee ee 10

I. HISTORICAL BACKGROUND................ 14

1 Project PAPERGLIPGY sea up. ety eB ke Gee 16

2. ‘The Tuskeeote sypmlissinaysrr = rr remem ee oe as |
Sine Radiattom Ex Per imicUts ec ne as iro Seen gt ean eee eas 2a

_ Tl. COLD WAR MIND CONTROL EXPERIMENTATION 32

4" BLUEBIRD aid ARIICHOK EM My ee so ee bs we oe 34
>) MR ULTRA andIMR SHAR Civ. © cose: eet ee olees 54
Ge Other CIA Mind Control Programs 4c. 22. «. 04.2 eh eee 67
(ioe TSS) EX PETMMCIING Beet tras eet. ec ne Eon, eee ee 76
SeebraimbEléctrode Implaito=, 5 52% oe. ogres 6 io ee on eee 87
Sem Non-lethal Weapons aewcuts sa cgay aod: eee ee 102
LOSD rs Louis JOLVOn West gemini sires ota len cor nae eer 106
1d Dr. Martin-Orne).+-as4 Sees cs Ramone Teese 2 Ga 118
Da Deeb wen Carieroiicts « xe) qyiien el pig tte ata ce Dect) casa as 121
13Johns Hopkins University senate te nee ees eee 131
14 Other Doctorsanithe: Networkan eo. Sanh. tee oo oe 136

Ill. G.Hc ESTABROOKS 3s oe eee ee 148

IS... Gris BStabrOoOk Sie mea eine tek wey eee 2 6 gc, oe 150

IV. CASE HIS TORTE Sate ree henge

aon as cee 166
KégiindaMacDonaldGeremmagen sony eee a, cae ae 168
IW MaryuR Ay 5s) 2 ermine: SMa ets ac ees cial toh a L75
LomealleHardrup: ss" a ytey ceeyete Senet fact orSen Rae 184
1D ABA VRLICATS bi... (cesta tae Pe kei al, Be de 195
20 GapdvalOness's 2: satan Goce Ste eee dn eds 201
2, Surbamigs iray oo acs eras cele tare ry ace PEab ft ol 216
22 Mark David Chapniarigen- asm mee, aneoo eae 222

VV. CONCLUSIONS © ee ee 230

23 Iatrogenic Multiple Personality Disorder ............. 232
24 The Reality of the Manchurian Candidate............. 238

VI. REFERENCES
VIL APRPENDICES .... ogeeoe 268
 KD2358LEB21891KIN203172QG50665TR7477QG411042

In working with individual subjects, special attention will be given

to disassociative states, which tend to accompany spontaneous ESP
experiences. Such states can be induced or controlled to some extent
with hypnosis and drugs. .. The data used in this study will be obtained
from group ESP experiments which have yielded significant results,
high scoring subjects from special groups such as psychotics, children
and mediums, and from psychological tests in which answers are of the
multiple choice type. . But the main consideration will be the attitude
and general disposition of the subject. Wherever possible, every attempt
will be made to tailor the tasks required to his preferences and his estimate
of good working conditions. In one case the experimental procedure
will be designed to achieve favorable motivation by such devices as
instructing him that he is participating in a study of subception. In other
cases drugs and psychological tricks will be used to modify his attitudes.
The experimenters will be particularly interested in disassociative states,
from the abaissment de niveau mental to multiple personality in so-called
mediums, and an attempt will be made to induce a number of states of this
kind, using hypnosis.

MKULTRA Subproject 136 Proposal, 30 May 1961, Experimental

Analysis of Extrasensory Perception, approved by the Chief, Technical
Services Division/Research Branch, Central Intelligence Agency, 23
August 1961, $8,579.00.
 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank the people who suggested books for me to read.
During the thirteen years I have studied mind control, many people have
provided me support and encouragement, in person, and through e-mail
and correspondence. That helped a lot, especially when the disinformation
campaign against me was taking its toll. Dale Reeves worked very hard
making trips to TRIMS in Houston, Colgate College in New York, and
other locations, and filing and organizing documents. Tere Kole worked
equally as hard on the files and on preparation of the manuscript and the
mechanics of publishing.

The CIA Doctors is based on 15,000 pages of documents obtained from the
CIA through the Freedom of Information Act. Without this information,
there would be no book. I want the reader to know that this book is not
about the CIA nor the government. In my opinion, public scrutiny needs
to be focused on the psychiatrists and medical schools. It was they who
violated the Hippocratic Oath.

If the West had not won the Cold War, I would likely have died in Gulag
many years ago. The CIA and military intelligence agencies are owed a
personal debt by me on this count. I am not criticizing the CIA or the
military in this book because I am not an expert on intelligence matters.
I am a psychiatrist specializing in dissociative disorders, which include
multiple personality disorder.

If I tried to write this book in Russia, I would be sent to Gulag. I would like
to acknowledge the CIA for winning the Cold War, protecting democracy,
and making my work possible. Many people have asked me if I am afraid
of the CIA because of my investigation of mind control. I always tell them
that the dangerous people, for me, are the psychiatrists.
Why do I admire the CIA? In part, because I admire its founder, William
Donovan** '**: °°. If Donovan had been in charge of U.S. foreign policy
after World War I, there would not have been a Vietnam War. The true
spirit of the CIA would have prevailed. Donovan was the head of the OSS
during World War II. The OSS was disbanded in 1945, but resurrected as
the CIA in 1947. During the Second World War France was occupied by
the Nazis. The French were our allies and the OSS worked with the French
resistance. During the Nazi occupation, the northern half of France was
administered directly by the Nazis, while the southern half plus Algeria
were administered on behalf of the Nazis by Frenchmen. This southern
government was called the Vichy Government. Our allies the French were
collaborating with our enemies the Germans. The Vichy Government
hated our allies the British, and in fact the British attacked the Vichy naval
fleet in July, 1940.

Around the other side of the world, our enemies the Japanese occupied
what is now called Vietnam in September, 1940. At that time North
Vietnam was called Tonkin and South Vietnam was called Cochin. In
order to occupy Vietnam, the Japanese kicked out the French government
which occupied the country before and after the Second World War. In
Vietnam, the French were our allies and the Japanese were our enemies.
Unfortunately, the French government kicked out of South Vietnam by the
Japanese was a Vichy government; this Vichy government was an enemy
of our allies the British.

Linked to this diplomatic mess was the situation in China. In July, 1942 the
OSS set up guerrilla warfare unit in India for operations in southeast Asia
and China. At the time, General Joseph Stilwell was U.S. Commander in
China, Burma and India and also Chief of Staff to Chiang Kai-shek. The
only American military force in China was an air force squadron called the
Flying Tigers, headed up by General Claire Chennault. In 1947, Chennault
became the head of Civil Air Transport, an airline owned and operated
by the CIA.

In China, Chiang Kai-shek was enemies with Mao Tse-tung, so Mao

Tse-tung should have been our enemy. On the other hand, Mao Tse-tung
was aligned with our allies the Russians, so should have been our friend.
The official American position was to be allies with Chiang Kai-shek, but
the OSS trained about 25,000 of Mao’s guerrillas and supplied them with
100,000 pistols.
 Tue CIA Doctors

Chiang Kai-shek’s head of intelligence was a man called Tai Li. William
Donovan met with Tai Li in person for various negotiations during the war.
The British arrested Tai Li in Hong Kong in 1941 but he was released due
to a personal intervention by Chiang Kai-shek.

In May, 1941 the Vietnamese, known at this time as the Annamites met
in southern China, Chiang Kai-shek’s territory, to set up a Vietnamese
resistance organization. This organization was devoted to liberating
Vietnam from Japanese occupation and establishing a free, democratic
government aligned with the United States The OSS supported the
resistance fighters in Vietnam just like it did those in France.

The leader of the Viet Minh, the name given to the resistance organization,
was aman called Nguyen ai Qoc: this man was arrested and imprisoned by
Tai Li’s agents in August, 1942. He was not released until September, 1943,
and then only because of a deal made with Chiang Kai-shek’s government
by a Chinese warlord. After his release Nguyen ai Qoc changed his name
to Ho Chi Minh in order to avoid Tai L1’s agents.

For the last two years of the Second World War, Ho Chi Minh was the
leader of the Vietnamese resistance against the Japanese. He created
an extensive underground network in Tonkin, supplied intelligence
to U.S. forces, and aided in the rescue of downed Flying Tiger pilots.
He had full OSS support.

Our allies, the French didn’t like Ho Chi Minh because if he succeeded in
liberating Vietnam from the Japanese, and established a free democratic
government, the French would not be able to take over at the end of the
war. The deal that ended up getting made between the Americans, British,
French and Russians was that the French could have South Vietnam back.
This meant that Ho Chi Minh had to be transformed into a communist
enemy of democracy.

OSS support of Ho Chi Minh included an officer of the Chase Manhattan

Bank who was parachuted into his camp, and an OSS medic named Paul
Hoagland. Paul Hoagland saved Ho Chi Minh’s life with quinine and sulfa
drugs, otherwise he would have died of a combination of malaria, dysentery
and other tropical diseases. The OSS also trained 200 elite troops of Ho
Chi Minh’s army commander, a man named Vo Nguyen Giap.

On August 17, 1945 Ho Chi Minh and the Viet Minh took control of
Hanoi from the Japanese. Ho Chi Minh was accompanied on his march
 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

into Hanoi by Paul Hoagland and the rest of the OSS Deer team that had
parachuted into his camp. On that day, August 17, 1945, Ho Chi Minh
broadcast the following message in English to OSS headquarters:

National Liberation Committee on VML begs U.S. authorities

to inform United Nations the following. We were fighting Japs
on the side of the United Nations. Now Japs surrendered. We
beg the United Nations to realize their solemn promise that all
nationalities will be given democracy and independence. If United
Nations forget their solemn promise and dont give Indochina full
independence, we will keep fighting until we get it.

On September 2, 1945 a band marched through Hanoi playing the Star

Spangled Banner while OSS officer Colonel Archimedes Patti and Vo
Nguyen Giap stood side by side, arms held in salute. The two men are
shown in this stance in a photograph in Smith’s book on the OSS”’'. Ho
Chi Minh had declared that day Vietnam Independence Day, and he began
his liberation speech with the words, “A// men are created equal.”

Ho Chi Minh, the hated Communist was originally a resistance fighter

devoted to freedom and democracy, supported by William Donovan, the
OSS and the American taxpayer in his fight against the Japanese. He was
transformed into a Communist enemy because of the deal made between
the British, Americans, French and Russians at the end of World War II.
For several months after the end of the War, Donovan worked in Vietnam
trying to rebuild the infrastructure, attract American capital to Vietnam,
and establish a democracy lead by Ho Chi Minh. This effort was shut
down for political reasons, and as a result the stage was set for American
military involvement in Vietnam a decade later.

If the work of the OSS in Vietnam had continued under the CIA and
William Donovan’s leadership, there would have been no American
casualties there in subsequent decades. Ho Chi Minh would have been the
leader of a democracy aligned with the United States. But the true vision
of the CIA did not prevail. I include this historical aside to show why
Ladmire William Donovan, and to explain why I am not in any way a critic
of the CIA.

My focus in The CIA Doctors is on the psychiatrists, not on the CIA.

It is the psychiatrists who violated the Hippocratic Oath, and it is the
psychiatrists who betrayed their patients’ trust for career advancement
funding, and academic promotions.
 INTRODUCTION

The major goal of the Cold War mind control programs was to
create dissociative symptoms and disorders, including full multiple
personality disorder. The Manchurian Candidate® is fact, not fiction,
and was created by the CIA in the 1950’s under BLUEBIRD and
ARTICHOKE mind control programs. Experiments with LSD, sensory
deprivation, electro-convulsive treatment, brain electrode implants and
hypnosis were designed to create amnesia, depersonalization, changes
in identity and altered states of consciousness. One purpose of The
CIA Doctors: Human Rights Violations by American Psychiatrists 1s
to prove that the creation of controlled dissociation was a major goal
of mind control research. Other authors, who are not specialists in
dissociation *°°***, have failed to understand this fact. Multiple personality
disorder is now classified by the American Psychiatric Association’’
as dissociative identity disorder.

The main purposes of this book are:

1. To document extensive human rights violations by American

psychiatrists over the last 70 years.

2. To prove that these violations were pervasive, systematic and

involved leading psychiatrists and medical schools.

3. To counter claims that the violations happened in an earlier

time with different ethical standards — they violated the
Hippocratic Oath and the Nuremberg Code.

4. To call for a systematic review of these violations by

government and the profession of psychiatry.
 11

Because the subject matter of this book is likely to provoke extreme

reactions, I have taken great care to present only facts that are fully
documented and based on objective, public domain information.
Experiments to create Manchurian Candidate “super spies” must be
understood in their social and historical context, which is one of pervasive,
systematic mind control experimentation, not by a few isolated renegade
doctors, but by the leaders of psychiatry and the major medical schools.

The literature on psychiatric participation in CIA and military mind control

is incomplete. A systematic inventory of projects and investigators has never
been attempted. Only one paper on the subject has been published in medical
journals** and only one book was published by academic presses inthe 1990’s?!°.
These treatments of the subject had a narrow focus. Other books and articles
on the subject range from scholarly?’’?’* to popular**! *°” 3, The last study of
the subject with a broad perspective appeared almost two decades ago’. The
medical schools and academia have been completely silent on psychiatric
participation in mind control experimentation.

The participation of psychiatrists and medical schools in mind control

research was not a matter of a few scattered doctors pursuing questionable
lines of investigation. Nor did the experiments occur in a previous
era governed by different ethical standards than those prevailing at
the beginning of the twenty-first century. Rather, the mind control
experimentation was systematic, organized, and involved many leading
psychiatrists and medical schools. Many leading psychiatrists must have
been directly aware of the Manchurian Candidate programs.

The mind control experiments were interwoven with radiation experiments,

and research on chemical and biological weapons. The mind control work
was funded by the CIA, Army, Navy and Air Force, and concurrently by
other agencies including the Public Health Service and the Scottish Rite
Foundation. The psychiatrists, psychologists, neurosurgeons and other
contractors conducting the work were imbedded in a broad network of
doctors and much of the research was published in medical journals.

Mind control contractors with TOP SECRET clearance included the

American Psychological Association, Past Presidents of the American
Psychiatric Association and the Society for Biological Psychiatry, and
psychiatrists who have received awards from the American Psychological
Association and the American Psychiatric Association. Many of the
mind control doctors have been the subjects of obituaries in the American
Journal of Psychiatry.
12 THE CIA Doctors

Clinical responsibility for the mind control experiments lies with the
doctors, who should have been constrained by the Hippocratic Oath.
National Security interests are the proper responsibility of the CIA,
and the CIA is not governed by the Hippocratic Oath. That the CIA created
Manchurian Candidates is a fact, but this book is not about the CIA,
the military or the government. It is not based on conspiracy theory and
it does not advance a conspiracy theory. I am not a critic of the CIA and
I am not privy to the intelligence imperatives behind the Manchurian
Candidate programs.

My focus in The CIA Doctors: Human Rights Violations by American

Psychiatrists is on psychiatry and the dissociative disorders. My intent
is to prove that the Manchurian Candidate is real, and to set the Manchurian
Candidate programs in a historical and clinical context. The CIA Doctors
documents extensive human rights violations by psychiatrists in North
America in the second half of the twentieth century. Many thousands
of prisoners and mental patients were subjected to unethical mind control
experiments by leading psychiatrists and medical schools. Organized
academic psychiatry has never acknowledged this history. The network
of mind control doctors involved in BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE,
MKULTRA and other mind control programs has done a great deal of
harm to the field of psychiatry and to psychiatric patients. My goal is to
break the ugly silence.

The CIA Doctors was originally published in the year 2000, with the title
BLUEBIRD. Deliberate Creation Of Multiple Personality By Psychiatrists.
I decided to change the title in this edition because potential readers might
not know about BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE and other CIA mind control
programs. Therefore it might be unclear to them what the book is about.
I changed the subtitle in order to provide a clearer focus for the book.
This edition contains no new references or documents. I have done some
light revising and reorganizing and added some concluding comments
about mind control programs that are ongoing in the twenty-first century.
 s vepreata Eitan vs bate
‘cain eer etn

hs coetghvoed ha) ‘ -—
me? p4Qte

7
Neaome® 2 wal = ¢
I. HistorIcAL BACKGROUND
 15

To understand creation of Manchurian Candidates by CIA and military

mind control doctors, it is necessary to have some historical background.
The work of the mind control doctors did not occur in a vacuum. The
importation of Nazi doctors to the United States through secret programs
like PAPERCLIP is part of the context.

Likewise, the Tuskeegee Syphilis Study helps us understand how mind

control experimentation was not only tolerated by medical professionals,
but published in the peer-reviewed literature. Just as the results of the
Tuskeegee Study were published in the medical literature'*' ** *” so
was the mind control research condoned and tolerated via publication in
psychiatric and medical journals. The climate was permissive, supportive
and approving of mind control experimentation.

Radiation experiments conducted by doctors on behalf of the military,

Atomic Energy Commission and other branches of government
overlapped with biological and chemical weapons research and also with
mind control. For instance, Dr. William Sweet participated in both brain
electrode implant experiments and the injection of uranium into medical
patients at Harvard University®® '*°. The 925-page Final Report. Advisory
Committee on Human Radiation Experiments® tells the story of the
radiation experiments, and their linkage to mind control.
 1
PROJECT PAPERCLIP

At the end of World War II, German scientists and technical experts
were being held in a variety of detainment camps by the allies and
Russians. The British, French, Americans and Russians became embroiled
in highly competitive recruiting efforts to secure the services of these
German specialists. Many of the scientists, however, could not qualify
for immigration visas into the United States because they were war
criminals or had actively served the Nazi cause. The prospect of losing the
industrial and scientific services of these German experts lead to the creation
of a series of secret programs including PAPERCLIP, PROJECT 63 and
NATIONAL INTEREST™® 9: 287, 288,

Through these programs, over 1000 German scientists and their families
were secretly brought into the United States without State Department
scrutiny or approval. Recruitment of German scientists through PAPERCLIP
and related projects continued into the 1980’s. The most famous individual
brought over in this manner was Werner von Braun, the rocket scientist.

Von Braun was the head of the German V2 rocket program during World
War I. The V2 rocket factory was the Mittlewerk, a site visited personally
by von Braun. Labor for the factory was provided by the inmates of nearby
Camp Dora. It is estimated that 20,000 inmates were worked to death at
the Mittlewerk; 6000 bodies were found on the ground when American
troops liberated the camp late in the War.

One of the survivors of Camp Dora, Yves Beon, said that workers were
given one piece of bread and margarine per day. Despite these conditions,
workers were able to sabotage some of the V2 rockets by tampering with
parts or urinating on them. When sabotage was discovered, the prisoners
were hanged in their work tunnels. Beatings by prison guards were routine.
 HisToRICAL BACKGROUND: PROJECT PAPERCLIP iW

Besides visiting the Mittlewerk personally, von Braun attended a meeting

at which the Nazis discussed bringing French civilians in as slave labor
for building rockets. At the Nuremberg trials, von Braun was said by a
Nazi defendant to have worked closely with Dr. Albin Sawatzi. Camp
Dora prisoners identified Sawatzi as being in charge of much of the deadly
treatment they received, and as personally administering beatings.

A report by the Office of Military Government U.S., the OMGUS Security

Report, listed von Braun as an ardent Nazi and a security threat to the
United States, hence the need for routing through PAPERCLIP. Two
weeks after the first U.S. moon landing, on August 2, 1969, von Braun
wrote a letter to retired Major General Julius Klein on his Director of
Marshall Space Flight Center stationery, in which he said, “It’s true that
I was a member of Hitler’s elite SS. The columnist was correct. I would
appreciate it if you would keep the information to yourself as any publicity
would harm my work with NASA.”

The NASA rockets that took Neil Armstrong to the moon were built by
von Braun and his colleagues. When Armstrong stepped onto the surface
of the moon, he did not realize that he was stepping on the ashes of 20,000
people who died at Camp Dora. Arthur Rudolph, head of production at
the Mittlewerk, became the head of the U.S. Saturn V Rocket Program.
Another Mittlewerk team member, Kurt Debus, became the first Director
of the Kennedy Space Center.

Medical doctors also came over under PAPERCLIP. Dr. Albertus

Strughold was named chief scientist of the Aerospace Medical Division
of the U.S. Air Force in 1961. He is regarded as the father of aviation
medicine. Strughold’s first job in the U.S. was head of the Air Force
School of Aviation Medicine at Randolph Field, Texas. In 1949 he took
charge of the newly created Department of Space Medicine. Honors
awarded Strughold included the Americanism Medal from the Daughters
of the American Revolution. Also, June 15, 1985 was declared “Dr.
Albertus Strughold Day” by the Texas Senate. The Aerospace Library at
the School of Aerospace Medicine, Brooks Air Force Base, San Antonio,
Texas is dedicated to Strughold.

An article in The Dallas Morning News, October 27, 1993 (page 8A)
describes efforts by the Simon Weisenthal Center and other groups to have
honors paid to Dr. Strughold, including the Library dedication, removed.
18 Tue CIA Doctors

Strughold was head of the Luftwaffe Institute of Aviation Medicine

in Berlin during the War. At the Nuremberg trials his military superiors,
close associates and a subordinate were all tried for war crimes.
Strughold, however, was never arrested, interrogated or called
as a witness. Nuremberg investigator Herbert Meyer was given firsthand
information about Strughold’s direct involvement in war crimes for which
people close to him were tried. Hermann Becker-Freysing, who gave
this information to Meyer, was found guilty at Nuremberg and sentenced
to twenty years in prison.

One study conducted by Nazi aviation doctors involved an attempt

to ascertain the effects of ejecting from an airplane at high altitudes.
Concentration camp prisoners were placed in a special chamber and the
pressure would suddenly be dropped to the equivalent of 39,260 feet. One
question addressed in the experiment was whether the decompression was
more painful in the prone or sitting position. Some subjects went insane
and some died.

At Dachau, Himmler personally approved the use of 200

prisoners (Jews, Russians, and members of the Polish resistance)
in experiments by Dr. Sigmund Rascher. The experiments were
expected to be fatal. Rascher went a step beyond prior research;
he instantly decompressed subjects to the equivalent of 69,000 feet, which
caused many to pull out their hair, tear their faces with their fingernails,
and pound their heads on the wall.

Nearly eighty men died from being kept at simulated high

altitude for up to thirty minutes. Others were taken out of
the chamber alive, held under water till they drowned, then
autopsied to determine the amount of air embolism in their brains.
The reactions of the men inside the chambers were often filmed.

Karl Hoellenrainer was a gypsy prison-camp inmate who survived

experiments at Dachau prison hospital conducted by Dr. Wilhelm
Beigelboeck. Hoellenrainer was in Auschwitz briefly, where his own
child, and his sister and her two children were killed. He was to have been
transported from there to Buchenwald but was rerouted to Dachau. There,
he and other subjects were starved then forced to drink putrid seawater, or
seawater treated by one of two purification methods. Those who refused
were tied up and force-fed by tubes.
 HistoricAL BACKGROUND: PROJECT PAPERCLIP 19

Subjects in these experiments became violently ill, some went into coma,
some were seriously wounded, and some died when their livers were
punctured to drain off blood and water. The purpose of the experiments
was to develop methods that would enable Nazi pilots downed at sea to
survive by drinking seawater.

Besides strictly medical experiments, Dachau was also the site of mind
control experiments involving the drug mescaline. Nazi doctors including
Dr. Kurt Plotner administered mescaline to unwitting subjects by spiking
prisoner’s drinks'**. During the same period, similar experiments involving
mescaline, marijuana, barbiturates, and scopolamine were conducted by
Dr. Winfred Overholser at St. Elizabeth’s hospital in Washington, D.C.

TheU.S.mindcontrolexperimentsatSt. Elizabeth’s wereconductedunderthe

auspices of the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the precursor of the CIA.
A participant in the experiments, OSS officer George White, later became
the contractor on the CIA’s MKULTRA Subprojects 3, 14, 16, 42 and 149
that ran from 1953 to at least 1964.

An unanswered question is whether any Nazi psychiatrists or mind control

experts were brought over under PAPERCLIP or related projects’**. The
full range of German scientific technical expertise was recruited through
these programs including medical doctors, rocket scientists, propulsion
experts, and experts in ball bearings, film, lubricants, jet engines and
countless other areas of interest to the military. It seems unlikely that
no psychiatrists were included in the recruitment programs, especially
since the OSS was already testing and interested in the same mind control
methods studied in the death camps.

It is not difficult to identify possible PAPERCLIP scientists in the medical

literature. Theodore Wagner-Jauregg was a chemist born on May 2, 1903
in Vienna and educated in Munich and Vienna. He died on February
19, 1992. His father, Julius Wagner-Jauregg, won the Nobel Prize for
Medicine in 1927 for research on syphilis”.

Theodore Wagner-Jauregg worked at the Kaiser Wilhem Institute

in Germany before the War and then worked at Edgware Arsenal from
1948 to 1955 before returning to Europe. Edgeware Arsenal was one
of the key centers for CIA and Army LSD and mind control research
during the 1950’s and 1960’s. In a paper on a defensive chemical weapon,
s!’
an antidote to a class of drug called acetylcholinesterase inhibitor
the authors say in a footnote that, “The experimental results in this paper
20 THE CIA Doctors

were obtained several years ago, but its publication has been delayed
for various reasons.”

Most likely, publication was delayed until the results of the work were
declassified. Under the listing of authors, the paper is said to be, “From
the Research Directorate, United States Army Chemical Research and
Development Laboratories, Army Chemical Center, Maryland.” Whether
or not Wagner-Jauregg came over under PAPERCLIP is not the point; the
point is that any psychiatrists brought over as mind control experts ought
to be identifiable.

There was a round of declassification of mind control documents in the

1970’s, which were the foundation of books published in the 1970’s and
19807578: ©, 105, 158, 184, 278, 301. These documents and books did not examine
the possible role of German PAPERCLIP psychiatrists in mind control
experimentation. The subject remains untouched by scholarly and
investigative hands, but is an essential part of the historical background.
 2
THE TUSKEEGEE SYPHILIS STUDY

Like the mind control research, the results of the Tuskeegee Syphilis
Study were published in the peer-reviewed medical literature*” >.
The Tuskeegee Syphilis Study was clearly unethical and harmful
to the subjects. The Study violated the 1943 Henderson Act,
an Alabama public health statute for mandatory reporting of tuberculosis
and venereal disease, and state health laws passed in 1927, 1957, and
1969'*!. In 1964 the World Health Organization issued the Helsinki
Declaration, which provided ethical guidelines for medical research.
The Tuskeegee Syphilis Study violated the Helsinki rule that research
subjects must give informed consent.

The Study was started in Macon County, Alabama in 1932 as a spinoff

from a 1930 project funded by the Rosenwald fund with a grant
of $50,000.00. The study was run by the Public Health Service, which
also co-funded mind control research after World War II. During
its forty years, numerous accounts of the Study were published
in medical journals including a 1964°% paper in the Archives
of Internal Medicine entitled, “The Tuskeegee Study of Untreated
Syphilis: The 30th Year of Observation.”

The paper begins, “The year 1963 marks the 30" year of the long-term
evaluation of the effect of un-treated syphilis in the male Negro conducted
by the Venereal Disease Branch, Communicable Disease Center, United
States Public Health Service. This paper summarizes the information
obtained in this study - well known as the “Tuskeegee Study” - from
earlier publications.”

People and organizations that knew about the Tuskeegee Study

included the Surgeon General, the American Heart Association,
22 Tue CIA Doctors

the Macon County Medical Society, the Public Health Service,

and the Center for Disease Control. The first recorded protest
about Tuskeegee by a medical doctor did not occur until 1964, when Dr.
Irwin J. Schatz, a staff member at Henry Ford Hospital in Detroit, wrote to
the first author of a 1964 paper on the study.

Dr. Schatz’s letter was referred to the Center for Disease Control where
it was filed but not answered. A note by Dr. Anne R. Yobs, a coauthor of
the 1964 paper, was stapled to Dr. Schatz’s letter. It read, “This is the first
letter of this type we have received. I do not plan to answer this letter.”

Throughout its forty-year course, the Tuskeegee Study was praised and
received various honors. Eunice Rivers, the black nurse who ran the study
for decades, received the Oveta Culp Hobby Award for her work in the
Study on April 18, 1958. This is the highest commendation the Department
of Health, Education and Welfare can bestow on an employee.

What was the design of the Tuskeegee Syphilis Study?

In 1932, 399 illiterate poor rural black men with syphilis were
recruited as subjects, along with 201 controls without syphilis.
The purpose of the Study was to make sure the 399 men never
got treatment. They were followed up for decades to see how the syphilis
affected them. Part of the purpose of the Study was to compare the results
to a similar study done in Norway by Dr. Trygve Gjestland, who visited
the Tuskeegee Study in November 1951.

The subjects and their families had no idea what the Study was all about.
They weren’t told they had syphilis and didn’t know it was treatable. A
black woman described in the book about Tuskeegee, Bad Blood'*', is
quoted as saying that injections received at medical clinics were making
women in Macon County pregnant. These people had no understanding
of disease or modern medicine. Bad blood was a term used to describe all
kinds of problems in the rural south, ranging from syphilis to pellagra to
a general run down condition. The Tuskeegee subjects were told that they
had bad blood.

In 1932, the standard treatment for syphilis was a combination of mercury,

arsphenamine and neoarsphenamine. Although this treatment was primitive,
it stopped the progression of the disease and made patients noninfectious.
Public Health Service carried out large-scale screening, education and
treatment programs for syphilis throughout the 1930’s.
 HIsToRICAL BACKGROUND: THE TUSKEEGEE SYPHILIS STUDY 23

The cure for syphilis, penicillin, was introduced in the early 1940’s.
It was withheld from the Tuskeegee men for thirty years. If any of the men
showed up at a non-Study clinic or doctor’s office, the Study nurse would
contact the staff and say, “He’s under study and not to be treated.”

The published results of the Study showed, as expected, that the men with
untreated syphilis were sicker and died younger than controls. This is only
part of the problem. How many acts of unprotected sexual intercourse
did these 399 men engage in over forty years? How many women were
infected with syphilis because these men were deliberately not treated?
How many children were born with congenital syphilis because of the
Study? It is a medical certainty that the Tuskeegee Syphilis Study resulted
in preventable cases of congenital syphilis.

The contribution of the Tuskeegee men to medical science was recognized

and rewarded. In 1958 a certificate bearing the Seal of the U.S. Public
Health Service and the signature of the Surgeon General, Dr. Leroy
E. Burney, was given to each surviving subject. The certificate read,
“This certificate is awarded to in grateful recognition of 25
years of active participation in the Tuskeegee medical research study.”

The men were also given $25.00 each, one dollar for each year
of participation. Study subject Herman Shaw testified at a Hearing of the
Subcommittee on Health of the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare,
United States Senate (1973). The Proceedings include a transcript of the
following conversation between Mr. Shaw and Senator Edward Kennedy:

Senator KENNEDY: Did you feel during this period that you
were being cured, that they were looking
after your medical needs?
Mr. SHAW: I just got a slap on the back and they
said you are good for 100 years.
That is all I ever had.
Senator KENNEDY: How many years have they been slapping
you on the back?
Mr. SHAW: Forty years.
Senator KENNEDY: You were in the study for forty years?
Mr. SHAW: Yes, sir.
Senator KENNEDY: Did they give you any kind of
compensation while they were doing this
study?
Mr. SHAW: No sir, with the exception of a 25-year certificate.
 Tue CIA Doctors

Senator KENNEDY: Twenty-five year what?

Mr. SHAW: Twenty-five year health certificate.
They gave us a dollar a year, $25.00.
Senator KENNEDY: A dollar a year?
Mr. SHAW: Yes, sir. Up to that time, from 1932, up
until the time the 25-year limit ran out.
Senator KENNEDY: So the only compensation you received
has been the $25.00?
Mr. SHAW: That is right.
Senator KENNEDY: What was the certificate of merit for?
Mr. SHAW: I do not know, sir. It was for regular
attendance, that is all I can figure.
Senator KENNEDY: Do you think because you kept going
back to the nurse or the doctor and
letting them take your blood as they
told you to do?
Mr. SHAW: Yes, sir.
Senator KENNEDY: When you were told to go back, did you
think it was a check up and that since
they didn t prescribe medication, that
therefore you were healthy? What did
you assume?
Mr. SHAW: Every year they would give us a white
tablet for pain and a little vial - I guess
it was some type of tonic. Every year
for forty years up to now, we had two
different doctors. We would never get
the same doctor back each time.
Senator KENNEDY: Different doctors?
Mr. SHAW: Different doctor every year.
Senator KENNEDY: When was the last time you were at the
clinic?
Mr. SHAW: Last year.
Senator KENNEDY: What did they tell you last year?
Mr. SHAW: Slap on the back and said I was good
for 100 years. I guess it was routine.

The Tuskeegee Syphilis Study was eventually shut down in 1972 because
of the efforts of Peter Buxtun, an investigative journalist. There is no
evidence to suggest that the government or the medical profession had any
intention of closing the study as of 1972.
 HistoricAL BACKGROUND: THE TUSKEEGEE SYPHILIS STUDY 25

In December 1965 Buxtun was hired as a venereal disease investigator by

the Public Health Service. As part of his job he began to hear about the
Tuskeegee Syphilis Study. He wrote to the Center for Disease Control
about it, and was brought to the Center at government expense in 1967.
As a result of his visit a panel was convened by the Center for Disease
Control on February 6, 1969. The panel, which consisted of five medical
doctors, decided to continue the study, which by this time had been taken
over by the Center for Disease Control.

Eventually, Buxtun talked about Tuskeegee with his longtime friend,

Edith Lederer, an International Affairs reporter with Associated Press. She
turned the story over to Jean Heller in Washington, D.C., who published it
in the Washington Post on July 25, 1972.

Once the Tuskeegee Syphilis Study was in the media, official medical
reaction condemned it, and it was shut down. On July 23, 1973 attorney
Fred Gray filed a $1.8 billion class action suit in the United States District
Court for the Middle District of Alabama. Defendants in the suit were
the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, the U.S. Public Health
Service, the Center for Disease Control, the State of Alabama, the State
Board of Health for Alabama, and the Millbank Fund.

In December, 1974 the government agreed to an out-of-court settlement for

$10 million. Cash payments were made as follows: $37,500.00 for every
living subject; $15,000.00 to the heirs of deceased subjects; $16,000.00 to
living control subjects; and $5,000.00 to the heirs of deceased controls. In
May, 1997 President Clinton issued an official apology to the Tuskeegee
subjects and their families.

The Tuskeegee Syphilis Study is relevant to mind control in several ways.

It establishes that a large network of doctors and organizations were
willing to participate in, fund and condone grossly unethical medical
experimentation into the 1970’s. This is the general setting for psychiatric
participation in mind control and creation of the Manchurian Candidate.
The Study proves that such experiments resulted in serious damage to study
subjects and their children. Finally, the Tuskeegee Syphilis Study proves
that considerable external pressure is often required before the medical
profession takes the necessary action to terminate such experimentation.

The role of general medicine in Tuskeegee is the same as psychiatry’s role

in mind control.
 3
RADIATION EXPERIMENTS

Unethical radiation experiments were conducted on about 600 subjects in

the United States beginning in the 1940’s and running into the 1970’s *°.**
311 These experiments overlapped with chemical and biological weapons
research and mind control experimentation. The radiation experiments
were funded by a variety of government agencies including the Department
of Defense, the Department of Energy and the CIA. Subjects did not give
meaningful informed consent.

As was true of mind control and biological weapons research, radiation

experiments were conducted on children and unwitting civilians.
Physicians were directly involved in administering the radiation and
measuring its effects. The radiation experiments are part of the historical
background of psychiatric participation in mind control.

President Clinton set up a Committee to look into radiation experiments

after they were described in the media in late 1993. The information had
been made public in a Senate Subcommittee report produced by Rep.
Edward Markey of Massachusetts in 1986°'', but it didn’t generate any
public reaction at that time. The Advisory Committee on Human Radiation
Experiments issued its Final Report in October, 1995.

An example of unethical radiation research is the experiment done on Ebb

Cade, a 53-year old black man who was in a car accident on March 24,
1945. He was in treatment for fractures and other injuries at Oak Ridge
Army Hospital when he was injected with 4.7 micrograms of plutonium
on April 10, five days before his fractures were set. The experimental
protocol was to sample his blood for four hours after injection, bone tissue
ninety-six hours after, and bodily excretions for 40-60 days, all to measure
 HIstToRICAL BACKGROUND: RADIATION EXPERIMENTS 27

the plutonium levels. Bone samples were taken when his fractures were
set, and also some teeth were extracted for analysis.

Data on Mr. Cade were presented at a “Conference on Plutonium”

in Chicago in May, 1945 by Wright Langham of the Los Alamos
Laboratory’s Health Division. Mr. Cade was given the subject number
HP-12 which stood for “human product”, a code also used in radiation
experiments at the University of Rochester. Ebb Cade died as a result
of heart failure on April 13, 1953 in Greensboro, North Carolina.

Many people were injected with plutonium, x-rayed and exposed

to other forms of radiation without their informed consent. Elmer Allen
and his wife Fredna, a black couple, were pleased when, in 1973, doctors
offered them a free trip to New York to study why he had survived bone
cancer for so long (The Dallas Morning News, December 31, 1993,
page 1A). As part of the trip they were picked up by limousine in Chicago
and Mr. Allen was taken to the Argonne National Laboratory while his
wife went sightseeing.

Doctors at the University of California in San Francisco injected Mr. Allen

with plutonium on July 14, 1947, four days before his leg was amputated
for bone cancer. Mr Allen and seventeen other patients were injected with
plutonium in an experiment run by the MANHATTAN PROJECT.

John Simpson*!!, a retired astrophysicist who worked for the

MANHATTAN PROJECT commented on these plutonium injections
by saying, “We should be extremely cautious about criticizing their work.”
He claimed that without such experiments, “radioactive dangers would
be greater throughout the world today.”

Although that claim is dubious, it misses the point even if accurate.

The problem with the experiments is the lack of informed consent and the
deceptive rationalizations of the physicians for their ongoing interest in Mr.
Allen. These continued into the 1970’s and are serious ethical violations
even if there was no physical harm to Mr. Allen from the plutonium,
and even if the experiments yielded valuable information.

Other subjects were financially compensated for their participation

in radiation experiments. Prisoners in Washington and Oregon
state prisons were paid to have their testicles irradiated; they got
$5.00 a month for the irradiation, $10.00 each time a testicle was
biopsied, and $100.00 for completing the experiment. According
28 THE CIA Doctors

to project director Dr. Carl Heller, the prisoners received vasectomies

“to avoid the possibility of contaminating the general population with
irradiation-induced mutants.”

Because of the need for vasectomies, Catholic prisoners were excluded

from participating. During the experiment, which ran from 1963 to 1971,
the subjects’ testicles were exposed to 600 roentgen of radiation, which is
100 times the maximum recommended dose. In 1976 a group of subjects
filed suit, as a result of which the Oregon State Legislature made an award
of $2,215.00. This sum was split among nine men.

Other experiments were conducted at Los Alamos (site of the

MANHATTAN PROJECT); Dugway Proving Ground, Utah (site of Army
LSD experiments); Oak Ridge, Tennessee; and Hanford Nuclear Facility,
Richmond, Washington from 1948 to 1952. Clouds of radioactive material
were released into the atmosphere and tracked as they moved downwind,
often through populated areas. In one experiment code-named GREEN
RUN, radioactive iodine-131 was released from the Hanford Nuclear
Facility and drifted over Spokane. The cloud contained hundreds and
perhaps thousands as times as much radiation as was released accidentally
at Three Mile Island in 1979.

Another project run jointly by Massachusetts General Hospital and the

Health Physics Division of Oak Ridge National Laboratory was called
the Boston Project. An investigator in this Project was Dr. William Sweet,
a neurosurgeon whose brain electrode experiments will be discussed in
a later chapter. In 1995 testimony to the Advisory Committee, Dr. Sweet
claimed that all subjects injected with uranium in the Boston Project gave
informed consent. However, Boston Project subject VI was injected after
he arrived at the Emergency Ward unconscious, and he died of a subdural
hematoma, without being identified and without regaining consciousness.

Chapter 7 of the Final Report is entitled “Nontherapeutic Research on

Children.” In 1961 researchers at Harvard Medical School, Massachusetts
General Hospital and Boston University School of Medicine gave radioactive
iodine to seventy retarded children at Wrentham State School. These
institutions also received CIA mind control money through MKULTRA.

Other MKULTRA institutions that injected nontherapeutic radioactive

materials into children included Johns Hopkins, the University of
Minnesota and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. MIT gave
radioactive substances to children at the Fernald School by putting it in
 HistoricAL BACKGROUND: RADIATION EXPERIMENTS 29

their food. The Advisory Committee notes that no risks of radioactivity

were mentioned in the consent form signed by the parents. The consent
form stated that the purpose of the experiments was “helping to improve
the nutrition of our children.”

The Advisory Committee says of the nutritional claim, “This was simply
not true.” (page 344).

In the 1940’s, 751 women receiving prenatal care at Vanderbilt University in

Tennessee were given experimental radiation doses. Several of the children
of these pregnancies died of cancer. One died of leukemia at age 5.

The radiation experiments were interwoven with research on chemical

and biological weapons, and infectious diseases**'. As in the radiation
experiments, children were the subjects of biological experiments. It is
unknown how many mentally retarded children have been injected with
viruses and bacteria in North America. Dr. Saul Krugman of New York
University and his staff deliberately injected severely mentally retarded
children at Willowbrook State School with hepatitis virus in the 1950’s
and 1960’s'**.

Dr. Krugman’s research was funded by the Army Medical Research and
Development Command, Department of the Army under contract DA-
49-193-MD-2331. It was also sponsored by the Commission on Viral
Infections, Armed Forces Epidemiological Board, Office of the Surgeon
General. Additionally, it was reviewed and approved by the New York
University School of Medicine Committee on Human Experimentation
and the New York State Department of Mental Hygiene. The ethics of
Krugman’s (1971) research were debated in The Lancet '°”'°***?.

Dr. Krugman defended the morality of the project and said that it was
scientifically justified. Although to date there has been no compensation
for victims of unethical biological experiments, the federal government
has officially disagreed with apologists for the radiation experiments.
Energy Secretary Hazel O’Leary announced in New York on November
19, 1996 that twelve families of victims of radiation experiments were
being compensated for a total of $4.8 million (The Dallas Morning News,
November 20, 1996, page 6A). The only victim still alive to receive
compensation directly was Mary Jean Connell, a 74-year old woman
living in Avon, New York.
30 THe CIA Doctors

The radiation experiments are part of the cultural background of

psychiatric participation in mind control. Many doctors and leading
academic institutions participated directly in the research. The work was
conducted in the absence of any public discussion, and without guidelines
or monitoring from professional Associations. Informed consent was not
obtained, funding sources were not revealed, and subjects were given
disinformation about the intent of the experiments by doctors.

The participation of psychiatrists, other physicians and psychologists, and

leading medical schools in mind control and radiation research was not an
anomaly or aberration. It was not a matter of isolated rogue doctors and
the experiments were not conducted during a period with different ethical
standards. Much of the research was published in professional journals,
though never with acknowledgement that experiments were funded by
the CIA. The radiation experiments are part of the climate and historical
background for mind control experimentation.
HistoricaAL BACKGROUND: RADIATION EXPERIMENTS 31
 II. CoLD WaR
MIND CoNnTROL EXPERIMENTATION
In this section, the major body of information about mind control and
the creation of the Manchurian Candidate is presented. The experiments
began during World War II and at least some elements of the programs,
such as non-lethal weapons, have continued up to the present. Paranormal
experiments under STARGATE continued until 1984, and Army doctors
were actively involved in LSD testing at least until the late 1970’s. Still-
classified CIA mind control programs were operational at least into the
early 1970’s.

Subjects of LSD experiments included children as young as five years old,

and brain electrodes were implanted in children as young as eleven years
of age. Four of the CIA’s MKULTRA Subprojects were on children, a fact
that has not been publicly documented before.

The mind control experiments were conducted by a network of doctors

that included the leaders of psychiatry and the major medical schools.
The mind control doctors included Presidents of the American Psychiatric
Association and psychiatrists who received full-page obituaries in The
American Journal of Psychiatry. In this section of The CIA Doctors,
extensive documentation of the interconnections between the mind control
doctors and institutions is presented. The evidence refutes any claim that
the mind control experiments involved only a few isolated renegades,
or doctors practicing in an era with different ethical standards.

A number of individual mind control doctors are studied in detail because

extensive information about them is available. All psychiatrists and
medical schools are implicated because the network is so extensive.
Responsibility for the unethical experimentation lies first with the
individual doctors, but also collectively with the medical profession as
a whole, and with academia as a whole. The Department of Psychiatry
at Johns Hopkins University, for instance, may experience blowback
resulting from decades of collusion, secrecy, and direct participation
in mind control experimentation. Blowback is a CIA term for
negative publicity resulting from clandestine operations**’, Somewhere
in this network of doctors and medical schools there are as-yet-unidentified
creators of Manchurian Candidates.
 4
BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE

BLUEBIRD was approved by Roscoe Hillenkoetter, Director of the CIA,

on April 20, 1950. In August 1951, the Project was renamed ARTICHOKE.
The Korean War began in June, 1950. The CIA already had mind control
programs in operation prior to the Korean War, therefore such programs
were not a defensive reaction to the activities of the North Koreans,
Russians, or Communist Chinese during the Korean War, as claimed by
CIA career officer Edward Hunter’. BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE
included a great deal of work on the creation of amnesia, hypnotic couriers
and the Manchurian Candidate !**.

The Manchurian Candidate is generally regarded as fiction. However,

ARTICHOKE documents prove that hypnotic couriers functioned
effectively in real-life simulations conducted by the CIA in the early 1950’s.
The degree to which such individuals were used in actual operations is
still classified. Physicians were an integral part of the ARTICHOKE Team
that conducted interrogations on U.S. soil. These interrogations were in
part designed to detect mind-controlled agents of other Agencies and
governments. The documents establish that Manchurian Candidate-related
methods were part of CIA counter-intelligence work in the 1950’s.

The basic premise of the book The Manchurian C andidate® is that a group
of American POWs in the Korean War is brainwashed while crossing
through Manchuria to freedom. They arrive back in the U.S. amnesic
for the period of brainwashing and one of them has been programmed
to be an assassin. His target is a candidate for President of the United States.
His handlers at home control him with a hypnotically implanted trigger,
a particular playing card.

A MEMORANDUM dated 15 July 1953 from the Chief, Bio-Chemistry

& Pharmacology Branch, Medicine Division OSI [Office of Scientific
.
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 35

Intelligence] to the Chief, Technical Branch, SO [Special Operations]

includes a paragraph summarizing discussions about recently returned
Korean War POWs who had been brainwashed:

Following this [whited out] commented on the very interesting

angle that interrogations of the individuals who had come out
of North Korea across the Soviet Union to freedom recently had
apparently had a “blank” period or period of disorientation
while passing through a special zone in Manchuria. [Whited
out] pointed out that this had occurred in all individuals in the
party after they had had their first full meal and their first coffee
on the way to freedom. [Whited out] pointed out that [whited
out] was attempting to secure further confirmatory facts in this
matter since drugging was indicated.

In another memo dated 17 September 1953 the Scientific Adviser, Scientific

Intelligence states that, “Detailed and valuable information has been
obtained by [whited out] on “Big Switch” as a result of his interrogations
of POW’s on the return voyage from Korea.” “Big Switch” was the code
name for a prisoner exchange program during the Korean War; repatriated
American prisoners of war released in Big Switch were interviewed by
American psychiatrists including Robert Lifton'®. Lifton'® (p. 6) writes:

. L arrived in Hong Kong in late January, 1954. Just a few

months before, I had taken part in the psychiatric evaluation
of repatriated American prisoners of war during the exchange
operations in Korea known as Big Switch; I had then
accompanied a group of these men on the troopship back to the
United States.

It appears that American psychiatrists including or known to Robert Lifton,

Louis Jolyon West and Margaret Singer must have been knowledgeable
about the Chinese Manchurian Candidate program by 1953.

According to my definition, the Manchurian Candidate is an experimentally

created dissociative identity disorder that meets the following four criteria:

1. Created deliberately
2. A new identity is implanted
3. Amnesia barriers are created
4. Used in simulated or actual operations
36 Tue CIA Doctors

BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE were administered in a compartmented

fashion. The details of the Programs were kept secret even from
other personnel within the CIA. When asked why LSD research done
under ARTICHOKE was hidden from the CIA Committee in charge
of ARTICHOKE, Sydney Gottlieb (Human Drug Testing by the CIA,
1977, page 410), Chief, Medical Staff, Technical Services Division,
CIA responded, “I imagine the only reason would have been concern for
broadening awareness of its existence.”

The creation of Manchurian Candidates by the CIA was probably not

subject to the usual chain of operational command. Such breaches in the
chain of command are an inherent structural risk of the compartmented
nature of intelligence agencies. For security reasons, CIA operations
including internal counter-intelligence investigations’ are routinely
kept secret from other divisions of the CIA. Although effective intelligence
work could not be carried out without compartmentation, the structure
makes it easier for CIA officers in charge of mind control to contract
with unethical doctors.

Loss of central control occurred in the CIA’s OPERATION CHAOS and

probably in BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE. OPERATION CHAOS was
a CIA program designed to collect information on foreign influence on
student and civil unrest in the United States. It was created by the Director
of the CIA in 1967 and ran until 1974. CHAOS developed files on 7,200
American citizens, and the files included mention of a total of 300,000
named U.S. citizens and organizations, all of which were entered into a
computerized index (The Nelson Rockefeller Report to the President by
the Commission on CIA Activities, 1975).

CHAOS intelligence generated 3,500 internal CIA memoranda, 3,000

memoranda for the FBI, and 37 for distribution to the White House and
other top levels of government. The maximum CHAOS staff was 52
persons in 1971. Informants were recruited from student and dissident
groups, and were instructed to infiltrate such groups in the United States.

According to The Nelson Rockefeller Report to the President

by the Commission on CIA Activities:

The isolation of Operation CHAOS within the CIA and

its independence from supervision by the regular chain of
command within the clandestine services made it possible for
the activities of the Operation to stray over the bounds of the
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 37

Agency authority without the knowledge of senior officials.

The absence of any regular review of these activities prevented
timely correction of such missteps as did occur.

In other instances, senior administrators within the CIA participated

in plausible denial and other disinformation and cover-up strategies
concerning CIA operations run on U.S. soil. Like the activities of the
ARTICHOKE Team within the United States, such operations had to be
kept secret because the CIA was prohibited by its Charter from carrying
out operations in the United States.

In 1952, the CIA began to survey mail between the U.S. and the Soviet
Union at a New York postal facility. In 1953 it began to open and read
mail. The Program was approved by the Director of the CIA and at least
three Postmasters General, Summerfield, Day, and Blount, as well as by
Attorney General Mitchell. From 1958 to 1973, the FBI received 57,000
pieces of mail from the CIA in this Program. In the final year of the
operation, out of 4,350,000 pieces of mail between the U.S. and Soviet
Union, the CIA examined the outside of 2,300,000 pieces, photographed
33,000 and opened 8,700.

Smaller mail intercept operations were run in San Francisco from 1969
to 1971, in Hawaii from 1954 to 1955, and in New Orleans in 1957. The
CIA’s strategy for dealing with leaks about the Program is described in a
February 1, 1962 memo sent from the Deputy Chief of Counterintelligence
to the Director of Security:

Unless the charge is supported by the presentation of interior

items from the project, it should be relatively easy to “hush
up” the entire affair, or to explain that it consists of legal mail
cover activities conducted by the Post Office at the request
of authorized Federal Agencies. Under the most unfavorable
circumstances, including the support of charges with interior
items from the project it might become necessary, after the
matter has cooled off during an extended period of investigation,
to find a scapegoat to blame for unauthorized tampering with
the mails.

The BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE documents available through the

Freedom of Information Act, like all such documents, are heavily redacted.
still
A great deal of text has been whited out, and other documents must
38 Tue CIA Doctors

be entirely classified. Nevertheless, the available documents prove that

ARTICHOKE operations involving physicians were carried out on U.S.
soil at least until the mid-1950’s.

A memo to the Director of Security of the CIA is entitled “report

of ARTICHOKE Operations, 20 to 23 January, 1955” (see Appendix B).
Paragraph two of the memo states that “these operations were the first
ARTICHOKE operations undertaken in the United States.”

The operation described in the memo involved the interrogation

of a foreign national CIA agent who “speaks and understands English
quite well.” The Subject had previously provided high quality intelligence
through penetration actions carried out in an unspecified country.
The purpose of the ARTICHOKE Team’s interrogation was to provide
confirmation that the Subject was not a double agent.

The ARTICHOKE Team must have been under the command of James
Angleton, who was Chief of the CIA Counterintelligence Staff from
December 1954, until 1974. Angleton was also involved in MKULTRA,
as described in an article in the February 18, 1979 Wilmington Sunday
News Journal entitled “UD prof helps concoct “mind control’ potions.”
The article focuses on MKULTRA Subproject 51 contractor James Moore,
achemistry professor atthe University of Delaware, but mentions Angleton’s
involvement in MKULTRA. Angleton’s name appears in “a list ofall persons
who have been briefed on “Bluebird”,” ina 2 July 1951 MEMORANDUM;
the list also identifies three future Directors of the CIA, Allen Dulles,
‘Richard Helms and William Webster.

The ARTICHOKE interrogation was conducted in a safe house in the

remote countryside staffed by security-cleared personnel. It was conducted
under medical cover of a routine physical and psychological assessment.
The Subject was transported to the safe house in a “covert car” which
picked him up at a secure location. At the safe house he was given
a conventional interrogation and then some whiskey. This was followed
by two grams of phenobarbital, which put him to sleep.

The next day a lie detector test was given, and the Subject was given
intravenous chemicals. Following the chemically-assisted interrogation,
according to CIA terminology, the “ARTICHOKE techniques were
applied” in three stages:
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 39

I. A false memory was introduced into the Subject’s mind

without his conscious control of the process, which took 15 to
20 minutes.

2. The procedure was repeated, this time taking 40 to 45 minutes.

3. The procedure was repeated again with interrogation added.

The ARTICHOKE Team used medications including barbiturates,

amphetamines and scopolamine, hypnosis, interrogation, and the deliberate
introduction of false memories of the procedure. The Subject was told
that part of what he remembered was actually a dream. The ARTICHOKE
Team concluded that the procedure was successful; “the subject, although
not having specific amnesia for the ARTICHOKE treatment, nevertheless
was completely confused and memory was vague and faulty.”

CIA career officer Edward Hunter '*° described the implantation of false
memories by Chinese intelligence agencies in his book Brain-Washing
in Red China. He wrote (page 11):

The Chinese masses were right in coining the phrases brain-

washing and brain-changing There is a difference between the
two. Brain-washing is indoctrination, a comparatively simple
procedure, but brain-changing is immeasurably more sinister
and complicated. Whereas you merely have to undergo a
brain-cleansing to rid yourself of “imperialist poisons,” in
order to have a brain changing you must empty your mind of
old ideas and recollections... in a brain-changing, a person’
specific recollections of some past period in his life are
wiped away, as completely as if they never happened. Then,
to fill these gaps in memory, the ideas which the authorities want
this person to “remember” are put into his brain. Hypnotism
and drugs and cunning pressures that plague the body and do
not necessarily require marked physical violence are required
for a brain-changing. China evidently was not so “advanced”
as yet. She was using brain-washing, and when that didn t work,
resorted to the simpler purge system. But in time she will use the
brain-changing system too.

Since, according to Hunter, the Communist Chinese had not yet

perfected the methods used by the CIA’s ARTICHOKE Team,
40 Tue CIA Doctors

it is evident that his knowledge of these methods was derived from their
use by American doctors.

An interrogation involving ARTICHOKE techniques and physicians was

conducted on Russian defector Yuriy Nosenko under James Angleton’s
administration'*?. Angleton suspected Nosenko of being a triple agent.
A triple agent is someone who pretends to be a defector or double agent
but is actually working for his original, native country.

Nosenko was born in Nikolayev, Ukraine in 1927. He was trained by

Russian Naval Intelligence before being transferred to MVD, the precursor
of the KGB, in 1953. On June 5, 1962 Nosenko made secret contact with
a U.S. State Department official in Geneva, a meeting that resulted in his
being recruited by the CIA as a mole. Nosenko provided a rich fund of
intelligence information to the CIA until he defected in February, 1964.

Angleton thought that Nosenko had been feeding the CIA a little bit of real
information in order to cover up the fact that he was a triple agent. In late.
March, 1964 a decision was made to apply ARTICHOKE -like techniques
to him. Whether these were administered under ARTICHOKE or some
other still-classified cryptonym is unknown.

Nosenko was strip-searched, given a lie detector test and then placed
in solitary confinement in a 10-foot by 10-foot cell in a safe house
in Washington for sixteen months. One of his interrogators was Dr. John
Gittinger, the lead psychologist for MKULTRA, who describes taking LSD
himself in a documentary film?'’. From April 4, 1964 to August 13, 1965,
Nosenko was held at the safe house and subjected to repeated interrogations.

From August 14, 1965 to October 28, 1967 Nosenko was held
in solitary confinement in a tiny, windowless concrete cell at the
CIA’s training facility at Camp Peary, Virginia. He was subjected
to sleep and food deprivation and there was neither heat nor air
conditioning in his cell. He was monitored by closed-circuit television
24 hours a day.

In an interview with Tom Mangold '” on June 12, 1990, John Gittinger
described being asked by CIA personnel to administer LSD to Nosenko.
Gittinger claimed he did not do so. Nosenko, however, described being
drugged on a number of occasions at Camp Peary. Due to administrative
changes inside the CIA, Nosenko was released from confinement in 1967
and later became a US. citizen.
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 41

Whoever the Nosenko interrogators were, and whatever cryptonym

they worked under, it is clear that physicians and mind control specialists
were directly involved. It is also clear that the actions of these physicians
were unethical and inhumane. The BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE
documents prove thatthe Nosenko interrogation was notan isolated incident.
If such an interrogation was conducted by physicians in a third world
country it would be decried as a human rights violation and a political
abuse of psychiatry. We have been lax as a medical profession in applying
the same standards at home.

The need for applying the ARTICHOKE technique to Nosenko can

be inferred from an undated document entitled, “IMPLICATIONS
OF SOVIET SUPPLEMENTS TO STANDARD PSYCHIATRIC
INTERROGATION”, which includes the statement that:

Hypnotism appears to have been used in some cases by the

Soviet. It has the possibilities of (a) lowering resistance against
telling the truth and (b) inducing specific action or behavior in
the subject. In certain cases it would be possible for a skilled
Russian operator to bring about condition (a) yet leave the
subject with no specific recollection of having been interrogated.
Under condition (b) it would be possible to brief an American,
other prisoner or person, subsequently dispatch him on
a mission, and successfully debrief him upon return home
without his recollection of the briefing or debriefing.

Another undated document entitled, “DEFENSE AGAINST SOVIET

MEDICAL INTERROGATION AND ESPIONAGE TECHNIQUES”
echoes this point:

This proposed investigation appears to be more essential

when documentary evidence leads to the belief that Russia has
been conducting medical research on the subject, has actually
used various techniques, and has made provision for large
scale production of uncommon special drugs for their speech-
producing effects on prisoners of war.

Adequate evidence is available to indicate that the Soviet

has used physical duress and/or a large number of different
drugs in their attempts to enhance results of standard
psychiatric interrogation.
42 Tue CIA Doctors

Evidence of subconscious isolation, amnesia, and destruction

of mental function have been noted in some of the victims
of Soviet methods.

All of these methods were also employed in experiments conducted under

BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA, MKSEARCH, MKNAOMI
and other Programs.

ARTICHOKE operations involved detailed, systematic creation of specific

amnesia barriers, new identities and hypnotically implanted codes and
triggers. An untitled ARTICHOKE document dated 7 January 1953 with
a section heading Outline of Special H Cases describes the experimental
creation of multiple personality in two nineteen-year old girls by the
CIA, in an extended series of hypnotic sessions beginning on January 9,
1952. “H” is used as shorthand for hypnotic, hypnotized or hypnotism
in these documents:

In all of these cases, these subjects have clearly demonstrated

that they can pass from a fully awake state to a deep H
controlled state via the telephone, via some very subtle signal
that cannot be detected by other persons in the room and without
the other individual being able to note the change. It has been
clearly shown that physically individuals can be induced into H
by telephone, by receiving written matter, or by the use of code,
signal, or words and that control of those hypnotized can be
passed from one individual to another without great difficulty.
It has also been shown by experimentation with these girls that
they can act as unwilling couriers for information purposes and
that they can be conditioned to a point where they believe a
change in identity on their part even on the polygraph.

Another untitled ARTICHOKE document describes a series of cases

of which the following, called “Analogous Case #3,” is most compelling:

A CIA Security Office employee was hypnotized and given

a false identity. She defended it hotly, denying her true name
and rationalizing with conviction the possession of identity cards
made out to her real self. Later, having had the false identity
erased by suggestion, she was asked if she had ever heard
of the name she had been defending as her own five minutes
before. She thought, shook her head and said, “That's a pseudo
 CoLp WAR EPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 43

ifI ever heard one.” Apparently she had a true amnesia for the
entire episode.

The creation of new identities and the detection of foreign agents

with hypnotically programmed new identities is mentioned in various
locations in the BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE documents. As well,
deconditioning of subjects is addressed. For instance, one document
entitled, “CONDITIONING (& Deconditioning)” states:

Jones learns to respond to stimuli intended for a Smith,

as though he were that Smith. He has been “conditioned”
to Smith, “deconditioned” to Jones.

Such trainings are integrated on all levels, conscious

and subconscious. Hypnosis can assist in establishing
the desired conditioned responses.

A C.R. (condit. resp.) is meant to stick. It can be interfered

with, or abolished, by new training in another direction, or back
to the earlier state.

Deconditioning can probably be expedited by hypnotizing

procedures. Also, a C.R. can be interfered with or abolished
by violent physical shocks (e.g., electric shocks to the brain)
although this reporter has not found a specific electric-shock
procedure that would assuredly decondition any particular
kind or number of C.R. 8.

Still problematic is the use of drugs for deconditioning.

Chlorpromazine ought theoretically to have some value,
and some deconditioning effect has been produced in laboratory
animals. However, hospitalized patients taking daily doses
of this drug seem to have been deconditioned only selectively,
against certain psychotic behavior. It may be that this property
is exactly what we are looking for; perhaps it could decondition
an enemy agent out of his simulated personality and back
to his real one.

It is evident from this passage that the CIA was seeking to improve
its techniques for detecting and successfully penetrating the amnesia
barriers of enemy Manchurian Candidates over five years before the book
The Manchurian Candidate® was written.
 Tue CIA Docrors

A MEMORANDUM dated 25 January 1952 describes another case in

which problems of reconditioning and the disposal of subjects arose:

On Friday, 25 January 1952, the writer was called to the office

[whited out] for the purpose of a conference with one [whited
out] concerning the instant case.

[Whited out] explained in substance the [whited out] case as

follows: [whited out] (whose real name is [whited out], is a 29-
year old [whited out] and was the head of a small political party
based in [whited out] and ostensively working for [whited out]
independence. [Whited out] was described by [whited out] as
being young, ambitious, bright (elementary college education),
a sort of “man-on-a-horse”’ type but a typical [whited out]
politician. According to [whited out] our people discovered
that [whited out] Intelligence Service were attempting to bribe
[whited out] and make him a double agent and [whited out] was
looking with favor upon the [whited out] offers. Accordingly, a
plot was rigged in which [whited out] was told he was going to
be assassinated and as a “protection”, he was placed in custody
of the [whited out] Police who threw [whited out] into a [whited
out] prison. [Whited out] was held in the [whited out] prison for
six months until the [whited out] authorities decided that [whited
out] was a nuisance and they told our people to take him back.
Since our people were unable to dispose of [whited out] they
flew him to [whited out] where, through arrangement, he was
placed in a [whited out] as a psychopathic patient. [Whited out]
now has been in the [whited out] hospital for several months
and the hospital authorities now want to get him out since he
is causing a considerable trouble, bothering other patients, etc.
[Whited out] is not a psychopathic personality.

[Whited out] explained that they can dispose of [whited out] by

the simple process of sending him to afriend of his in [whited
out], and as far as they are concerned, that type of disposal is
perfectly o.k. However, because of his confinement in [whited
out] prison and his stay in [whited out] hospital, [whited
out] has become very hostile toward the [whited out] and
our intelligence operations in particular. Hence [whited out]
considering an “Artichoke” approach to [whited out] to see ifit
would be possible to re-orient [whited out] favorably toward us.
This operation, which will necessarily involve the use of drugs is
-CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 45

being considered by [whited out] with a possibility that [whited

out] will carry out the operation presumably at the [whited out]
hospital in [whited out] Also involved in this would be a [whited
out] interpreter who is a consultant to this Agency since neither
[whited out].

[Whited out] pointed out to [whited out] that this type of

operation could only be carried out with the authorization of
Security and that, under no circumstances whatsoever, could
anyone but an authorized M.D. administer drugs to any subject
of this Agency of any type. [Whited out] pointed out that there
was a strong possibility that the military authorities would not
permit their hospital to be used for this type of work and also
that a re-conditioning operation of this type might take 30-60
days. [Whited out] further pointed out that ifsuch an operation
were carried on, Security would have to be cognizant of it,
would have to be co-ordinated into the organization and would
possibly take over and run the operation themselves since this
type of work is one which Security handles.

It was agreed between [whited out] and the writer that a

conference would be laid on Monday afternoon when [whited
out] representatives and the [whited out] interpreter return from
[whited out] and their talk with [whited out] At which time, the
angles would be explored and a dispatch would be forwarded
to our people in [whited out] directing them to find out whether
the [whited out] would permit such an operation and whether
the [whited out] would allow the Agency to have the use of the
necessary rooms, medical facilities, etc. as would be required for
this type of operation. At this time, it was also to be determined
whether the disposal of [whited out] could in fact be laid on.

Comment:

This particular operation was mentioned in general terms to

the writer by [whited out] approximately thirty days ago on an
informal basis but no significant details were given at this time.

While the technique that [whited out] are considering for use
in this case is not known to the writer, the writer believes the
approach will be made through the standard narco-hypnosis
technique. Re-conditioning and re-orienting an individual
in such a matter, in the opinion of the writer, cannot be
46 Tue CIA Doctors

accomplished easily and will require a great deal of time

and the fact that an interpreter is necessary in the case
complicates it considerably more. It is also believed that with
our present knowledge, we would have no absolute guarantee
that the subject in this case would maintain a positive friendly
attitude toward us even though there is apparently a successful
response to the treatment. The writer did not suggest to [whited
out] that perhaps a total amnesia could be created by a series
of electric shocks, but merely indicated that amnesias under
drug treatments were not certain.

A document entitled, “Hypnotic Experimentation and Research,

10 February 1954” describes a simulation experiment of relevance
to the creation of Manchurian Candidate assassins:

Miss [whited out] was then instructed (having previously

expressed a fear offirearms in any fashion) that she would use
every method at her disposal to awaken Miss [whited out] (now
in a deep hypnotic sleep) and failing in this, she would pick up
a pistol nearby and fire it at Miss [whited out]. She was instructed
that her rage would be so great that she would not hesitate to
“kill” [whited out] for failing to awaken. Miss [whited out]
carried out these suggestions to the letter including firing
the (unloaded pneumatic pistol) gun at [whited out] and then
proceeding to fall into a deep sleep. After proper suggestions
were made, both were awakened and expressed complete
amnesia for the entire sequence. Miss [whited out] was again
handed the gun, which she refused (in an awakened state) to pick
up or accept from the operator. She expressed absolute denial
that the foregoing sequence had happened.

In another experiment described in a document entitled “SI and

H Experimentation (25 September 1951),” two of the female subjects took
part in an exercise involving the planting of a bomb. SI means “Special
Interrogations.” Both Subjects performed perfectly and were fully
amnesic for the exercise:

[Whited out] was instructed that upon awakening, she would

proceed to [whited out] room where she would wait at the desk
for a telephone call. Upon receiving the call, a person known
as “Jim” would engage her in normal conversation. During
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 47

the course of the conversation, this individual would mention

a code word to [whited out]. When she heard this code word
she would pass into a SI trance state, but would not close her
eyes and remain perfectly normal and continue the telephone
conversation. She was told that thereafter upon conclusion
of the telephone conversation, she would then carry out the
following instructions:

[Whited out] being in a complete SI state at this time, was then

told to open her eyes and was shown an electric timing device.
She was informed that this timing device was an incendiary
bomb and was then instructed how to attach and set the device.
After [whited out] had indicated that she had learned how to set
and attach the device, she was told to return to a sleep state and
further instructed that upon concluding of the aforementioned
conversation, she would take the timing device which was
in a briefcase and proceed to the ladies room. In the ladies
room, she would be met by a girl whom she had never seen
who would identify herself by the code word “New York”.
After identifying herself, [whited out] was then to show this
individual how to attach and set the timing device and further
instructions would be given the individual by [whited out] that
the timing device was to be carried in the briefcase to [whited
out] room, placed in the nearest empty electric-light plug and
concealed in the bottom, left-hand drawer of [whited out] desk,
with the device set for 82 seconds and turned on. [Whited out]
was further instructed to tell this other girl that as soon as the
device had been set and turned on, she was to take the briefcase,
leave [whited out] room, go to the operations room and
go to the sofa and enter a deep sleep state. [Whited out] was
further instructed that after completion of instructing the other
girl and the transferring to the other girl of the incendiary bomb,
she was to return at once to the operations room, sit on the sofa,
and go into a deep sleep state.

Hypnosis was not the mind control doctors’ only method for creation
of controlled amnesia, however. Drugs, magnetic fields, sound waves,
sleep deprivation, solitary confinement and many other methods were
studied under BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE. The amnesia was often
tested through memorization tasks of various kinds, and experiments were
conducted to amplify subjects’ memory for information hidden behind
amnesia barriers. As well as being potential couriers and infiltration agents,
>
48 Tue CIA Doctors

the subjects could function in effect as hypnotically controlled cameras.

They could enter a room or building, memorize materials quickly, leave
the building, and then be amnesic for the entire episode. The memorized
material could then be retrieved by a handler using a previously implanted
code or signal, without the amnesia being disturbed. The research and
its applications were both offensive and defensive, as evidenced by the
following untitled and undated passage from the documents:

For instance, Metrozal, which has been very useful in shock

therapy, is no longer popular because, for one thing it
produces feelings of overwhelming terror and doom prior
to the convulsion.

But terror, anxiety, worry would be valuable for many purposes

from our point of view. We have some information (not in detail
and not confirmed) that the Soviets and their satellites have used
drugs which work along these lines. Therefore, this should be
studied both from our use offensively and defensively and to find
antidotes or counteracting agents.

The many different physical means for assisting interrogators were often
combined with or amplified by hypnosis:

Quite often amnesia occurs for events just prior to the

convulsion, during the convulsion and during the post seizure
state. It is possible that hypnosis or hypnotic activity induced
during the post-seizure state might be lost in amnesia.
This would be very valuable.

The fact that complex Manchurian Candidate experiments were conducted

can be inferred from an untitled February 6, 1957 document in which the
writer states that:

Since the international situation is in its present state, I feel the

need for positive action in the military application of hypnosis is
imperative. In a field such as this you need an individual, such
as myself, who has lived with the problems of hypnotism and its
military applications for many years...

Please look over the enclosed proposal and give me your reaction.
The hypnotic messenger technique is relatively uncomplicated.
There are several other projects which I could submit to you for
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 49

consideration which are, in my opinion, even more important than

this but involve much more complicated techniques.

Similarly, a MEMORANDUM from the Chief, Security Research Staff to

the Chief, Technical Branch dated 15 July 1954 states that:

The idea of a courier that has been hypnotized is not new and
Iam absolutely certain that [whited out] did not invent this idea.
We ourselves have carried out much more complex problems
than this and in a general sense I will agree that it is feasible...

[Whited out] proposal about using hypnotized individuals as

counteragents is also not new and we, of course, have discussed
this many times. Whether in fact it can be demonstrated we are
not sure and it is hoped that the field tests we are working on
may help us along these lines.

Yet another document entitled “STUDIES IN THE MILITARY

APPLICATION OF HYPNOTISM: I. The Hypnotic Messenger” is a
proposal for a grant of $10,000.00 to create hypnotic messengers out of
twenty selected highly hypnotizable military personnel. The subjects
would be sent to foreign countries to deliver their messages and then
would be interrogated to determine if the amnesia barriers could be
breached. Interrogation methods were to include “use of his wife, girl
friend, alcohol, amytal or even physical duress.”

Another prospective mind control doctor wrote a handwritten note to

the CIA on a ruled notepad that has been labeled “A/B 5, 264/1” by
hand by someone responsible for filing the document. “A/B” stands for
ARTICHOKE/BLUEBIRD. The document reads:

I have developed a technic which is safe and secure (free from

international censorship). It has to do with the conditioning of
our own people. I can accomplish this as a one man job.

The method is the production of hypnosis by means of simple

oral medication. Then (with no further medication) the hypnosis
is re-enforced daily during the following three or four days.

Each individual is conditioned against revealing any information

to an enemy, even though subjected to hypnosis or drugging.
50 THe CIA Doctors

If preferable, he may be conditioned to give false information

rather than no information.

This should be repeated every six months in each case, in order

to be sure that the suggestions established have not “worn off.”

I would be glad to go anywhere in the world (including Korea) to

accomplish this for you. I think that the greatest security would
be in my travelling as a naval flight surgeon doing research
in aviation medicine, especially with the project of “motion
sickness” in mind.

Of course I would be willing to undertake more hazardous

investigative methods ifyou should deem them advisable.

Another problem addressed repeatedly in the documents

is called “The Problem of Disposal of Subjects.” Several personnel
recommended the use of lobotomies for this purpose, but according
to the documents this was rejected as too unethical and too high
a negative publicity risk for the CIA. Another document describes
an alternative strategy for disposing of ARTICHOKE subjects:

Among the important security problems, which will be

discussed in detail later and which are mentioned only briefly
now for a matter of record, were the problems of disposal
of subjects after Artichoke treatment and the important
questions as to whether or not amnesias had been obtained.
In connection with Case #1, in the professional opinion of
[whited out] and as far as the writer is able to determine, a
total amnesia was produced. Disposal of Case #1 (which was
not a problem of the Artichoke team) was apparently handled as
follows: Since the Artichoke technique had shown that, from an
operational point of view the subject had nofurther value to the
Agency, the subject was to be returned to [whited out] and after
a period of time, removed from solitary and gradually permitted
to mingle with larger and larger prison groups. Ultimately,
and after a considerable lapse of time (perhaps as much as
two years), the subject would be released. The Artichoke
Team recommended some observation in this case with
a later recheck on the amnesia, ifpossible.

In Case #2 onthe first test, analmosttotalamnesiawas reachedwith

the exceptionofthelasttenor twelve minutes ofinterrogationunder
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 51

the hypnotic technique. In the opinion of [whited out] and as

far as the writer was able to determine, a total amnesia was
produced at the end of the test on the second day after the
Artichoke treatment of sodium pentothal and Desoxyn (full
medication without hypnosis).

Again in so far as disposal of Case #2 was concerned (which

was not a problem of the Artichoke Team), disposition was
apparently to be made as follows: it had been decided that the
subject would be moved as a prisoner to some place in [whited
out] and held there until any possible usefulness to anyone had
completely disappeared.

As noted above, both of the subjects were [whited out] speaking

only and neither subject had any working knowledge of the English
language. This, of course, involved the use of an interpreter and,
in both cases, [whited out] the case officer involved in Case #1,
acted as a general interpreter and [whited out] acted as a specific
interpreter in the application of the hypnotic technique (under
the direct guidance of [whited out] in hypnotic matters) and also
acted as general interpreter in both cases.

Physicians including psychiatrists were directly involved in all of

the ARTICHOKE team operations. Documents refer to psychiatrists
“of considerable note” who were professors at prominent medical schools,
who had TOP SECRET ClA clearance and who were involved as consultants
on the development of the ARTICHOKE techniques. In summarizing the
role of physicians in providing cover for ARTICHOKE interrogations,
a writer stated that:

At the present time, the use of a carefully laid on medical

cover to obtain either a narco-interrogation or narco-hypnotic
interrogation appears to be the best weapon presently available.
It is not necessary to go into detail as to how this is done but
experience indicates it is our best technique.

The use of electric shock to the brain for creation of amnesia,

and amplification of the amnesia with hypnosis were discussed by the
author of an ARTICHOKE document dated 3 December 1951:

Immediately after the conference on Friday, 30 November 1 Dubs

[whited out] succeeded in finding [whited out] and [whited out],
52 Tue CIA Doctors

and the writer discussed electric-shock devices and certain

related matters from about 3:30 to 4:45 with [whited out].

[Whited out] is reported to be an authority on electric shock.

He is a professor at the Medical School of the [whited out] and,
in addition, is a psychiatrist of considerable note. Pro-[whited
out] is, in addition, a fully cleared Agency consultant.

[Whited out] explained that he felt that electric shock might be of

considerable interest to the “Artichoke” type of work. He stated
that the standard electric-shock machine (Reiter) could be used
in two ways. One setting of this machine produced the normal
electric-shock treatment (including convulsion) with amnesia
after a number of treatments. He stated that using this machine
as an electro-shock device with the convulsive treatment, he felt
that he could guarantee amnesia for certain periods of time and
particularly he could guarantee amnesia for any knowledge of
use of the convulsive shock.

[Whited out] stated that the other or lower setting of the machine
produced a different type of shock. He said that he could not
explain it, but knew that when this lower current type of shock
was applied without convulsion, it had the effect of making a
man talk. He said, however, that the use of this type of shock was
prohibited because it produced in the individual excruciating
pain and he stated that there would be no question in his mind
that the individual would be quite willing to give information
if threatened with the use of this machine. He stated that this
was a third-degree method but, undoubtedly, would be effective.
[Whited out] stated that he had never had the device applied to
himself, but he had talked with people who had been shocked
in this manner and stated that they complained that their whole
head was onfire and it was much too painful a treatment for any
medical practice. He stated that the only way it was ever used
was in connection with sedatives and even then it was extremely
painful. The writer asked [whited out] whether or not in the
“groggy” condition following the convulsion by the electro-
shock machine anyone had attempted to obtain hypnotic control
over the patient, since it occurred to the writer that it would be
a good time to attempt to obtain hypnotic control. [Whited out]
stated that, to his knowledge, it had never been done, but he
could make this attempt in the near future at the [whited out]
and he would see whether or not this could be done.
 Co_p WAR EXPERIMENTATION: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE 53

[Whited out] and [whited out], as well as all others present,

discussed the use ofelectro shock at considerable length and it was
[whited out] opinion that an individual could gradually be reduced
through the use of electro-shock treatment to the vegetable level.
He stated that, whereas amnesia could be guaranteed relative
the actual use of the shock and the time element surrounding it,
he said it would obtain perfect amnesia for periods further back.
He stated several instances in which people who had been given
the electro-shock treatment remembered some details of certain
things and complete blanks in other ways.

[Whited out] said that a [whited out], who is practicing in

[whited out] has perfected a battery-driven machine which,
according to [whited out] is portable. [Whited out] said that
the standard electro-shock machine is a very common machine
in medical offices and in the major cities there must be several
hundred of them in use at all times.

The use of electro-shock to produce amnesia was subsequently successfully

demonstrated in a series of cases by Dr. Ewen Cameron at McGill, who
received CIA money through MKULTRA Subproject 68 in 1957. Many
of the discussions, literature reviews and experiments conducted under
BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE were followed up on in MKULTRA and
MKSEARCH.

The involvement of physicians including psychiatrists in BLUEBIRD

and ARTICHOKE was extensive, systematic and fundamental to the
Programs. The involvement included consultation, literature reviews,
experimentation and direct participation in field operations. The full extent
of this involvement is unknown because the names of the mind control
doctors who created Manchurian Candidates are redacted from documents
provided under the Freedom of Information Act, and because there are
undoubtedly other documents which are still classified.
 5
MKULTRA ann MKSEARCH

ARTICHOKE and BLUEBIRD were administratively rolled over into

MKULITRA, which was created by the CIA on April 3, 1953. However,
independent reports under ARTICHOKE continued into 1955. MKULTRA
was in turn rolled over into MKSEARCH on June 7, 1964. MKSEARCH
then ran until June, 1972, at which time extensive shredding of MKULTRA
and MKSEARCH files was ordered by the Director of the CIA, Richard
Helms. The surviving MKULTRA documents can be obtained from the
CIA under the Freedom of Information Act, and MKSEARCH documents
are in the process of being declassified. The four Directors of the CIA
during MKULTRA and MKSEARCH were:

Allen W. Dulles February 6, 1953 - November 29, 1961

John A. McCone November 29, 1961 - April 28, 1965
William F. Raborn April 28, 1965 - June 30, 1966
Richard Helms June 30, 1966 - February 2, 1973

Like all other mind control materials, the MKULTRA documents are
heavily redacted. All personal names are white out with two exceptions;
that of the contractor for Subprojects 4, 15, 19 and 34, the magician John
Mulholland, and that of Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, the CIA officer who ran
MKULTRA from inside the CIA’s Technical Services Division (TSD).
TSD is also referred to as TSS in the documents. Administratively, TSS
was part of the section of the CIA that ran spies and carried out clandestine
operations. Other divisions were responsible for security, administration,
and information gathering and analysis, but not field operations.

MKULTRA was divided into the 149 Subprojects listed in Appendix C.

MKSEARCH consisted of the 7 Subprojects listed in Appendix D.
Missing data in Appendices C and D is due to information still being
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: MKULTRA AND MKSEARCH Ese)

classified and/or lack of success in piecing together identities and

institutions from other sources and documents. These are by far the
most systematic and comprehensive inventories of the MKULTRA and
MKSEARCH Subprojects available to date. The clearance status of the
individual investigators is left blank in the Appendices when it cannot
be confirmed from the documents, even though in several instances other
information sources lead to the conclusion that the investigator had TOP
SECRET clearance. The clearance statuses listed in the Appendices are
all definite and confirmed.

A typical MKULTRA file contains routine correspondence and internal

CIA memos, financial audit information, copies of cancelled checks and
invoices, and sometimes no material of any interest. Some Subproject
files contain hundreds ofpages, others only a dozen or two. Most contain
a MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD like the ones for Subprojects
96, 103 and 142 (see Appendix C) which give the clearance status of the
investigator, the amount of funding, the year of startup of the Subproject,
and its basic purpose. Some files contain lengthy grant proposals and
literature reviews by the investigators.

Additionally, the CIA will provide a list of INSTITUTIONAL

NOTIFICATIONS, which list some but not all of the BLUEBIRD,
ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA and MKSEARCH institutions. Many of the
institution names are redacted. This material also lists which Subprojects
were connected to which institution for MKULTRA and MKSEARCH.

Although the fact that the research was funded by the CIA was secret,
much of it was published in the peer-reviewed literature. This material
cannot be located unless one already knows the names of the contractors,
or at least the year, institution and subject matter of the Subproject.

Another hurdle in completing Appendices C and D was explained by Dr.

Robert Lashbrook, a CIA doctor involved in the death of Frank Olson.
Olson was a Fort Detrick biological warfare expert who committed
suicide after being given LSD hidden in Cointreau liqueur by Dr.
Sidney Gottlieb, Director of MKULTRA. Olson’s family determined
that he had committed suicide subsequent to a bad LSD trip only after
reading Nelson Rockefeller’s 1975 Report on the CIA, published
in
22 years after Olson’s death. They were given $750,000
compensation by Congress. Dr. Lashbrook explained the CIA’s
filing system in Senate testimony transcribed in Human Drug
Testing by the CIA, 1977 (page 111):
56 Tue CIA Doctors

Dr. LASHBROOK: All right. As I think I was intimating a little

bit before, I cannot make much sense out of
what you have read. It was intimated before,
I think, a large part of the documents you
have of this nature, are what we called
boilerplate -
Senator KENNEDY: Excuse me?
Dr. LASHBROOK: Boilerplate. What was actually signed off on
was not the same as the actual proposal, or
actual project.
Senator KENNEDY: How frequently do you use boilerplate?
Do you sign off on things that are not relevant
to what is happening?
Dr. LASHBROOK: You have both. You have what you sign
on, and the actual project, side by side.
Senator KENNEDY: Who had got the real file?
Dr. LASHBROOK: TSS. [Technical Services Staff of the CIA].
Senator KENNEDY: You mean this is not the real file. It is stamped
top secret.
Dr. LASHBROOK: It is a real file. It is the one which
goes through, receives the signatures,
and is then filed.
Senator KENNEDY: It is what?
Dr. LASHBROOK: It is then filed?
Senator KENNEDY: It is a real file, but does not mean anything, is
that about what you
are saying.
Dr. LASHBROOK: It has administrative value.
Senator KENNEDY: It is not telling what the story is?
Dr. LASHBROOK: That is right. Not necessarily.
Senator KENNEDY: Not necessarily?
Senator SCHWEIKER: What is this, a cover file?
Do we have cover files? Is that what
we are dealing with?
Dr. LASHBROOK: In a sense, and in a sense it was done
for security. In other words, the files that
went through the system and ended up in the
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: MKULTRA AND MKSEARCH 57

financial Section - obviously TSS lost control

of those files.
Senator SCHWEIKER: So the FBI had a “‘do not file” procedure
designed to handle this sort of thing, and
the CIA has a cover file system to handle it.
In this case, though, some of the cover files
contain pretty damaging information that
doesnt seem to reflect well on the Agency s
use of human subjects - Iwonder what the
real files contain.

A cover file system must have been used to handle Frank Olson’s suicide.
It is unknown whether Olson was involved in the CIA’s biological warfare
program MKNAOMI, or whether his death was more than a suicide.
Acryptic document dated December 14, 1953 and titled CONVERSATION
WITH GIBBONS was declassified by order of CIA Director William
Colby on July 24, 1975; it reads in part:

1. Lovell has not heard anything from Gibbons.

2. Lovell reported that Quarles and George Merck were about

to kill the Schwab activity at Detrick as “un-American”.
Is it necessary to take action at a high place?

3. Lovell knew of Frank B. Olson. No inhibition. Baring of inner

man. Suicidal tendencies. Offensive usefullness? HMC told Shef
Edwards Saturday A.M. the 12”.

Frank Olson committed suicide by jumping out the tenth floor window
of a hotel room while Dr. Lashbrook was asleep in the room on November
28, 1953. Lovell must be Stanley Lovell, an OSS chemical warfare and
mind control expert. Schwab is Dr. John Schwab who founded the Special
Operations Division at Fort Detrick, which received CIA money through
MKNAOMI, and where Dr. Olson worked. George Merck was a member
of the Merck family that founded and owned a pharmaceutical company.
He was also a consultant to the CIA.

George Merck is identified in Biological Testing Involving the Department

of Defense, 1977 as having been a consultant on biological warfare to the
Secretary of Defense during the Second World War. Merck & Co. is listed
as having received two contracts from Fort Detrick, one running from May,
1955 to December, 1956, and the other from April, 1960 to June, 1961.
58 Tue CIA Doctors

Gibbons was the head of the CIA’s Technical Services Division

at the time of Olson’s suicide. Edwards was the CIA’s security officer
for ARTICHOKE. I have not been able to identify Quarles.

In between taking LSD on November 19 and jumping through the glass

window of his hotel room at 2:30 A.M. on November 28, 1953, Frank
Olson was examined by Harold Abramson, M.D. In a CIA-sponsored
LSD symposium some years later, Abramson! listened to a participant
express concern about someone on LSD jumping out a window in Europe,
but he did not comment on his own experience with Frank Olson.

An undated ARTICHOKE document entitled “D-Lysergic Acid

Diethylamide (LSD-25)”, probably written in 1952, describes the CIA’s
early concern about Russian efforts to buy huge quantities of LSD
from Sandoz Ltd. of Switzerland, where LSD was first synthesized
by Dr. Albert Hoffman in 1943. Sandoz held the patent for LSD and the
CIA had no secure American source of large quantities of the compound:

Some of the more outstanding effects are the mental confusion,

helplessness and extreme anxiety which are produced
by minute doses of this substance. Based upon these reactions,
its potential use in offensive psychological warfare and
in interrogation is considerable and it may become one of
the most important of the psychochemical agents. The mode
of action, although not completely known to date, is believed
to be due to an increased glycogen metabolism with a probably
block of the hexoeamonophosphate catabolism. To date there
is no known antidote.

Great interest has been shown by the Soviet bloc countries in this
compound and reports are available which indicate considerable
traffic in this drug and the raw ergot from which it is prepared.
One report indicates that sufficient material for 50,000,000
doses was purchased by the Soviets from Switzerland in 1951.
Due to low potency of the ergot collected in East German rye
fields, Mothes and co-workers have undertaken the cultivation
of selected strains of ergot and the artificial infection of both rye
and barley, the latter succeeding readily. Mothes also started
experiments with biosynthesis of potent agents found in ergot.
Manufacture of lysergic acid is controlled by SANDOZ Ltd.
of Switzerland to whom the patent was issued.
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: MKULTRA AND MKSEARCH 59

This company has a virtual monopoly on the purchase of ergot

in this country. It is reported, however, that the [white out]
is currently obtaining 10-12 tons of ergot each month from
screened rye in Michigan. In the U.S. considerable interest
has been aroused in psychochemical agents and particularly in
lysergic acid. At present extensive research on this compound is
being done by the [whited out]. Under this contract an attempt
is being made to synthesize lysergic acid as well as many of its
derivatives and analogues. Clinical evaluation of the effect of this
compound has not yet been attempted. Admixtures containing
lysergic acid diethylamide other than with barbiturates to shorten
the period of apprehension have apparently not been tried.
The biosynthesis of d-lysergic acid diethylamide has not been
attempted in this country as far as we know.

The lack of a secure U.S. supplier of LSD was corrected by the CIA
through MKULTRA Subproject 18. Under TOP SECRET clearance,
Eli Lilly Company was given a $400,000.00 grant in 1953 to manufacture
and supply LSD to the CIA. It is possible that the LSD which lead
to Frank Olson’s suicide was manufactured by Eli Lilly. At any rate, the
first large-scale manufacturer of LSD in North America was Eli Lilly.
The first suicide attributable to LSD was the death of Frank Olson, the
LSD having been administered without consent by Dr. Sidney Gottlieb,
the Director of MKULTRA. Dr. Abramson was the physician directly
involved in the Olson case, and he participated in hiding the truth from his
patient’s family.

Unethical practice by physicians and the direct involvement

of pharmaceutical companies are part of the early post-War history
of hallucinogens. These facts have never been subject to ethical review
or any policy or position statement by any medical organization.

Dr. Gottlieb (personal communication, October 8, 1994) stated

na telephone conversation with me that the overall scheme of MKULTRA
had several components. One goal was to establish relationships
with individual contractors so that they could be consulted or used
in other ways in the future. In such cases, the content of the Subproject
was not necessarily of direct interest to the CIA. According to Subproject
96 documents, Dr. George Kelly!’ provided a great deal of such service
to the CIA prior to receiving funding through MKULTRA. In contrast,
Martin Orne, M.D., provided consultation services to the CIA subsequent
to receiving funding through MKULTRA Subproject 84, and did not
60 Tue CIA Doctors

receive TOP SECRET clearance from the CIA until after Subproject
84 was approved.

Another purpose of MKULTRA, according to Dr. Gottlieb, was to fund

a broad range of exploratory research. Findings of interest could then
be followed up on in subsequent research. It is evident from review
of the Subproject files that another major purpose of MKULTRA was
to obtain supplies of chemical and biological weapons from manufacturers.
The Subprojects can be grouped into four categories.

A large number of Subprojects were for the procurement of drugs,

chemicals and biological weapons, or for research directly related to field
applications. The investigators for most of these projects are unknown.
The Subprojects in this category are: 11, 13, 20, 30, 31, 37, 41, 50, 51, 52,
64, 78, 91, 93, 100, 101, 104, 105, 110, 113, 116, 118, 133, 139, 143, and
146. Much of the MKULTRA money went to research that was practical
and designed for immediate operational use by the CIA.

Another group of Subprojects involved the development and testing

of mind control drugs. The goal of these Subprojects was to identify
compounds, used singly or in combination, which would assist in
interrogation and in the creation of amnesia. This group of Subprojects
overlaps with those on chemical warfare, therefore some Subprojects
could be assigned to either category. Together the two categories account
for about half of the MKULTRA Subprojects and apparently all of the
MKSEARCH Subprojects. The mind control drug development was
carried out under Subprojects 2, 3, 6-10, 14, 16-18, 22, 23, 26-28, 33, 35,
38-40, 42, 44-47, 53, 55, 56, 58, 59, 63, 66, 71, 72, 75, 80, 99, 109, 124,
125, 135, 140 and 147.

A third group of Subprojects consists of experiments and research on

non-chemical mind control or psychological warfare techniques. These
include studies of social psychology, group psychology, psychotherapy,
hypnosis, sudden religious conversion, and sleep and sensory deprivation.
This group of Subprojects is about one quarter of the total MKULTRA
Subprojects. It involves most of the contractors with unwitting status.
Unwitting contractors are ones who do not realize that the research money
is from the CIA because it has been funneled through a cutout or front
organization. These Subprojects are 5, 25, 29, 43, 48, 49, 57, 65, 68, 69,
73, 74, 76, 77, 81, 82, 84, 88-90, 95-98, 102, 103, 108, 111, 112, 114, 115,
117, 121, 123, 126-128, 130 and 134.
 CoL_p WAR EXPERIMENTATION: MKULTRA AND MKSEARCH 61

The remaining quarter of the MKULTRA Subprojects were miscellaneous

in nature. By and large, the psychologists and sociologists were unwitting
contractors, while the physicians, including the psychiatrists, the chemists
and the biologists had TOP SECRET clearance and were aware that they
were working for the CIA. In CIA terminology, these people were witting.

MKULTRA Subproject 35 involved funding the construction of the

Gorman Annex at Georgetown University Hospital in Washington, D.C.
The money was funneled through the Geschickter Foundation. Dr. Charles
Geschickter, head of the Geschickter Foundation, conducted research
on amnesia-producing drugs at Georgetown University Hospital under
MKSEARCH through July, 1967. CIA Director Stansfield Turner could
not determine whether this MKSEARCH work was done at the Gorman
Annex, according to his 1977 Senate Testimony. Since Dr. Geschickter also
testified at the same Senate Hearings transcribed in Human Drug Testing
by the CIA, 1977, the only investigation required for Stansfield Turner to
make this determination would have been to ask Dr. Geschickter directly.

The CIA funneled $375,000.00 of MKULTRA money through the

Geschickter Foundation for construction of the Annex, which was then
matched by federal funds. Federal matching funds were triggered because
use of the Geschickter Foundation cutout made the money appear to be
a grant from a private foundation. The total budget for the Annex of $1225
million was to provide a hospital safe house for mind control research.
Some subjects were terminal cancer patients. One sixth of the space was
set aside for the CIA, which placed three biochemists there under cover.

In his testimony in Human Drug Testing by the CIA, 1977, Dr. Geschickter
states that over thirteen years his foundation funded $1,030,000.00
of research at Georgetown and $2,088,600.00 at other universities.
CIA money included the $375,000.00 for MKULTRA Subproject 35
and $535,000.00 for MKULTRA Subproject 45, meaning that most of the
money awarded for research at Georgetown, if not all, was CIA money.
Dr. Geschickter’s testimony to the Senate Committee is a study in evasion,
forgetfulness, doublespeak, and implausible denial. He claimed not to be
able to remember many details he obviously would not have forgotten.

The medical profession and the leading academic institutions where mind
control research was done have not yet provided a meaningful public
accounting, financial or ethical, of this experimentation. This is one
c
of the reasons that the entire medical profession and the entire academi
community are implicated in the story.
62 THE CIA Doctors

Like the Tuskeegee Syphilis Study and the radiation research, MKULTRA
involved direct experimentation on children without informed consent
being given by their parents or guardians. In the case of the Tuskeegee
Study, children were harmed by preventable congenital syphilis. In the
radiation experiments they were harmed through direct exposure after
birth or in utero exposure during experiments on their mothers.

Four of the MKULTRA Subprojects involved research on children; 102, 103,

112 and 117. Only one of these, Subproject 117, involved an investigator
with TOP SECRET clearance. The fact that the CIA funded research
on children has not been documented previously. Given that the mind
control research declassified to date is certainly an incomplete account of
everything done, it is unknown whether other mind control experimentation
on children was unethical or harmful. An unanswered question is whether
children were ever subjects in Manchurian Candidate experiments.

The four MKULTRA Subprojects on children were benign and did not
involve unethical experiments. Subproject 102 was conducted by Muzafer
Sherif of the University of Oklahoma. It involved studies of the social
processes in teenage gangs in two cities. Subjects were 14 to 17 years
of age and were studied by having social science students “hang out”
with them. One student showed up at a basketball court with a new
basketball and explained that he wanted to exercise to lose some weight.
Observations were made about how group cohesiveness was maintained,
how members were selected, status ranking of members, behavioral
sanctions within the group, and similar matters. The CIA’s interest
in this Subproject is not stated in the documents, but one can assume
it was relevant to understanding and manipulating social groups during
psychological warfare and propaganda operations.

Subproject 103 was conducted by Robert Cormack and A.B. Kristofferson

at the Children’s International Summer Villages, Inc. in Maine.
The subjects were 16 to 21 years of age and were there for a reunion;
all had attended the camp in previous years as 11-year olds. The academic
purpose of the project was to study how children communicate when
they do not share a common language. The CIA was interested in the
project as cover for establishing relationships with children from a variety
of countries. Obviously, the intent was to recruit them as agents or
assets. A MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD from the Subproject
103 documents dated 10 December 1959 states that:
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: MKULTRA AND MKSEARCH 63

It is felt that this project will support the [whited out] need for
cover. In addition it will assist in the identification ofpromising
young foreign nationals and U.S. nationals (many of whom are
now in their late teens) who may at any time be of direct interest
to the Agency... No cleared or witting persons are concerned
with the conduct of this project.

The principal investigator for MKULTRA Subproject 112 was

Melvin DeFleur of the University of Indiana. He studied perceptions
of occupational roles in children from first to eighth grades. According
to a MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD dated 24 March 1960, the
CIA’s “interest is connected with the current problems of vocational
guidance with possible application to the selection of technical
and scientific careers.”

The materials for Subproject 117 have gone through many generations
of photocopying and are very hard to read. The aim of the research was
to study patterns of child discipline in families from a different culture.
The CIA’s interest in this Subproject is not clear but a MEMORANDUM
FOR THE RECORD dated 10 May 1960 states that, “This Subproject was
initiated at our request after consultation with chief, [whited out].”

Another example of an MKULTRA contract in which the CIA probably

was not interested in the content of the research is Subproject 121.
Dr. Raymond Prince*** was unwitting of the fact that the grant he received
from the Human Ecology Foundation was actually CIA money. In the
only article on CIA and military mind control in the peer-reviewed medical
literature, Prince’** speculates that the CIA was not really interested in his
research on Yoruba witchcraft, but used the Subproject as cover to make
contact with Nigerians for other purposes. A similar purpose might have
been behind Subproject 117.

MKULTRA Manchurian Candidate work on hypnotic couriers and

hypnotic mind control was carried out by Alden Sears at the University
of Denver and the University of Minnesota under Subprojects 5, 25:
29 and 49. Sears had TOP SECRET clearance and on September 8,
1954 he signed a CIA Secrecy Agreement. This document states that
the legislation controlling the Agreement was the Espionage Act passed
on June 15, 1917.

A MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD dated 28 May 1953 states that

ity
both Sears and the Head of the Department of Psychiatry at the Univers
64 Tue CIA Doctors

of Minnesota are “cleared through TOP SECRET and are aware of the
real purposes of the project.” The word “Minnesota” is redacted from the
documents but Sidney Gottlieb’s name is not. The fact that the Subproject
was conducted at the University of Minnesota is proven by the listing in
the INSTITUTIONAL NOTIFICATIONS provided by the CIA through
the Freedom of Information Act.

Dr. Gottlieb describes a visit to Sears’ office and laboratory on July 13,
1955 in a document dated July 15, 1955. In a MEMORANDUM FOR
THE RECORD dated 20 April 1954 there is a description of direct
observation by Dr. Gottlieb and a CIA officer with the rank of Major,
of hypnosis experiments conducted by Sears in a hotel suite. On March
26, 1954 a demonstration of hypnosis was given by Sears for selected
representatives of Senior Staffs and Area Divisions, according to the
20 April 1954 MEMORANDUM.

It appears that Alden Sears never created a full Manchurian Candidate

under MKULTRA. However, in a proposal for work to be conducted from
June 1, 1956 to May 31, 1957 under Subproject 49 Sears writes:

Since this research was started in September of 1952,

work has been done on various projects which were outlined
by the fund representative and myself. Some of these have been
[white out] (These two have been published), [whited out]
and various pilot studies concerning subconscious retention
of material and ability to deliver same without the subjects
knowing consciously that he had even had this material;
1.€., an unwitting message carrier...

In order to investigate the possibilities of hypnotic induction

of non-willing subjects who have only a knowledge of some
other language than that of the hypnotist...

An investigation should be made into non-verbal induction

techniques, such as long duration of monotonous audio
or visual stimulation. A variation of this in which I am interested
and in which I have done some work, a few pilot studies,
is to use soft restful music in which my voice was also recorded
at a subliminal level. With some subjects in the past this has
been very effective...

Can auto-hypnosis be taught so as to be as effective as hetero-

hypnosis in the canceling out of pain or other stress conditions;
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION! MKULTRA AND MKSEARCH 65

i.e., ifthis can be done a person could create his own world and
be happy in it even though he were actually confined in a very
small place which was extremely filthy...

There are a great many areas which need investigation in the

field of hypnosis. However, some of these (especially those
connected with the use of drugs) could not be handled in the
University situation.

Sears did some of his experiments at a CIA safe house that had
to be “reasonably unobtrusive from public surveillance, and yet be capable
of accommodating an increased number of people without causing
suspicion or comment” (MEMORANDUM FOR Safehouse Procurement
Officer, 3 June 1954).

Another MEMORANDUM dated 30 October 1956 is a request for a safe

house under Subproject 49 for use from November 13 to December 12,
1956. The safe house was “so situated that both sides of the building are not
easily subjected to eavesdropping. This safe site is to be used in connection
with a conference pertaining to various aspects of MKULTRA.” Sidney
Gottlieb’s name is at the bottom of the MEMORANDUM.

A list of equipment purchased under MKULTRA Subproject 49 includes

“1 shock stimulator.” Whether the shock stimulator was used as
a conditioning tool, to check for hypnotic resistance to pain, or to determine
- whether a hypnotic subject can perform under stress, is unknown.
The MKULTRA work conducted by Alden Sears demonstrates that
hypnotic courier and Manchurian Candidate experiments and training
were done by the CIA under a number of different Programs, and were
contracted out to a number of different institutions and investigators.

In his MEMORANDUM of 11 May 1953 Sidney Gottlieb lists seven

separate experiments conducted by Alden Sears, and gives the number
of subjects for five of them, totaling 196 subjects. Experiments were
concerned with:
Experiment 1 - N -18 Hypnotically induced anxieties to be
completed by September I.
Experiment 2 - N- 24 Hypnotically increasing ability to learn and
recall complex written matter, to be completed by September I.
Experiment 3 - N -30 Polygraph response under Hypnosis, to be
completed by June 15.
66 Tue CIA Doctors

Experiment 4 - N - 24 Hypnotically increasing ability to observe

and recall a complex arrangement ofphysical objects.
Experiment 5 - N- 100 Relationship ofpersonality to susceptibility
to hypnosis.
Experiment 6 - The Morse code problem, with emphasis on
relatively lower IQ subjects than found on University volunteers.
Experiment 7 - Recall of hypnotically acquired information by
very specific signals.

Manchurian Candidate work was done under MKULTRA Subproject

136, which was approved for funding on August 23, 1961. The deliberate
creation of multiple personality in children is an explicitly stated plan
in the MKULTRA Subproject Proposal submitted for funding on May
30, 1961. TOP SECRET clearance status for the Principal Investigator
on Subproject 136 had been initiated by the Technical Services Division
of the CIA at the time the Subproject was approved. Quotations from the
Subproject 136 documents appear immediately before the Introduction to
The CIA Doctors: Human Rights Violations By American Psychiatrists.

Although MKULTRA has received the most public attention of any of

the CIA and military mind control programs, most of its Subprojects
were relatively benign compared to experiments carried out in PROJECT
OFTEN and MKNAOMI. The declassified MKULTRA and MKSEARCH
documents prove that systematic mind control experimentation involving
physicians was ongoing at least until 1972. Like BLUEBIRD and
ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA involved the creation of Manchurian Candidates.
Most of the MKULTRA Subprojects involved study of subcomponents of
the Manchurian Candidate construction process — without the BLUEBIRD
and ARTICHOKE documents, it would be unclear if the mind control
doctors ever created a full Manchurian Candidate. The BLUEBIRD/
ARTICHOKE materials establish conclusively that full Manchurian
Candidates were created and tested successfully by physicians with TOP
SECRET clearance from the CIA.
 6
OTHER CIA
MIND CONTROL PROGRAMS

There is very little declassified information about other CIA mind

control programs besides BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA and
MKSEARCH. Freedom of Information Act requests on them have not
yielded any material beyond the documents on BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE,
MKULTRA and MKSEARCH released by the CIA in the 1970’s. These
other programs also involved experiments by doctors on interrogation of
subjects, creation of amnesia, detecting double agents, and mind control.
The following summaries are mostly from Project MKULTRA, the CIA's
Program of Research in Behavioral Modification.

PROJECT CHATTER
CHATTER was a Navy project begun in 1947 to test drugs that would
make a subject talk during interrogation. The Air Force, Army, CIA,
and FBI were also involved. One CHATTER contractor was Professor
George Wendt of the University of Rochester. At one point, according
to an undated memo from the Secretary of Defense, the funding for
CHATTER was $100,000.00 a year, however in 1950 the Navy awarded
Wendt a single grant of $300,000.00. The actual total amount of funding
Dr. Wendt received is unknown.

QKHILLTOP
This project was begun in 1954 to study Communist Chinese brainwashing
techniques. Most of the early studies were probably carried out by the
Cornell Medical Human Ecology Program. QKHILLTOP was absorbed
into MKULTRA, and ceased to exist as a separate program.
68 Tue CIA Doctors

MKDELTA
MKDELTA was a special procedure designed by the CIA to oversee
MKULTRA research conducted abroad in the 1950’s. It involved the use
of drugs in interrogation, therefore physicians, most likely psychiatrists,
were direct participants. MKDELTA also funded research on the use of
biological materials for “harassment, discrediting, or disabling purposes.”

THIRD CHANCE
THIRD CHANCE is described in Project MKULTRA, the CIA’ Program
of Research in Behavioral Modification (p. 412). EA 1729 is LSD
(see Appendix I for a listing of all mind control drugs tested by the Army
up to 1973):

At the conclusion of the laboratory test phase of Material

Testing Program EA 1729 in 1960, the Army Assistant Chief
of Staff for Intelligence (ASCI) authorized operational field
testing of LSD. The first field tests were conducted in Europe
by an Army Special Purpose Team (SPT) during the period
from May to August of 1961. These tests were known as Project
THIRD CHANCE and involved eleven separate interrogations
of ten subjects. None of the subjects were volunteers and none
were aware that they were to receive LSD. All but one subject,
a U.S. soldier implicated in the theft of classified documents,
were alleged to be foreign intelligence sources or agents.
While interrogations of these individuals were only moderately
successful, at least one subject (the U.S. soldier) exhibited
symptoms of severe paranoia while under the influence
of the drug.

In a report dated September 6, 12961, the following conclusions about

the interrogation of the U.S. soldier were presented (p. 415):

(1) This case demonstrated the ability to interrogate a

subject profitably throughout a highly sustained and almost
incapacitating reaction to EA 1729.

(2) The apparent value of bringing the subject into the EA 1729
situation in a highly stressed state was indicated.

(3) The usefulness of employing as a stress factor the device

of inviting the subjects attention to his EA 1729-influenced
state and threatening to extend this state indefinitely even to a
CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER CIA MIND ContROL PROGRAMS 69

permanent condition of insanity, or to bring it to an end at the

discretion of the interrogators was shown to be effective.

(4) The need for preplanned precautions against extreme

paranoiac reaction to EA 1729 was indicated.

(5) It was brought to attention by this case that where subject

has undergone extended intensive interrogation prior to the EA
1729 episode and has persisted in a version repeatedly during
conventional interrogation, adherence to the same version while
under EA 1729 influence, however extreme the reaction, may not
necessarily be evidence of truth but merely the ability to adhere
to a well rehearsed story.

The trip report also stated that, “The interrogation results were deemed
by the local operational authority satisfactory evidence of Subject’s claim
of innocence in regard to espionage intent.”

DERBY HAT
DERBY HAT was the Far eastern equivalent of THIRD CHANCE.
In one experiment a suspected Asian agent was given 6 micrograms of LSD
per kilogram of body weight and interrogated for seventeen and one-half
hours. At one point he was semicomatose and was described as “shocky.”

OFTEN/CHICKWIT
A CIA program divided into two subcomponents was begun at Edgeware
Arsenal in 1967. Testing on human subjects continued until at least 1973.
Project OFTEN was designed to test the behavioral effects of drugs on
animals and humans, while CHICK WIT was created to gather intelligence
on new drug development in Europe and the Orient. One of the drugs
tested in Project OFTEN was a hallucinogen called EA6167. It caused
psychosis with subsequent amnesia lasting three to four days. According
to the document in Appendix K, “Patients would see and hear persons not
there and speak to them. Frequent complaints were bright lights or objects
on the wall and roaches or flying insects in the room.”

Attempts were made under Project OFTEN to develop a “compound

that could simulate a heart attack or stroke in the targeted individual,
or perhaps a new hallucinogen to cause the targeted individual to act
bizarrely.” Subjects in OFTEN testing were soldiers and prisoners, two
groups that can be compelled to participate without true informed consent
being given.
70 THe CIA Doctors

STARGATE
In cooperation with the military, the CIA ran a project called STARGATE
that stopped in 1984. At least $20 million was spent on remote viewing and
other paranormal methods of spying. Much of the work was done at the
Stanford Research Institute. Major contractors included Edwin May, Hal
Puthoff and Russell Targ”*’. Early work on STARGATE subject matter was
done as far back as BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE; scattered discussion
of paranormal phenomena can be found in those documents. MKULTRA
Subproject 136 involved an $8,579.00 grant to an unwitting investigator
in 1961 for an experimental analysis of extrasensory perception.

The CIA funded work on extrasensory perception and paranormal

phenomena through a variety of different programs from the early 1950’s
until at least 1984. In STARGATE, remote viewers would leave their
bodies and travel to remote locations to do surveillance. STARGATE
documents have not yet been released through the Freedom of Information
Act. STARGATE remote viewing is described by David Morehouse’””’,
who was himself a remote viewer, in his book Psychic Warrior.

Technically, STARGATE was not a mind control program in the usual

sense, although it involved controlling certain properties of the human
mind. It perhaps could be better described as a program that tapped certain
powers of the mind. There is no evidence that any STARGATE activities
violated medical ethics. The remote viewing was conducted under a
series of cryptonyms including STARGATE and GRILL FLAME. Remote
viewing work was being done in the private sector into the 1990s, with
medical oversight by MKULTRA contractor, Dr. Louis Jolyon West?*°.

MKNAOMI
MKNAOMI was a joint project of the CIA and the Army’s Special
Operations Division in Fort Detrick, Maryland. It ran from 1953 to 1970.
MKNAOMI involved “developing, testing, and maintaining biological
agents and delivery systems for use against humans as well as against
animals and crops.” The number of human subjects who participated in
MKNAOMI, and the complete list of chemical agents used, is unknown.
MKNAOMI received CIA money through MKULTRA Subprojects 13, 30
and 50 (see Appendix C for Subproject 50 document).

Additional information on MKNAOML is available in Biological Testing

Involving Human Subjects By the Department of Defense, 1977. This is a
transcript of Senate Committee hearings chaired by Edward Kennedy on
March 8 and May 23, 1977. MKNAOMI dealt mainly with biological and
CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER CIA Minp ContTROL PROGRAMS 71

chemical warfare. It also solidified a relationship between the CIA and the
Special Operations Division at Camp Detrick that included hallucinogen
and mind control research.

OTHER PROGRAMS
William Sinclair Augerson, M.D., testified to a Senate Committee about
Army LSD research that was ongoing in 1977, when LSD was a controlled
substance. Dr. Augerson obtained his M.D. at Cornell in 1955 and worked
as a physician at Walter Reed Army Institute of Research and in NASA’s
Project Mercury. In August, 1976 he became Commander of the U.S.
Army Medical Research and Development Command. Dr. Augerson
testified that (Biological Testing Involving Human Subjects By the
Department of Defense, 1977, p. 238):

The LSD follow-up study has moved slower than we wished, due
to the problems of organizing a control group, as well as the
persistent problem of constrained clinical resources. We will
complete the matched study of 50 controls, 50 LSD subjects in
midsummer. When that study is complete, we should be able to
move faster on the remaining subjects.

Dr. Augerson stated that the LSD research was being done at Edgeware
Arsenal, located at Camp Detrick. His testimony proves that Army
LSD experiments continued at least into the late 1970’s, well after the
termination of MKSEARCH in 1972.

Biological warfare (BW) and chemical warfare (CW) research was run
out of Edgeware Arsenal but also involved testing in many other locations
including Dugway Proving Ground, Utah. As in the radiation experiments
described in an earlier chapter, BW/CW research involved releasing
bacteria, fungi and viruses into general population areas. The bacterium
Serratia marascens was released in many locations including New York
(June 7-10, 1966), San Francisco (September, 1950), and Pennsylvania
State Highway #16 westward for one mile from Benchmark #193 (January
7, 1955). Other infectious agents released into civilian populations
included Aspergillus fumigatus and Bacillus globigii.

Dr. Wheat and coathors*? published a paper in the Archives of Internal

Medicine describing eleven Serratia marascens infections observed in one
San Francisco Hospital between September 1950 and February 1951. The
paper was published because Serratia marascens infections are very rare.
72 Tue CIA DocrTors

In its submission to Senator Kennedy’s committee hearing entitled U.S.

Army Activity in the U.S. Biological Warfare Programs, Volume 11, 24
February 1977 Unclassified, the Army denied a causal relationship between
its secret experiments and the civilian infections reported by Dr. Wheat.

The Chief, Chemical Division, TSS wrote a memo to the Deputy Director
of Security of the CIA on 18 May 1953 in which he stated his concern
that a chemical weapon might have been tested on unwitting civilians
in Gallup, New Mexico:

Reference is made to our conversation concerning the attached

newspaper article which appeared in the 14 May issue
of the Washington Star. Please note the report from Gallup,
New Mexico reported by doctors that residents of that city
have been bothered by a wave of nausea and lightheadedness.
Although the possibility is remote, it may be that “seranim”
could be involved and it is suggested that a routine inquiry,
through Public Health, be made as to the facts of the case.

The chemical identity of the compound “seranim” is unknown,

although the spelling of the name and the effects of the compound suggest
that it could be sarin or a related nerve gas.

A number of committees oversaw the CW/BW research including

the Interagency Survey Committee Chaired in 1959 by David E.
Price, Chief, Bureau of State Services, U.S. Public Health Services.
The committee included representation from the Johns Hopkins Hospital.
A similar committee, the Ad Hoc Committee for Dugway Proving
Ground, was chaired by Leonard A. Scheele, M.D., Surgeon General in
1953; membership on that committee included the Operations Research
Office and the Johns Hopkins University. In 1961 Johns Hopkins was
represented on the Board of the CIA mind control cutout, The Human
Ecology Foundation, by Dr. John Whitehorn, Chairman of the Department
of Psychiatry, Johns Hopkins. A Johns Hopkins researcher received
money through MKULTRA Subproject 87 in 1958.

MKULTRA and MKSEARCH Institutions listed by the U.S. Army

as having received BW/CW contracts from Fort Detrick include
Columbia University, Cornell University, Emory University, Florida State
University, University of Illinois, University of Indiana, Johns Hopkins
University, University of Maryland, University of Minnesota, Montana
State University, University of Pennsylvania, Stanford, University
Corp War EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER CIA MINnp CONTROL ProGRAMS 73

of Texas, Yale University, and the Worcester Foundation for Experimental

Biology (see chapter on G.H. Estabrooks).

The CIA maintained its relationship with this network of BW/CW

and mind control contractors through MKULTRA, MKSEARCH and
MKNAOMI, which provided funding of the Special Operations Division
at Fort Detrick. In 1963 the CIA’s Inspector General estimated that the
annual transfer of funds from the Technical Services Division of the CIA
(which ran MKULTRA and MKNAOMI) to Fort Detrick at $90,000.00.

A memo from Thomas H. Karamessines, Deputy Director for Plans, CIA,

to Richard Helms, Director of the CIA declassified on September 15, 1975
describes ten chemical warfare agents and six toxins stored at Fort Detrick
for the CIA:

Agents:
1. Bacillus anthracis (anthrax) - 100 grams

2. Pasturella tularensis (tularemia) - 20 grams

3. Venezuelan Equine Encephalomyelitis virus (encephalitis) -

20 grams

Cocccidiodes imnitis (valley fever) - 20 grams

Brucella suis (brucellosis) - 2 to 3 grams

Brucella melitensis (brucellosis) - 2 to 3 grams

Mycobacterium tuberculosis (tuberculosis) - 5 grams

Salmonella typhimurium (food poisoning) - 10 grams

SNSalmonella typhimurium (chlorine resistant) (food poisoning)-

eh
So
ee
3 grams

10. Variola virus (small pox) - 50 grams

Toxins:
1. Staphylococcal Enterotoxin (food poisoning) - 10 grams

2. Clostridium botulinum Type A (lethal food poisoning) -

5 grams

3. Paralytic Shellfish Poison - 5.193 grams

74 THE CIA Doctors

4. Bungarus‘Candidis Venom (Krait) (lethal snake venom) -

2 grams
5. Microcystis aeruginosa toxin (intestinal flu) - 25 mg.

6. Toxiferine (paralyic effect) - 100 mg

Several of these materials were also the subject of MKULTRA

contracts. The only field use of these materials described by
the CIA was hand-launched darts taken on a mission to bug
a North Vietnamese embassy in a southeast Asian country.
The darts were to deliver an incapacitant to the guard dogs.
They were unnecessary because the dogs accepted meat laced
with the incapacitant.

The CIA also described a successful biological warfare mission

carried out by the OSS against Hjalmar Schacht, a German
economist. He was unable to speak at an economic conference
because he was given staphylococcus enterotoxin food poisoning
by the OSS.

The MKULTRA Subprojects by magician John Mulholland

involved teaching the CIA methods of clandestine delivery
of materials in the field. They are linked to the MKNAOMI BW/
CW materials. Offensive use of BW/CW weapons by the United
States was banned by President Nixon on November 26, 1969.

A research program called PROJECT WHITECOAT began in

1959. It involved an agreement between the U.S. Army and the
Seventh Day Adventist Church by which 2200 conscientious
objectors were recruited at Fort Sam Houston to serve as
research subjects. Another 800 Seventh Day Adventist personnel
served as technicians and ward attendants. All these individuals
received non-combatant, or I-A-O, draft status. WHITECOAT
continued until 1973. Subjects were studied at Walter Reed
Army Medical Center and were immunized against and infected
with dozens of different viruses and bacteria, all listed by the
Army in detail.

After termination of PROJECT WHITECOAT, volunteers for

medical experiments were recruited at Fort Sam Houston
through Provision AR 601-210, under the enlistment status of
Medical Research Volunteer Subject. The Army reported that 76
CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER CIA Minp ContrROL PROGRAMS 75

MRVS subjects were enlisted at Fort Sam Houston in 1976, and

two further individuals in January and February, 1977.

AR 601-210 was necessary because conscientious objectors

could not enlist as medical experiment volunteers when there was
no active draft program, according to prior Army regulations.
This meant that the supply of WHITECOAT volunteers was cut
off at the end of the Vietnam War.

Mind control research took place in a broad network of BW/CW

research, chemical development, and radiation experiments.
Physicians including psychiatrists were involved in an
extensive, systematic way in this network of contractors, and
they also participated in reviewing and allocating grant money
to investigators with TOP SECRET clearance. Subjects in the
experiments were sometimes unwitting civilians. At other times
they were soldiers, prisoners, mental patients, sex offenders,
cancer patients and other individuals who were unwitting,
or who could not give meaningful informed consent.
 7

Lsp
EXPERIMENTS

LSD was discovered accidentally in 1943 by Dr. Albert Hoffman,

a chemist working on ergot alkaloids at Sandoz Laboratories in
Switzerland. He accidentally ingested some of the compound and
then had the first LSD-induced psychedelic experience. Sandoz
became the major supplier of LSD in the world for several decades.
The CIA obtained a secure North American supply of LSD from Eli Lilly
in 1953 through MKULTRA Subproject 18, a TOP SECRET grant for
$400,000.00. Through this Subproject, Eli Lilly became the first North
American manufacturer and distributor of LSD.

No-one knows the exact number of mind control subjects who received
LSD from the CIA and the military. In a U.S. Army memorandum dated
July 15, 1975 Kenneth R. Dirks, M.D., Brigadier General, MC, Assistant
Surgeon General for Research and Development, U.S. Army estimated that
at least 1500 soldiers were given LSD without informed consent as part of
Army mind control experiments. Review of the list of drugs tested by the
U.S. Army up until 1973 included in Appendix I, and the fact that there are
three branches of the military plus the CIA, leads to the conclusion that a
large number of people received mind control drugs without giving true
informed consent.

Many leading figures in American psychiatry in the second half of the

twentieth century were among the first people to take LSD in North
America. These ingestions began in the late 1940’s and continued to be
discussed in public into the 1960’s. The CIA sponsored LSD research
through MKULTRA and it also financed LSD conferences and books.
In one of these books', major figures in psychiatry discuss their own
experiences with LSD and how they obtained the drug. The book, published
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: LSD EXPERIMENTS

by CIA cutout, The Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, is the proceedings of a

conference held on April 22-24, 1959 with financial support from Sandoz
Pharmaceuticals (see Appendix J). The doctors state:

Charles Savage (p. 9): In 1949, under Navy auspices, I was

looking for improved methods of inducing psychocatharsis and
facilitating psychotherapy, as I had found sodium amytal and
pentothal disappointing. I ran through the gamut of alkaloids,
from mescaline and cannabis, through harmine, harmaline,
scopolamine, and cocaine. I was primarily interested in
mescaline, but was disappointed by the intense nausea it
produced in both me and my patients.

Gregory Bateson (p. 10): My interest in LSD began when Dr.

Abramson gave me 35 ug., about two years ago, and was revived
the other day by the study just mentioned by Dr. Savage, in which
Dr. Abramson gave me 100 ug.

Sidney Cohen (p. 11): I work at the Neuropsychiatric Hospital,

Veterans Administration, in Los Angeles... It was an easy jump
from the examination of toxic psychoses to my own provocation
of these states with LSD.
My first subject was myself, and I was taken by surprise. This was
no confused, disoriented delirium, but something quite different.

Louis Jolyon West (p. 12): I am a clinical psychiatrist and

became interested in LSD while I was in the Air Force. Many
Air Force prisoners of war were subjected by their Communist
captors to various kinds of stress, sufficient to cause them to sign
confessions of germ warfare, in which, in fact, they had not been
engaging. At that time, many of us concerned with this problem
were considering the possibility that special drugs, hyposis,
Pavlovian conditioning, or what not, were being used to elicit
these confessions.

TT. Peck, Jr. (p. 13): From the peyote buttons, then, I became
interested in these drugs that could promote physical as well as
mental health. I made some studies among the Hopi Indians
in Arizona, and then went into Mexico after Dr. Wasson’ trip
78 THE CIA Doctors

down there [MKULTRA Subproject 58], and ate some of the

mushrooms; and I also tried peyote.... When LSD came out,
with Sandoz s help, we used that.

C.H. Van Rhijn (p. 14): [had a vision, and I still have a vision,
of mass therapy. institutions in which every patient with
a neurosis could get LSD treatment and work out his problems
largely by himself. Classical psychotherapy or psychoanalytical
therapy is, of course, a costly procedure, and most people
do not have enough money to undertake it; nor do we have
health benefits to pay for individual psychotherapy. I hope
that there will eventually be health insurance funds to pay
for LSD therapy.

Ronald Sandison (p. 14): The introduction of LSD has

transformed the situation, as we are now able to deal with these
patients. It has done more than that: It has transformed the
entire hospital, because the whole atmosphere engendered by
LSD has spread throughout the hospital and, in fact, forms an
essential part of the hospital culture.

Betty G. Eisner (p. 15): I first read about LSD in Life.

Then I heard that a friend of mine was to do an experiment with
LSD. I offered to help, with the provision that I be one of the
subjects. The experience so impressed me that I felt LSD had
therapeutic possibilities, and so I tried it therapeutically on
myself, with such extraordinary results that Dr. Cohen and Ifelt
a therapeutic study should be done.

Keith S. Ditman (p. 16): I am a _ research psychiatrist

in the Department of Psychiatry at UCLA... But after
experiencing LSD, which I had done under Dr. Cholden’s
supervision, I was impressed that here was something, at least,
that had some effect.

Sidney Malitz (p. 19): I joined the team, which included Dr.
Hoch, Dr. Pennes, and Dr. Cattell. As I worked very closely and
directly with the patients, I learned much about mescaline, LSD,
and psychosurgery.
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: LSD EXPERIMENTS 79

Arthur A. Chandler (p. 20): Jn taking the drugs ourselves

[mescaline, ibogaine, amphetamines], we followed two general
principles: (a). Nearly everything I see down in there is me,
or some aspect of me; even ifit looks like mother or father, there
are many of my projections on it. (b). There is nothing I find
in any of my patients that in some way is not also in me.
If I cannot find it down in my subconscious, it must be blocking
somewhere. On these principles, and with some prolonged
treatment, we felt that we had explored our own and other
peoples subconscious rather deeply.

Mortimer A. Hartman (p. 20): About a year and a half ago, Dr.
Wesley told me that Dr. Cohen and Dr. Eisner had achieved some
spectacular results with an hallucinating agent called LSD, and
Ijoined Dr. Wesley in some research on it. When I took the drug
myself, Ifound I was suffering from the delusion that I had been
psychoanalyzed. I had spent seven and a half years on the couch
and over $20,000.00, and so I thoughtIhad been psychoanalyzed.
But a few sessions with LSD convinced me otherwise.

Charles Savage (p. 30): The first time my wife ever took LSD,
she noticed how dirty the ceilings were and got after me to
repaint them.

Harold Abramson (p. 33): In my experience, the use of LSD

seemed to introduce a new era, a new search for magic. It had
a glamorous appeal. Magazine articles distorted the situation
very much. I, and I am sure many ofyou, have been besieged by
people who wanted to take the drug, who wanted to experience
the LSD reaction. This reaction produced anxiety in many of us
and in many others connected with research in the field.

Abram Hoffer (p. 41): Dr. Abramson, in my statement about

being unable to detect the effect of 100 ug., the subject was a
psychiatrist who had probably taken it a hundred times.

Louis Jolyon West (p. 46): To what extent does the subjective
experience of the therapist or the observer, who almost
inevitably has taken LSD himself, influence the results he finds
in therapy?
80 Tue CIA Doctors

Charles Savage (p. 56): .. . the effects with the doses you are
using may be quite different from those with the doses of 400
or 500 ug which Dr. Hoch is using.

Arthur A. Chandler (p. 60): There is a case I have heard about

in Europe, where a person was given it without knowledge
and jumped out of a window. We have to be careful about this
sort of thing.

Abram Hoffer (p. 89): How many months gestation?

TT. Peck Jr.: Five anda half months. She was gravida III, had
had previous shock therapy, and had been under psychiatric care
for along time. .. she was very apathetic, wanted to die, wanted
to kill the baby. She had been taking pills and barbiturates by
the handful. She was given about 175 ug of LSD... We also
gave LSD to a deaf girl during her first pregnancy, and to two
other women, one 3-months pregnant and another a little over
6-months pregnant.

Robert C. Murphy, Jr. (p. 91): I treated three children with LSD
over a period of several months. One eight-year old boy made a
good recovery. That was completed nearly three years ago...

Louis Jolyon West (p. 101): With small doses, this is the case;
in larger doses the other phenomenon occurs. This would fit
in nicely with Marrazzis ideas however.

Louis Jolyon West (p. 131): If the hypnotic experience

is a controlled dissociated state or reaction, what is seen in the
subjects under LSD are spontaneous dissociative reactions,
in which all sorts of dissociative phenomena occur.

C.H. Van Rhijn (p. 172): The male nurse is 55 years old, married,
and has observed a great deal of psychiatric treatment.
Arthur L. Chandler: Has he ever taken LSD himself?
C.H. Van Rhijn: No, not yet, but he should.
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: LSD EXPERIMENTS 81

There is a large psychiatric literature on LSD psychotherapy from the

1950’s and 1960’s':*'°’. Many psychiatrists gave highly positive reports
about curing alcoholism, homosexuality (which they considered to be
a perversion) and other illnesses with LSD. Dr. Sidney Malitz!, the current
archivist-historian of The American College of Psychiatrists, describes
being introduced to LSD research by his mentor, Dr. Paul Hoch"°,

In his obituary in The American Journal ofPsychiatry, Dr. Hoch!” is eulogized

by Dr. Malitz'”* as a great leader in American psychiatry. The obituary omits
the fact that Dr. Hoch killed tennis pro, Harold Blauer with an injection
of Army mescaline on January 8, 1953, at the New York State Psychiatric
Institute. The family was told that Harold Blauer died as a result of a reaction
to a drug given for diagnostic or therapeutic purposes, but this was a lie.
A settlement for $18,000.00 was approved by the New York Court of
Claims on June 17, 1955. Dr. Hoch’s partner in mescaline research, Dr. James
Cattell'’' is quoted'™ as having told Army investigators into Blauer’s death,
“we didn’t know if it was dog piss or what it was we were giving him.”

Another psychiatrist whose obituary appeared in The American Journal

of Psychiatry’’, was child psychiatrist Dr. Lauretta Bender. Faretra and
Bender’! describe an experiment in which they gave LSD or psilocybin
to 50 boys age 7 to 15. The children took these hallucinogens daily for
weeksor months at a time. The dosage of LSD was 150 micrograms,
a hallucinogenic dosage level of the drug equivalent to a strong adult street
dose. In another study, children given LSD were 6 to 12 years old**. Some
of Dr. Bender’s child subjects received LSD daily for a year or longer’’.

Dr. Bender’s experiments were conducted on the Children’s Unit of

Creedmore State Hospital, Queen’s Village, New York. There is no evidence
that Dr. Bender was funded directly by the CIA or military, however her
LSD experiments on children demonstrate that the climate for such work
was highly permissive. Her experiments were discussed at meetings of the
Society for Biological Psychiatry and published in the medical literature.

On May 8-10, 1965 The Second International Conference on the Use

of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism was held under the auspices
of South Oaks Psychiatric Hospital in Amityville, New York. MKULTRA
contractor and Director of CIA cutout, The Human Ecology Foundation,
Dr. Harold Abramson was Director of Research at South Oaks Hospital
and edited the proceedings of the conference’. He and Dr. Frank Fremont-
Smith, former Medical Director of CIA cutout, The Josiah Macy, Jr.
Foundation were co-organizers of the conference.
82 Tue CIA Doctors

Attendees at the 1965 conference overlapped with those in the first

conference and are listed in Appendix J. MKULTRA contractor, Dr. Louis
Jolyon West attended the first conference while Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation
consultant, Dr. Daniel X. Freedman attended the second. Dr. West and Dr.
Freedman Co-Chaired a session at the Meeting of the Society for Biological
Psychiatry entitled, “Session IV. CLINICAL CONSIDERATIONS:
a. Model Psychosis b. Therapeutic Use and Therapeutic Potential”
in which Morris A. Lipton!” presented a paper entitled, “The Relevance
of Chemically-Induced Psychoses to Schizophrenia.” In that paper, Dr.
Lipton states that:

A few reports of the accidental ingestion of LSD by children

and anecdotal reports ofpeople who took LSD without knowing
it suggest that it is a terrifying experience that might closely
resemble an acute schizophrenic reaction. There are also
persistent rumors that psychotomimetics have been administered
to naive troops in the Army with devastating results. Whether or
not this is the case remains a military secret.

Dr. Lipton was the subject of an obituary in The American Journal

of Psychiatry, written by his co-author, Dr. Charles Nemeroff*!! **.
Dr. Nemeroff states that, “One of my most vivid memories of Morrie
was sitting in his office one summer day when he related his idea that
hallucinogenic drugs, if proved safe, could be used to provide impoverished
adults with a choice for a “vacation” or “a trip.” Even when discussing
psychopharmacology, he was always a humanitarian.”

Dr. Freedman was the Editor of the most prestigious psychiatric journal
in the world, Archives of General Psychiatry from 1970 till his death
in 1993, according to his obituaries in The American Journal of Psychiatry"
and the Archives of General Psychiatry’*. Besides working for the Josiah
Macy, Jr. Foundation, Dr. Freedman published research on LSD°*,
He was also a discussant of many presentations on LSD at meetings
of the Society for Biological Psychiatry.

Among his numerous appointments, Dr. Freedman was at the U.S. Army
Chemical Center from 1965 to 1967. From 1983 to 1984, he was on the
Research Advisory Committee of the Texas Research Institute for Mental
Sciences (TRIMS) which received funding from the CIA, Army, Navy,
NASA and Air Force (see Chapter Thirteen). In 1972 Dr. Freedman was
appointed to the Scientific Advisory Board of the Scottish Rite Foundation
Schizophrenia Research Foundation. The Scottish Rite Foundation
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: LSD EXPERIMENTS 83

funded a great deal of hallucinogen research, sometimes concurrently

with MKULTRA and MKSEARCH funding. Dr. Freedman was also
President of the American Psychiatric Association, the American College
of Neuropsychopharmacology, and the Society for Biological Psychiatry.

The interlocking academic relationships of the mind control doctors

involved the most influential figures in American psychiatry in the second
half of the twentieth century. Not every doctor in the network was directly
funded by the CIA or military, and some, like Dr. Morris A. Lipton,
were genuinely unaware of the scope of psychiatric participation in CIA
and military mind control. Others, like Dr. Louis Jolyon West, who killed
an elephant with LSD at Oklahoma City Zoo, had TOP SECRET clearance
with the CIA and branches of the military.

One of the attendees at the May 8-10, 1965 LSD Conference

was Dr. John Lilly'’®, who described giving LSD to dolphins. In another
paper, MacLean, MacDonald, Ogden and Wilby'” describe LSD treatment
at Hollywood Hospital in Vancouver; the paper includes a Table describing
338 patients who received LSD. Dr. James Tyhurst, a psychiatrist who
attended BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE oversight meetings in Montreal
in 195!°, practiced at Hollywood Hospital for a period of time and also
received funding from Canada’s Defense Research Board*™.

In the same volume Dr. Abram Hoffer'** describes LSD treatment

he conducted in Saskatchewan in partnership with Humphry Osmond!’
before Osmond2”* moved to Princeton, New Jersey to become the Director,
Bureau of Neurology and Psychiatry, New Jersey Neuropsychiatric
Institute. The Institute was the site of hallucinogen experiments by
Dr. Carl Pfeiffer funded through MKULTRA and MKSEARCH. Along
with John Smythies, Carl Pfeiffer was the Editor of /nternational Review
of Neurobiology’. Dr. Smythies was from the Worcester Foundation for
Experimental Biology, site of MKULTRA Subproject 8. Contributors
to the volume included Dr. Robert Heath, who received CIA and military
money for hallucinogen and brain electrode implant research at Tulane
University (see next Chapter). Associate Editors of the volume included
Dr. Hoffer, Dr. Heath and the British psychologist, Dr. H.J. Eysenck,
the contractor on MKULTRA Subproject 111.

An article in the February 12, 1996 Sunday Times and another in the
October 11, 1995 The Guardian indicate that LSD was widely used
in England from 1952 to 1972. At least 4,500 National Health Service
patients were given LSD by 74 different doctors. The main hospitals
84 Tue CIA Doctors

included Powick, in Malvern, Worcestershire; Marlborough day hospital,

in Wiltshire; Clifton Hospital, in York; and Roffey Park, in Lincolnshire.
The Times article says that LSD was also given at a private hospital
in New South Wales, Australia. How much of this LSD was given under
military contracts is unknown.

By 1965 the American mind control doctors were having difficulty

obtaining LSD. The Federal Drug Administration was starting to limit the
supply of LSD and was about to make it illegal. How did the mind control
doctors react? They lamented the move towards criminalization of LSD
and saw it as uninformed and anti-scientific. In the Preface to The Use of
LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism Dr. Frank Fremont-Smith” says:

Since the Second International Conference on the Use of LSD

in Psychotherapy was held, in May 1965, there has been a flood
of highly emotional and often ill-considered discussion of LSD
and the possible dangers inherent in its use. The article on LSD
in the March 25, 1966, issue of Life is probably the most widely
noted example.

Certain university health officials have been troubled by the

extremes to which “far out” groups of students are likely to go
in personal experimentation, and have been aroused to action
by the understandable concern of parents who feared for their
children. Such officials have issued grave warnings about LSD
that have caused serious alarm. One would wish that these
officials would be equally diligent in trying to eradicate the
genuinely harmful use of alcohol and cigarettes.

Most statements which have appeared in the press are based

principally upon the undesirable experiences of a limited
number of people who have bought LSD on the black market
and administered it to themselves without medical supervision.
The unfortunate publicity which ensued has resulted in violent
attacks against LSD itself, even when used by physicians, in
careful studies carried out in psychotherapeutically oriented
medical research and treatment. The federal government, in
response to this ill-advised criticism on the part of unqualified
individuals, has placed severe restrictions upon the availability
of LSD to the medical profession. In some instances, these
regulations have halted research on the value of LSD in the
treatment of severe neurotic behavior patterns being conducted
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: LSD EXPERIMENTS 85

by precisely those physicians with the most extensive experience

in the clinical and experimental use of LSD, leaving LSD
research to the hostile and the ignorant.

On December 22, 1965, The New England Journal of Medicine,

one of the most respected medical publications in the country,
published an editorial under the title, “LSD - A Dangerous
Drug.” This editorial ignored the entire body of published data,
including the report published by the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation
on the First International Conference on LSD, “The Use of LSD
in Psychotherapy,” in stating “. .. today. There is no published
evidence that further experimentation is likely to yield invaluable
data.” (Emphasis mine). Such unwarranted denigration is almost
the ultimate expression of an anti-scientific attitude.

The network of LSD experimentalists regarded the criminalization

of LSD as “hostile, ignorant and anti-scientific.” There are only two
possibilities; 1) LSD is a safe and effective adjunct to psychotherapy, and
2) LSD is a dangerous drug. If the first proposition is correct, current
psychiatrists who regard LSD as a dangerous drug are hostile, ignorant
and anti-scientific. If the second proposition is correct, then psychiatrists
like Lauretta Bender did a great deal of harm to research subjects.

The 1960’s slogan of better living through chemistry’ 158 was a guiding
premise of the LSD psychotherapists, a group which included academic
psychiatrists and CIA mind control contractors. The premise was shared
by flower children who were fans of the rock group, The Animals; in the
1960’s, The Animals produced a song about LSD entitled, “A Girl Named
Sandoz.” Current attitudes towards LSD of psychiatrists specializing in
substance abuse are diametrically opposed to the teachings of the previous
generation of specialists in LSD. Many leading psychiatrists in the 1960’s
dated the girl named Sandoz.

The shift from LSD as prescribed medication to LSD as substance

of abuse is part of the history of CIA mind control and its effects on society
at large. The medical professionals who consider LSD to be a dangerous
drug in the 1990s are separated by one generation from the psychiatrists
who introduced LSD into North America, took it recreationally under
cover of supervised medical usage, distributed it in North America, and
endorsed it as an aid to better psychological adjustment.
86 Tue CIA Doctors

Like the Tuskeege Syphilis Study and the radiation experiments, the LSD
research violated the requirements for informed consent that had been
in place since the Nuremberg trials. At Nuremberg, Nazi doctors who
experimented with mescaline in the death camps were regarded as war
criminals. A decade later, such research was conducted by the leading
figures in academic psychiatry in North America, and published in the
leading medical journals.
 8
BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANTS

Dr. Harold Wolff, a Professor of Medicine at Cornell, was a Director

of the CIA cutout, The Human Ecology Foundation, and the investigator
on MKULTRA Subproject 61. He treated the son of CIA Director, Allen
Dulles for a combat-acquired head injury received during the Korean War.
His published research includes a paper on Hungarian refugees coauthored
with Human Ecology Foundation Director, Lawrence Hinkle'?’. Hungarian
refugees were also studied under MKULTRA Subproject 89. In a footnote
to his paper on Hungarian refugees, Dr. Wolff states that, “Among those
who participated in these studies were Eva Bene, Ph.D., Sandor Borsiczy,
M.D., George Devereux, Ph.D., William J. Grace, M.D., Ari Kiev, Maria
H. Nagy, Ph.D., Thomas J. O’Grady, Jay Schulman, M.A., Richard M.
Stephenson, Ph.D., and William N. Thetford, Ph.D.

William Thetford was the contractor on MKULTRA Subproject 130 with

TOP SECRET clearance; Stephenson and Schulman were the contractors
on MKULTRA Subproject 69 (their security status is not stated
in the documents); and George Devereux’s Transcultural Psychiatric
Research Review at McGill received money from the Human Ecology
Foundation (see Chapter 12).

Another publication on LSD and mescaline** demonstrates the

overlap between hallucinogen experiments and other aspects of mind
control. Another paper by Wolff includes Dr. John Gittinger, the lead
psychologist for MKULTRA, as a coauthor along with William Thetford
228
and Lawrence Hinkle~*’.
244
In his obituary in The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease
Dr. Wolff’s accomplishments are listed at length. They include being
88 Tue CIA Docrors

President of the American Neurological Association in 1960-61 and editor

of the Archives of Neurology. He was a consultant for the Department
of Defense and the Veterans Administration.

In one of the MKULTRA Subproject 61 documents, Dr. Wolff defines

the historical context for the CIA’s interest in mind control in general,
which is also the context and motive for military funding of brain electrode
implant experiments:

The investigations of the highest integrative functions are

fundamentally aimed at increasing our understanding of the
functions of the human cerebral hemispheres in overall adaptive
behavior. They arose out of our laboratory and clinical experience
during the past twenty years, and especially out of our interest in the
phenomena exhibited by men exposed to extremely threatening life
situations; and they were initiated during the period when we were
investigating the untoward effects of Communist police procedures.

When Dr. Wolff '”° refers to “communist police procedures,” he means

the brainwashing of American POWs during the Korean War (see Chapter
4), which probably included the creation of Manchurian Candidates.
Another MKULTRA Subproject related to the goal of “increasing our
understanding of the human cerebral hemispheres” was Subproject
129, which was entitled, “Computer Analysis of Bioelectric Response
Patterns.” This was a TOP SECRET cleared project conducted at George
Washington University and Leler University of Georgia.

MKULTRA Subproject 94 involved placing electrodes into the brains of

animals in order to control their behavior. By using a remote transmitter,
the doctors could control the animals’ movements and use them for delivery
of bombs and biological and chemical weapons. ACIA MEMORANDUM
FOR THE RECORD dated 18 October 1960 describes the research:

The purpose of this Subproject is to provide for a continuation

of investigations on the remote directional control of activities in
selected species of animals. Miniaturized stimulating electrode
implants in specific brain center areas will be utilized... The
ultimate objective of this research is to provide an understanding
of the mechanisms involved in the directional control of animals
and to provide practical systems for [whited out] application.
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANTS 89

The document describes Subproject 94 as a fine-tuning of extensive prior

successful research.

A CIA memorandum for MKULTRA Subproject 142 is included

in Appendix C. It describes the use of animals for delivery of biological
and chemical weapons, and the control of animals through stimulation
of brain electrodes. Various aspects of the overall research program
were parceled out via different Subprojects and under other cryptonyms
besides MKULTRA, but the overall goal was clear; to control the mind
and behavior and to create dissociation, through a combination of drugs,
sensory isolation, hypnosis, brain electrode implants, electric shock and
beaming different kinds of energy at the brain. The ability to create
limited, controlled amnesia through a variety of methods was a primary
goal of the mind control programs.

A MEMORANDUM FOR’ THE RECORD for MKULTRA

Subproject 142 dated 22 May 1962 states:

The reason for separating this work financially from the other efforts
of [whited out] in the Agency’s behalf is to allow him to engage
in some very practical experiments at some point in the work
which would present security problems if this effort were
handled in the usual way. Some of the uses proposed
for these particular animals would involve possible delivery
systems for BW/CW agents or for direct executive action type
operations as distinguished from the eavesdropping application
of [whited out].

“Executive action type operations” means human assassination.

Brain electrode experiments were also conducted in humans, but there
is no declassified documentation of the use of the human subjects
in field-testing or in actual operations.

Dr. Jose Delgado, a neurosurgeon and professor at Yale,

received funding from the Office of Naval Research, the Air Force 657
1s* Aeromedical Research Laboratory (Grant Number F29600-67-
C-0058) and the Public Health Service for brain electrode research
on children and adults°”: 70, 71, 72, 73, 75, 76, 261 ,
90 Tue CIA Doctors

Dr. Delgado’s research grants from the Office of Naval Research included:
Year Amount Subject
1954 $7,950.00 Neurological mechanisms in epilepsy
1955 $9,610.00 Neurological behavior in epilepsy and
in group behavior
1956 $9,610.00 Neurological behavior in epilepsy and
in group behavior
1960 $10,000.00 Neurological mechanisms in epilepsy
and behavior

Mark and Ervin '* describe one of their brain electrode patients
at Massachusetts General Hospital:

G.C. This 14-year old Negro girl was brought up in a foster

home and was of borderline intelligence. On two separate
occasions her violent behavior resulted in the death of a young
foster sibling, and she subsequently assaulted a 7-year old child
at the state hospital where she was confined. . Depth electrodes
were placed in each amygdala through the posterior approach.

Dr. Delgado did similar research in monkeys and cats and in one
paper describes the cats as “mechanical toys.” He was able to control
the movements of his animal and human subjects by pushing buttons
on a remote transmitter box. Another case involved an 11-year old boy
who under went a partial change of identity upon remote stimulation of
his brain electrode”:

In the same patient electrical stimulation of the superior temporal

convolution induced the appearance of feminine striving and
confusion about his own sexual identity. These effects were specific,
reliable, and statistically significant. For example, the patient, who
was an I1-year old boy, said, “I was thinking whether I was a boy
or a girl, which one I'd like to be,” and “I'd like to be a girl.”
After one of the stimulations the patient suddenly began to discuss
his desire to get married, expressing then a wish to marry the male
interviewer. In two adult female patients stimulation of the same
region was also followed by discussion of marriage and expression
of a wish to marry the therapist. Temporal-lobe stimulation
produced in another patient open manifestations and declarations
of pleasure, accompanied by giggles and joking with the therapist.
 Cop War EXPERIMENTATION: BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANTS 91

Dr. Delgado” wrote a book entitled Physical Control of the Mind: Toward
a Psychocivilized Society. In it he described his vision of evolution.
Delgado believed that control of the human brain through remote
stimulation of implanted electrodes offered man another step up the
evolutionary ladder. With this technology, man could directly control his
own mind, mood and behavior.

Brain electrode research was also conducted independently at Harvard

by Dr. Delgado’s coauthors, Drs. Vernon Mark, Frank Ervin and William
Sweet (see Chapter 3 for Radiation Committee testimony of Dr. Sweet).
Dr. Delgado supplied brain electrodes to the Harvard team through an
Office of Naval Research contract. Frank Ervin, the psychiatrist on the
team, was trained at Tulane by brain electrode specialist, Dr. Robert
Heath. He was later recruited by Dr. Louis Jolyon West to join the UCLA
Violence Center (see Chapter 10). One of the plans for the Center was to
control criminals through brain electrode implants. The Harvard work was
described in Mark and Ervin’s'** book Violence and the Brain; in that book,
the authors describe the potential use of brain electrodes for controlling
urban violence. They suggest that this technology might have been useful
in controlling black riots in Watts, California during the 1960’s.

Mark and Ervin'* describe implanting brain electrodes in a large number

of patients at Harvard hospitals including a 25-year old man named Fred
who had received a head injury while in the Navy. According to their
description, Fred appeared to suffer from organic seizures, however,
he also had a dissociative disorder which they did not recognize (p. 129):

On one occasion when he was driving a large trailer truck,

Fred blacked out in the middle of Los Angeles and did not
come to until he was on the outskirts of Reno. He had a similar
experience while riding a motorcycle. Although nothing
untoward happened during either of these two episodes, another
time he did kill someone in a head-on collision.

It is impossible to drive a truck from Los Angeles to Reno, a distance

of 470 miles, while having a seizure. With absolute certainty this was
an episode of dissociative amnesia. Instead of providing psychotherapy
for their patient’s dissociative disorder, Drs. Mark and Ervin attributed
his amnesia to epilepsy and treated it with electrical stimulation
of implanted brain electrodes.
92 Tue CIA Doctors

Another patient named Jennie was 14 years old when Drs. Mark and
Ervin'® put electrodes in her brain. She appears to be the same patient
described in Delgado, Mark, Sweet, Ervin, Weiss, Bach-y-Rita and
Hagiwara’®; one of the other four patients described in that paper appears
to be the patient, Fred from Violence and the Brain.

Mark and Ervin'® observed that “a baby’s cry was a able to provoke
an extreme behavioral change in Jennie.” They played a tape of a baby
crying while taking EEG readings from Jennie’s brain electrodes.
She was then transferred to a state hospital and Mark and Ervin were unable
to “keep on with what we believed was necessary medical treatment.”
According to Mark and Ervin, it was epileptic discharges in her brain that
caused Jennie to murder her two younger stepsisters. An alternative theory
of the case based on chronic, severe psychological trauma, posttraumatic
stress disorder and dissociative symptoms in Jennie, would lead
to a psychotherapeutic treatment plan. The mind control doctors saw their
patients as biological machines, a view which made them sub-human and
therefore easier to abuse in mind control experiments.

Another patient in Violence and the Brain, 18-year old Julia, may also
have had an undiagnosed, psychologically-based dissociative disorder.
Photographs in the book show her smiling, angry, or pounding the wall
depending on which button is being pushed on the transmitter box sending
signals to her brain electrodes.

Theresa L., a 38-year old patient of Drs. Mark and Ervin, was regarded
as a candidate for brain electrode implants because she masturbated
compulsively 18 to 20 times per day, had sex with female prostitutes,
had sex with more than one man at a time, was abusive and assaultive
towards other patients, and had attempted to castrate her husband with
a broken bottle. There is no mention of whether she was sexually abused
as a child or physically abused by her husband. Theresa L. was given
the anticonvulsant, phenytoin, which decreased her sex drive,
but she would not take it regularly and did not receive further treatment.

Mark and Ervin describe psychosurgery being conducted for violent

behavior in Japan, India, Mexico, France and Denmark. They mention
a 1965 paper from Japan by a Dr. Narabyashi in which the amygdala
was destroyed in 98 “mentally defective” patients, of whom 85 were
children. Screening of these psychosurgery patients for childhood trauma,
posttraumatic stress disorder and dissociative disorders was non-existent.
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANTS 93

The percentage of patients who were candidates for psychotherapy

is unknown, but unlikely to be zero.

Dr. Ervin’s residency supervisor, Dr. Robert G. Heath, was Chairman

of the Department of Psychiatry and Neurology at Tulane University
in New Orleans from 1949 to 1980. He became the President of the Society
for Biological Psychiatry at its 23 annual convention on June 16, 1968.
Born in Pittsburgh on May 9, 1915, Dr. Heath received his M.D. from the
University of Pittsburgh in 1938 and his Board certification in Psychiatry
and Neurology in 1946. His curriculum vitae list 13 different awards, and
49 teaching, hospital and professional appointments. Dr. Heath’s military
and government service included being assigned to the Navy as a P.A.
Surgeon; working at the Merchant Marine Rest Center, Long Island, New
York; Chief Psychiatrist, U.S. Marine Hospital, New York; and Chief
Psychiatrist, U.S. Penitentiary, Lewisburg, Pennsylvania.

Dr. Heath was a member of the American Psychiatric Association

Task Force on Medical Research Involving Human Subjects from
1966 to 1968. Four years later he published a brain electrode paper
entitled, “Septal Stimulation for the Initiation of Heterosexual Activity
in a Homosexual Male”!”.

Dr. Heath was a member of the Drug Abuse Research Advisory

Committee, Food and Drug Administration from 1975 to 1977; a member
of the Scientific Advisory Board of the American Council on Marijuana
from 1980 to at least 1985; Chairman and Member of the Scientific
Advisory Board of the American Council for Drug Education from 1983
to at least 1985; and a member of the Scientific Committee of the National
Foundation of Parents for Drug Free Youth.

Dr. Heath did extensive research in which subjects with implanted brain
electrodes in place had hallucinogens introduced directly into their brains.
Subjects were monitored by EEG, self-report and clinical observation for
their reactions. The hallucinogenic drugs he introduced into patients’
brains in this manner included LSD, mescaline, psilocybin and a substance
he called taraxein which he extracted from the blood of patients diagnosed
with schizophrenia!”* 12* 1% 28°,

Dr. Heath’s work was described in Senate testimony given on September

10, 1975 by Charles D. Abelard, General Counsel, Department of the
Army (Biomedical and Behavioral Research, p. 156):
94 Tue CIA Doctors

Turning to some of the other contracts involving research

on hallucinogenic drugs, we have learned of a 1955 contract
with Tulane University which involved the administration
of LSD, Mescaline, and other drugs to mental patients who had
theretofore had electrodes implanted in their brains as part
of their medical treatment unrelated to an Army contract.
The electrodes were utilized to study the effects of the drugs
on the brain’ functioning. The methodology used might
be subject to some criticism on the ground that a range
of compounds was administered to at least one patient without
apparent relation to therapy or diagnosis. However, work on
the brain chemistry of mental illness was still pioneering work
in 1955, and perhaps it is not surprising that in the cool light
of analysis 20 years later that some of the techniques employed
now seem less than perfect.

In his 1975 testimony, Mr. Abelard refers to Dr. Heath’s “less than
perfect” experiments as being twenty years old. A paper on electrical
self-stimulation of the brain was published in 1963''*; another paper on
brain electrode recordings in patients given acetylcholine and gamma
aminobutyric acid was published by Dr. Heath in 1965'°; one on brain
electrode recordings during orgasm in 1972''*; another on brain electrodes
in man in 1976''; one entitled, “Modulation of emotion with a brain
pacemaker: Treatment for intractable mental illness” in 1977!!°; and one
on electrode responses to marijuana in the monkey brain in 1979?°.

One of the ways to produce a psychocivilized society would be to treat the

DSM-III psychiatric disorder of ego-dystonic homosexuality (American
Psychiatric Association, 1980) with brain electrode implants. Dr. Heath
made this attempt. He placed brain electrodes in a young homosexual man
and fitted him with a box; a button on the box could be used to electrically
stimulate an electrode implanted in the septal region of his brain,
a pleasure center. Sometimes the electrode was stimulated by Dr. Heath,
sometimes by his colleagues, and sometimes the subject was allowed
to press the button himself. During one three-hour period, the patient,
referred to as B-19, stimulated himself 1500 times. Dr. Heath describes
the case as follows’:

During these sessions, B-19 stimulated himself to a point that,

both behaviorally and introspectively, he was experiencing
an almost overwhelming euphoria and elation and had to
CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANTS 95

be disconnected, despite his vigorous protests. His post

stimulation EEGs were unremarkable. Over the next 4 days
there was no septal stimulation, either passive or self because
of an intervening weekend and other of the patient’
commitments. However, during this time B-19 did show a notable
improvement in disposition and behavior, was less recalcitrant
and more cooperative both at the laboratory and his hospital
ward, and reported increasing interest in female personnel and
feelings of sexual arousal with a compulsion to masturbate.
The next afternoon he agreed without reluctance to re-view
the stag film and during its showing became sexually
aroused, had an erection, and masturbated to orgasm. At
the conclusion of this session the patient stated that he “felt
great” and was highly pleased with himself. EEG immediately
before the movie was not unusual; and no specific activity
was later present to be linked with any events during the
film. The behavior of the patient over the ensuing 4 days
showed increased self-satisfaction, preoccupation with sex,
and a continued growing interest in women. At this time,
and throughout all phases of the present procedure, no attempt
was made to instigate any formal psychotherapeutic program.
The patient was, however, given encouragement and support
in the development of heterosexual interest and was directly
counseled when he solicited information regarding sexual
technique and behavior.

Stimulation was resumed with passive activation of various

combinations of electrodes at several sites within the septal
region (Table 1). It resulted in the patient reporting feelings
of alertness, elation and being quite “high.” Consequent self-
stimulation through other septal electrode combinations (Table
1) produced an experience of warmth, a flushing sensation, and
sexual arousal.

At this time, the patient was maintaining an active interest

in females, culminating in an expressed desire to attempt
heterosexual activity in the near future. Therefore, arrangements
were made for a 21-year old prostitute to spend 2 hours with
him in a laboratory specially prepared to afford complete
privacy. B-19 was receptive to the plan, and the woman agreed
after being apprised of the circumstances. On the afternoon
of their meeting, the patients electrodes were attached
96 Tue CIA Doctors

toan electroencephalograph via an extension cord for increased

mobility, and recordings were obtained for 45 minutes with
an interruption for delivery of passive stimulation of the septal
region for 20 seconds (Table 1). B-19 was then introduced
to the prostitute, and EEG’ were obtained throughout his
relationship with her.

Separate interviews with the patient and the prostitute provided

information about their time spent together. Both reported that
B-19 was initially anxious and reluctant when they were left
alone, though his apprehension gradually subsided. The first
hour of the session was essentially spent in conversation about
the patient's experiences with drugs, his homosexuality and his
personal shortcomings and negative qualities. Such material
was seemingly presented as a defense on his part against
progressing too far too quickly. During this time, his partner
was most accepting and reassuring and gradually moved closer
to him in an attempt to arouse his interest in her. He responded
by trying to avoid eye contact, but at no time did he move away
or express a desire to discontinue. She proceeded to remove
her dress, but not her underclothing. B-19 did not respond
with any advance though he did report feelings of interest and
sexual arousal. As the second hour began, she relates that his
attitude took an even more positive shift to which she reacted by
removing her bra and panties and lying down next to him. Then,
in a patient and supportive manner, she encouraged him to spend
some time in a manual exploration and examination of her body,
directing him to areas which were particularly sensitive and
assisting him in the initial manipulation of her genitalia and
breasts. At times, the patient would ask questions and seek
reinforcement regarding his performance and progress, to which
she would respond directly and informatively. After about 20
min of such interaction she began to mount him, and though
he was somewhat reticent he did achieve penetration. Active
intercourse followed during which she had an orgasm that he
was apparently able to sense. He became very excited at this
and suggested that they turn over in order that he might assume
the initiative. In this position he often paused to delay orgasm
and to increase the duration of the pleasurable experience. Then
despite the milieu and the encumbrance of the electrode wires,
he successfully ejaculated. Subsequently, he expressed how
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANTS oF

much he had enjoyed her and how he hoped that he would have
sex with her again in the future.

During this session, EEG recordings from the deep leads

indicated that delta waves appeared at several of these
sites as sexual arousal increased and that immediately
prior to orgasm striking changes in recordings from
septal leads occurred resembling epileptiform discharge.
These changes were characterized by spike and slow
wave activity with considerable numbers of superimposed
fast frequencies. This pattern was essentially unchanged at the
moment of orgasm.

During 11 months of follow-up, B-19 maintained a_ primarily

heterosexual orientation.

Dr Heath also brought women to orgasm by electrical stimulation

of electrodes he had implanted in their brains. One experimental subject
was a 34-year old woman of “borderline defective intelligence” who had
a sixth grade education. She had been married three times when electrodes
were implanted in her brain in 1960. She is called B-5 in a paper entitled
“Pleasure and Brain Activity in Man”!'®.

B-5 received injections of acetylcholine and levterenol into the septal

region in combination with electrical stimulation of electrodes:

The degree of change was dependent on the patient’ condition

at the time the stimulus was given; if she had been in a low
mood, the change was dramatic, whereas ifshe had already been
feeling pleasant at the onset of treatment, the change was less
profound. The patient became more attuned to her environment,
answered questions more rapidly and accurately, and solved
simple mathematical problems with more ease. The elevation
in mood and heightened awareness involved development of a
sexual motive state and in most instances, within another 5 to 10
minutes, this culminated in repetitive orgasms. Not only did the
patient describe the response when questioned, but her sensuous
appearance and movements offered confirmation.

Another paper!!’7 describes brain electrode research conducted

on three groups of subjects; prisoners at Louisiana State Penitentiary,
schizophrenics and rhesus monkeys. Table | in the paper lists 50
98 Tue CIA Docrors

different drugs Dr. Heath tested, including those he injected into the
brain of subject B-5.

One of the discussants for this paper''? was Hudson Hoagland, Ph.D.,
Executive Director, the Worcester Foundation for Experimental Biology,
Shrewsbury, Massachusetts. Hoagland was directly recommended
to J. Edgar Hoover by G.H. Estabrooks (see Chapter 14). The Worcester
Foundation received funding through MKULTRA Subproject 8; chief
investigator Dr. Robert Hyde had TOP SECRET clearance with the CIA.

The second discussant for Dr. Heath’s paper was Frank R. Ervin, M.D.,
Director, Stanley Coob Laboratories for Psychiatric Research, Harvard
Medical School. Dr. Ervin did brain electrode implant experiments
at Harvard (see Chapter 8) and was recruited for the UCLA Violence project
by MKULTRA Subproject 43 contractor, Dr. Louis Jolyon West (see Chapter
10). It is evident that the brain electrode doctors knew each other well.

Dr. Heath acknowledged receiving money from the CIA in an interview

by my research assistant on September 21, 1995. He also described being
asked by Dr. Amedeo Marrazzi (see Chapter 17) to do LSD research
on humans for the U.S. Army, but declined.

In April, 1973 a patient identified in legal documents as John Doe,

a 36-year old male, was freed from eighteen years of confinement
in state mental hospitals as a result of the court’s decision in Kaimowitz
v. Department of Mental Health'*. John Doe was a patient in Ionia State
Hospital at the time of his release. On March 23, 1973 the court held that
the criminal sexual psychopath statute under which he was being held
in hospital was unconstitutional.

Ionia State Hospital was the site of MKULTRA Subproject 39, in which
investigators cleared at TOP SECRET received $30,000.00 in 1955 for
drug testing on prisoners and sexual psychopaths including interrogation
with hypnosis, LSD and marijuana. John Doe was committed to Ionia
State Hospital in 1955 for the alleged rape and murder of a student nurse.

MKULTRA Subproject 39 documents include a description of four

psychiatrists, a psychologist and a physician who participated in the
Subproject. The Director of the hospital was also witting; the documents
include six signed Secrecy Agreement forms with names whited out.
One of the psychiatrists is described as follows: “As a Navy psychiatrist
he has had extensive experience in [whited out] in the field of eastern
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANTS 99

cultures, Oriental psychiatry, brainwashing, etc. He has also done

drug interrogation with criminals and has engaged in narcoanalysis
and hypnoanalysis.”

A Subproject 39 MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD dated

9 December 1954 states that:

This project is designed to exploit the research potential that

is represented by a group of 142 criminal-sexual psychopaths
confined in the [whited out]. Several materials and techniques
will be assessed for their information-eliciting properties
on these individuals. It is thought that these individuals have
the kind of motivation for withholding certain information that is
comparable to operational interrogation situations in the field.

The Research Plan submitted by the investigators specifies that,

“Subjects will be selected who have denied allegations of various kinds
that can be checked or strongly assumed on the basis of previously
established records.”

A CIA Trip Report on Subproject 39 dated 7 April 1958 states that:

It is apparent that [whited out] is so involved in the administrative

problems of the project that he is not paying any attention to the
results. Since to date only 4 cases have been transcribed there is
no way of telling what is coming out of it. Iassume there were no
dramatic reactions, because the interviewers would have let him
know about them had they emerged. It is possible, however, that
our own analysis of the data may dredge up something of value,
although I am dubious on this point.

[Whited out] gave me his usual long involved talk on the

difficulties he had encountered which account for the delays.
He also talked at some length about his “experiments” with
hypnosis, some aspects of which are mildly hair-raising.
Finally he made quite a pitch for continuing some such project
as this next year, “with realistic, specific deadlines.” I told him
we would discuss possibilities after the present project was
completed and we had a chance to closely examine the take.

The Kaimowitz v. Department of Mental Health court case arose because

Dr. Ernst Rodin, a neurologist, and Dr. Jacques S. Gottlieb, a psychiatrist
100 Tue CIA Doctors

wanted to implant brain electrodes in John Doe. A psychiatric resident

at the Lafayette Clinic at Wayne State University College of Medicine
in Detroit, where Dr. Jacques Gottlieb (who is not the same individual
as Sidney Gottlieb, the Director of MKULTRA) worked as Director, was
uncomfortable about the ethics and procedures in the Clinic’s aggression
project. He brought his concerns to Gabe Kaimowitz, an attorney for the
Michigan Medical Committee for Human Rights, who filed an action.

The “Proposal for the Study of the Treatment of Uncontrolled Aggression

at Lafayette Clinic” was stimulated by Dr. Rodin and Dr. Jacques
Gottlieb’s reading of Violence and the Brain'®’. Dr. Rodin met with Drs.
Vernon Mark and Jose Delgado as part of his development of the Michigan
brain electrode project.

Dr. Jacques Gottlieb received funding for research on schizophrenia

fromthe Scottish Rite Committee for Research on Schizophrenia, as did
MKULTRA and MKSEARCH contractor Dr. Carl Pfeiffer. One paper
by Dr. Gottlieb entitled, “Steps Towards Isolation of a Serum Factor
in Schizophrenia’’'®° deals with taraxein, the substance Dr. Heath believed
he had discovered in the blood of schizophrenics. Another paper is entitled,
... “Sensory Isolation: Hallucinogenic Effects of a Brief Procedure’. In this
experiment, subjects were placed in sensory isolation wearing blackened-
out, or white or red-frosted goggles.

Another Gottlieb paper is entitled “Combined Sernyl and Sensory

Deprivation’’*'. In another study entitled “Comparison of Phencyclidine
Hydrochloride (Sernyl) with Other Drugs’, the authors thank Parke,
Davis & Company, the pharmaceutical firm, for supplying the
phencyclidine and “subsidizing the normal controls.” Subjects were
schizophrenic patients and normal controls. They were given LSD,
phencyclidine or sodium amytal, then tested for their cognitive abilities.

Phencyclidine known on the street as PCP or “angel dust” causes

delusions, hallucinations, paranoia, amnesia, and agitation. In overdose
it causes seizures, coma and death. There is a diagnostic category in DSM-
IV" called “Phencyclidine Intoxication” that describes the symptoms
caused by the drug. Use of PCP as a street drug was first reported by
medical professionals in Los Angeles in 1965. As for LSD, it was doctors
in the mind control network who first distributed PCP in North America.
The drug was first developed as a general anaesthetic in the 1950’s but
is now a controlled substance, like LSD. A milder drug with similar action
is currently marketed under the trade name Ketamine.
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANTS 101

When the John Doe case appeared in the Detroit Free Press on January
7, 1973, there was an immediate negative public reaction. As a result,
the Michigan State Department of Health terminated its support
of the Lafeyette Clinic aggression project and withdrew a pending
budget approved for $172,995.00. John Doe was released without having
been psychocivilized.

The history of the termination of the Lafeyette Clinic brain electrode

project parallels the demise of the Tuskeegee Syphilis Study in several
ways: it was initiated by a single individual; the involved doctors were
prepared to continue; and public funding was withdrawn only in response
to negative publicity. The same is true for Dr. Louis Jolyon West’s UCLA
Violence Center (see Chapter 10). These facts illustrate how the history
of the different elements of mind control, biological and chemical weapons
development, radiation testing, and the creation of Manchurian Candidates
are intertwined and part of the same historical period.

DRIFTWOOD PUBL IC IBRARY

| SW ¢t WY iO}
LINCOLN ¢CIT’ Y; O VRE -GON 97367
 9
Non-LETHAL WEAPONS

The network of mind control doctors, as it existed in the 1950’s and

1960’s, included specialists in non-lethal weapons. Non-lethal weapons
is a broad category which includes devices for beaming various kinds
of energy at human targets in order to temporarily incapacitate them,
or to control or affect their behavior. Non-lethal weapons research has
been conducted at universities in the United States on contract to the CIA,
and has overlapped with research on hallucinogens and brain electrode
implants. Funding of the experiments began in MKULTRA.

MKULTRA and MKSEARCH contractor Dr. Charles Geschickter

described some of the early non-lethal weapons research in Senate
testimony transcribed in Human Drug Testing by the CIA, 1977 (p. 90.):

Senator KENNEDY: _ Was the NIH [National Institute of Health]

involved in any of the research projects?
Dr. GESCHICKTER: There was NIH involvement.
Senator KENNEDY: — Could you tell us the nature of that
involvement?
Dr. GESCHICKTER: _ I can tell you the nature of it accurately.
One was on studies on concussion
in which they rocked the heads of animals
back and forth to try to cause them
amnesia by concussion ofthe brain.
And that was for $100,000.
The other, which was funded through this
later business [Dr. Geschickter being used
to funnel CIA money to other researchers
through separate bank accounts] was the use
of radar to put monkeys to sleep,
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: NON-LETHAL WEAPONS 103

to see ifthey could be, should I say,

instead of Mickey Finn, they could put
them under with radar directed towards
the monkey 8 brain.
Senator SCHWEIKER: Could they?
Dr. GESCHICKTER: _ Did they go to sleep?
Senator SCHWEIKER: Yes.
Dr. GESCHICKTER: _ Yes, sir. But, Senator, it showed ifyou got
into too deep a sleep, you injured the heat
center of the brain the way you cook meat,
and there was a borderline there that made
it dangerous.

The research described by Dr. Geschickter is MKULTRA Subproject 62,

conducted at the National Institutes of Health by Dr. Maitland Baldwin™*
aneurosurgeon. Subproject 62 documents describe Dr. Baldwin’s interest
in sensory isolation experiments, and a Subproject status report states
that, “certain kinds of radio frequency energy have been found to effect
reversible neurological changes in chimpanzees.”

In the publication resulting from Subproject 62, entitled, “Effects

of radio-frequency energy on primate cerebral activity,” Baldwin,
Bach and Lewis’ thank the Naval Research Laboratory and Rome Air
Force Base for supplying equipment used to generate the radio waves.

Dr. Baldwin also did a study in which he gave LSD to monkeys”.

In the experiment, control monkeys were compared to monkeys who had
had their temporal lobes removed surgically. Based on the responses of the
two groups of monkeys to LSD, Dr. Baldwin concluded that the temporal
lobes must be in place for monkeys to experience the effect of LSD.
The LSD used by Dr. Baldwin was supplied by Sandoz Laboratories.

Li and Baldwin'® described a technique for implanting electrodes

in the human brain; at that point in time they had implanted
electrodes in the brains of 30 people over a five-year period. Penfield and
Baldwin2** performed a series of temporal lobectomies at the Montreal
Neurological Institute and McGill University during the same time period
that Dr. Ewen Cameron (contractor on MKULTRA Subproject 68) was
the Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry at McGill, and Dr. James
Tyhurst of McGill was attending BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE meetings
in Montreal (see Chapter 12 for information on other CIA and military
contracts at McGill).
104 Tue CIA Docrors

MKSEARCH Subproject 1 documents, for which Dr. Baldwin was

the investigator, have not yet been released by the CIA. Baldwin was
a Lieutenant in the Navy from 1944 to 1947 and joined the Naval
Reserve in 1957.

Through MKULTRA Subproject 54, the CIA gave $62,400.00

to the Office of Naval Research in 1955. The researcher funded in this
project was studying how to produce concussions from a distance using
mechanical blast waves propagated through the air. Under a heading
of “POTENTIAL APPLICATIONS OF THE RESEARCH FINDINGS,”
the contractor says that such concussion “is always followed by amnesia
for the actual moment of the accident.” He also states:

The blast duration would be in the order of a tenth of a second.

Masking of a noise of this duration should not be difficult.
It would be advantageous to establish the effectiveness of both of
the above methods as a tool in brain-wash therapy.

MKULTRA Subproject 119 was a literature review that included

a summary of existing information on “Techniques of activation of the
human organism by remote electronic means.”

This early experimental and scholarly research under MKULTRA

was the foundation of non-lethal weapons programs that are currently
active. According to a report in Defense Electronics’, consideration
was given to using non-lethal weapons technology on David Koresh
during the Branch Davidian siege in the spring of 1993.

A Russian expert on non-lethal weapons, Dr. Igor Smirnov, was brought

to the United States for a series of meetings in northern Virginia that
began on March 17, 1993. The meetings were attended by representatives
of the CIA, the Defense Intelligence Agency, the FBI, and the Advanced
Research Projects Agency. Civilian attendees included Dr. Richard
Nakamura of the National Institute of Mental Health and Dr. Christopher
Green, Director of Biomedical Research at General Motors Corp.

According to the article, the device was not used on David Koresh because
of software incompatibility problems. Smirnov could not guarantee
its safety. A firm called Psychotechnologies Corp, based in Richmond,
Virginia entered into an agreement with the Russians to share and develop
this technology for American use.
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: NON-LETHAL WEAPONS 105

Pasternak’? described non-lethal weapons research in the 1990’s

in an article in U.S. News and World Report. According to the article,
acoustic weapons research is ongoing at Scientific Applications
& Research Associates, Inc. in Huntington Beach, California, with testing
at nearby Camp Pendleton Marine Corps Base; Mission Research Corps
in Albuquerque, New Mexico; and the Armstrong Laboratory at Brooks
Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas. From 1980 to 1983, according
to Pasternak, the Marine Corps Nonlethal Electromagnetic Weapons
project was run by a man named Eldon Byrd, who did work at the Armed
Forces Radiobiology Research Institute in Bethesda, Maryland. Bethesda
is the location of the National Institute of Mental Health, a representative
of which attended the meetings with Dr. Igor Smirnov in 1993.

There is abundant evidence in the public domain?’ that non-lethal

weapons research is ongoing and funded annually in the tens of millions
of dollars, or more. Given the fact that chemical and biological weapons,
mind control drugs and radiation have been tested on unwitting civilian
populations, it is possible that non-lethal weapons have also been tested
on unwitting civilians.

As is true for mind control experimentation, physicians must be involved

in non-lethal weapons programs. Non-lethal weapons programs therefore
pose a problem in medical ethics and require official policies and
guidelines from the American Medical Association and the American
_ Psychiatric Association. To date, organized, academic medicine has acted
as if non-lethal weapons do not exist.
 10
Dr. Louis JOLYON WEST

Dr. Louis Jolyon “Jolly” West was born in New York City on
October 6, 1924. He died of cancer on January 2, 1999. Dr.
West served in the U.S. Army during World War II and received
his M.D. from the University of Minnesota in 1948, prior to Air
Force LSD and MKULTRA contracts carried out there. He did his
psychiatry residency from 1949 to 1952 at Cornell (an MKULTRA
Institution and site of the MKULTRA cutout The Human Ecology
Foundation). From 1948 to 1956 he was Chief, Psychiatry
Service, 3700" USAF Hospital, Lackland Air Force Base, San
Antonio, Texas. This base is not far from Brooks Air Force Base
in San Antonio, which houses the Albertus Strughold Library (see
Chapter 1).

While at Lackland Air Force Base, Dr. West examined Air

Force pilots who had been converted to Communism while held
as POWs in the Korean War. Based on this experience he
published a paper?’ entitled, “United States Air Force prisoners
of the Chinese Communists. Methods of Forceful Indoctrination:
Observations and Interviews.”

Other papers published by Dr. West were entitled: “Sleep

deprivation’’' “Lysergic acid diethylamide: Its effects on the
male asiatic elephant’**? “Brainwashing’’'® “Hypnosis and
experimental psychopathology”®; “Sensory __ isolation’?!’;
“Monkeys and brainwashing”; “Psychiatry, brainwashing, and
the American character’”*”’; “Brainwashing, conditioning, and ddd
(debility, dependency, and dread)’; “Dissociative reaction’22!;
“Hallucinogens”'*'; “Psychobiology of racial violence”; “Flight
from violence: Hippies and the green rebellion”!°; “Hippie culture’”22’;
“Campus unrest and the counter culture’**; “Contemporary cults:
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: Dr. Louis JOLYON WEST 107

Utopian images, internal reality”* “Cults, liberty, and mind control’;

and “Persuasive techniques in contemporary cults”?”,

A list of Dr. West’s military appointments obtained from his curriculum

vitae is included in Appendix G. His curriculum vitae does not mention
that he received TOP SECRET clearance from the CIA as the contractor
on MKULTRA Subproject 43. This was a $20,800.00 grant given
to Dr. West in 1956 while he was Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry
at the University of Oklahoma. The Subproject proposal submitted to the
CIA by Dr. West is entitled, “PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES
OF HYPNOSIS AND SUGGESTIBILITY” and an accompanying
document is entitled “STUDIES OF DISSOCIATIVE STATES.”
This latter document reads:

An examination of current descriptions of dissociative reactions

reveals a rather stereotyped concept, differing little from
[whited out] original one, and offering limited definition of the
dissociative mechanisms and their role in normal and abnormal
psychological functions. The literature concerning clinical
entities ordinarily considered to constitute the dissociative
reactions is fairly well limited to case-studies of patients with
fugues, amnesia, somnambulisms, and multiple personalities.

Unpublished studies by the writer have led him to a greatly

expanded concept of dissociation. Dissociative phenomena are
found in everyday life. Such manifestations include “highway
hypnosis”, states of “fascination” in flyers, hypnagogic and
phantasy hallucinations, transient anaesthesias, and many
other examples. These reactions have many features in common
with a variety of clinical disorders including “sleep paralysis”,
trance states, Gilles de la Tourette's disease, latah, “Arctic
hysteria”, and a number of other disturbances in addition to the
well-known dissociative reactions of the text-books.

There is considerable experimental evidence pointing

to the significant role played by dissociative mechanisms
in the production of the various phenomena of hypnosis. In fact,
hypnosis may be considered to be a pure-culture, laboratory
controlled dissociative reaction. Of the entire phenomenology
of the various states described above, there is not one single
manifestation which cannot be produced experimentally
in the hypnotic subject. Thus, through the use of hypnosis as
108 Tue CIA Doctors

a laboratory device, the dissociative mechanisms can be studied

with a high degree of objectivity.

Of increasing interest at the present time are the actions

of a variety of new drugs which alter the state of psychological
functioning. Some of these agents produce disturbances
of perception and integration (mescaline, lysergic acid,
etc.). Others produce alterations of autonomic reactivity
through inhibition of central (hypothalamic?) functions,
so that “emotional responsiveness” is diminished (reserpine,
chlorpromazine, etc.). The effects of these agents upon
the production, maintenance, and manifestations of dissociated
states have never been studied.

Only the first page of this document, stamped “WARNING NOTICE

SENSITIVE INTELLIGENCE SOURCES AND METHODS
INVOLVED”, and reproduced in its entirety above, is available under
the Freedom of Information Act. That Dr. West continued to study
dissociation intensively into the 1960’s is demonstrated by the fact that
he wrote the section entitled “Dissociative Reactions” in the major
textbook of psychiatry in North America*™!.

In 1980, Dr. West co-authored a chapter in the next edition of this

textbook, The Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, with Dr. Margaret
Singer*”’ entitled, “Cults, quacks, and nonprofessional psychotherapies.”
Dr. Singer’ thanks, among others, Richard Ofshe and Louis Jolyon
West for support of her work in the Acknowledgements to her book
Cults in Our Midst*:*”. In the Introduction she writes:

After a number of years at the University of Colorado School

of Medicine, Department of Psychiatry, I went to Washington,
D.C., as a senior psychologist in the laboratory of psychology
at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. There, among
other things, I worked with people who were studying prisoners
of war from the Korean War. I became knowledgeable
about, and intrigued with, the forms of coercive persuasion,
or thought-reform programs, that not only prisoners of war but
also civilians in a variety of milieus had been exposed to in the
Far East. I also interviewed a number of Jesuit priests who had
been exposed to thought-reform processes while imprisoned in
Mainland China.
 Cotp War EXPERIMENTATION: Dr. Louis JoLYON WEST 109

In his MKULTRA Subproject 43 proposal, Dr. West describes

a research plan that involved many of the mind control techniques of both
the Communist Chinese and leaders of destructive cults:

It is proposed that the experiments begun during 1955-56

involving hypnotizability, suggestibility, and the role of certain
drugs in altering these attributes, be continued and extended
during 1956-57... Experiments involving altered personality
function as a result of environmental manipulation (chiefly
sensory isolation) have yielded promising leads in terms of
suggestibility and the production of trance-like states. There is
reason to believe that environmental manipulations can affect
the tendencies for dissociative phenomena to occur. Isolation,
in particular, can markedly change the individual's response to
suggestion in the form of verbal communication. . .

All of the above-recommended experimental procedures

will require special equipment, special methodologies, and
special skills. In order to make possible a continuing research
program in this area, a psychophysiological research team is
being developed at the [whited out]. Facilities of the [whited
out], and the [whited out] are available. However, within the
overall framework of these facilities, a unique laboratory must
be organized and constructed. This laboratory will include
a special chamber, in which all psychologically significant
aspects of the environment can be controlled. This chamber
will contain, among other things, a broad-spectrum polygraph
for simultaneous recordings of a variety of psychophysiological
reactions of the individual being studied. In this setting the
various hypnotic, pharmacologic, and sensory-environmental
variables will be manipulated in a controlled fashion and
quantitative recordings of the reactions of the experimental
subjects will be made.

Dr. West devoted four decades to study, writing and experimentation

on dissociation, hypnosis, Communist mind control, hallucinogens,
sensory deprivation, and methods of social influence; he concluded
that the methods used by destructive cults result in the creation
ofnewidentities and dissociated states*”’. The same methods, whenappliedto
experimental subjects under BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE and MKULTRA,
also resulted in the creation of amnesia, new identities and dissociated states.
This was the Manchurian Candidate program.
110 Tue CIA Doctors

In his Chapter on destructive cults in the Comprehensive Textbook

of Psychiatry”, Dr. West writes disparagingly of psychiatrists who
are interested in parapsychology and hallucinogens:

In the past few years some psychiatrists have shown a growing

and unabashed interest in parapsychology, including telepathy,
psychokinesis, clairvoyance, and presience. A distinguished
psychiatrist (Stevenson, 1966) has written on reincarnation,
another (Eisenbud, 1967) on mediums, a_ third (Ullman,
1973) on thought transference in dreams. Experiences with
hallucinogenic drugs have led some behavioral scientists, such
as Castaneda (1968) to formulate different, even mystical, ways
of knowing reality. However, even the biological scientist (Lilly,
1972) and the astronaut (Mitchell, 1974) are no longer hesitant
about involving themselves in experiments and self-revelations
that would have seemed outrageously mystical 20 years ago but
that are now taken as a matter of course.

Astrology and prophecy seem to be as much in vogue today

as they were in the 16” century. Many citizens eagerly accept
the idea that the earth is being visited regularly by benign
denizens of other solar systems who are ferried by spacecraft
seen as unidentified flying objects (UFO 3).

ESP research was conducted at UCLA’s Neuropsychiatric Institute

by CIA consultant, Dr. Thelma Moss while Dr. West was the Director.
The CIA funded paranormal research through STARGATE and
MKULTRA; Dr. West himself obtained research funds through
MKULTRA. Dr. Moss was an Assistant Professor at the Neuropsychiatric
Institute beginning in 1966; her curriculum vitae lists 43 publications from
1961 to 1973, many of which are on ESP and the paranormal.

A paper by Ditman, Moss, Forgy, Zunin, Lynch and Funk’ was entitled,
“Dimensions of the LSD, Methylphenidate and Chlordiazepoxide
Experiences.” First author Keith Ditman, Research Psychiatrist,
Neuropsychiatric Institute, UCLA, first took LSD himself when it was
supplied to him by his colleague, Dr. Cholden! (see Chapter 7). Fourth
author, Leonard M. Zunin, is described in a footnote as Assistant Chief,
Neuropsychiatry, Naval Hospital, Camp Pendelton, California.

In the paper, Ditman et al.”* reference MKULTRA Subcontractor Harold

Abramson’s’ edited book on the second CIA-sponsored LSD symposium,
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: Dr. Louts JOLYON WEST 111

and LSD papers by Drs. Savage?” and Malitz!”’, who attended the first
CIA-sponsored LSD symposium.

Dr. Moss consulted to NASA, the Rand Corporation (contractor

on MKULTRA Subproject 79), ARPA (The Defense Department’s
Advanced Research Projects Agency) and the CIA on radiation
photography, also known as Kirlian photography, according to her
curriculum vitae. One of her papers”, published in the Journal
of Parapsychology was entitled “ESP Effects in “Artists” Contrasted
with “Non-Artists.”” Other papers included “Quantitative Investigation
of a “Haunted House’’™; “ESP Over Long Distance”; “Telepathy
in the Waking State’”°'; “Hypnosis and ESP: A Controlled Experiment’;
“The Effect of Belief on ESP Success’; “Skin Vision and Telepathy
in a Blind Subject’; and “Is There An Energy Body?””®.

Dr. Moss’ curriculum vitae lists numerous presentations on ESP including

to the UCLA medical students and psychiatry residents. She was also
interviewed by newspapers many times and appeared on many television
programs including 60 Minutes. There would appear to be a contradiction
between Dr. Moss’ career at UCLA’s Neuropsychiatric Institute, which
began in 1966, Dr. West being Director of the Neuropsychiatric Institute
from 1969 to 1989, and Dr. West and Singer’s 1980 statement that research
such as hers “would have seemed outrageously mystical 20 years ago.”

Files for MKULTRA Subproject 43, for which Dr. West was the contractor
~ with TOP SECRET clearance, contain a letter to an unidentified Major
dated 18 April 1955. The letter states that:

Due to circumstances beyond our control, our channel

of communication has been changed. Beginning upon receipt
of this letter, all mail will be addressed to the following location:
[whited out]
The instructions listed below must be followed implicitly:
1. All communications MUST BE double enveloped.
2. The outer envelope MUST BE addressed as indicated above.
3. All mail MUST BE transmitted as first class mail, registered,
return receipt requested.
4. True or full names MUST NOT appear in any of the
correspondence. Reference to our personnel may be made
112 Tue CIA Doctors

by first name and last initial or to the individual's assigned

nom de plume.
5. Be sure that ALL persons responsible for preparing
or transmitting correspondence to us are properly advised
of this change of address and ALL instructions are understood.
Should any questions arise incident to this change, please
let us know immediately.

The fact that Dr. West was the contractor on MKULTRA Subproject 43
is proven by a letter dated 29 February 1956 from “[whited out], M.D.,
Professor of Psychiatry, Head of Department.” The INSTITUTIONAL
NOTIFICATIONS provided by the CIA under the Freedom of Information
Act indicate that the University of Oklahoma was the site of MKULTRA
Subproject 43, and Dr. West’s curriculum vitae indicates that he was
“Professor and Head” of the Department of Psychiatry at the University
of Oklahoma from 1954 to 1969.

A letter from Dr. West to Sidney Gottlieb dated 29 February 1956 states:

Up to today I have been working very hard on my assigned

investigation ofPOW problems for the Air Force. Some interesting
things have turned up in the process of this study, bearing upon
potential research issues of material interest to all concerned.

It is possible that I may be in Washington again in the very near

future. [Whited out] will know about it before I will; ifyou want
to see me, get in touch with him and find out whether the Surgeon
General is going to be calling me up there next week.

Dr. West was co-editor of a book entitled Hallucinations. Behavior,

Experience, and Theory**®. One of the contributors to this book,
Theodore Sarbin, Ph.D., is a member of the Scientific and Professional
Advisory Board of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation (FMSF).
Other members of the FMSF Board include Dr. Martin Orne, Dr. Margaret
Singer, Dr. Richard Ofshe, Dr. Paul McHugh, Dr. David Dinges, Dr. Harold
Lief, Emily Carota Orne, and Dr. Michael Persinger. The connections
of these individuals to the mind control network are analyzed in this and
the next two chapters.

Dr. Sarbin’” (see Ross, 1997) believes that multiple personality

disorder is almost always a therapist-created artifact and does not exist
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: Dr. Louts JOLYON WEST 113

as a naturally-occurring disorder, a view adhered to by Dr. McHugh'**:

'89 Dr. Ofshe?!? and other members of the FMSF Board!?!:243, Dr. Ofshe
is a colleague and co-author of Dr. Singer?'*, who is in turn a colleague
and co-author of Dr. West*”. Denial of the reality of multiple personality
by these doctors in the mind control network, who are also on the FMSF
Scientific and Professional Advisory Board, could be disinformation.
The disinformation could be amplified by attacks on specialists in multiple
personality as CIA conspiracy lunatics* 7 !9!:233,

The FMSF is the only organization in the world that has attacked
the reality of multiple personality in an organized, systematic fashion.
FMSF Scientific and Professional Advisory Board Members publish
most of the articles and letters to editors of psychiatry journals hostile
to multiple personality disorder. They claim that most if not all cases
have been created unwittingly by therapists, using the same techniques
of mind control employed by destructive cults. Is this honest academic
opinion, or disinformation? If any of the FMSF Scientific and Professional
Advisory Board Members are attacking multiple personality disorder
for disinformation purposes, this is itself a violation of professional
and medical ethics.

Another of Dr. West’s*!* publications is a chapter entitled “Hypnosis in

Medical Practice” in a book edited by Dr. Harold Lief. Dr. Lief is a Member
of the FMSF Board and a coauthor of Tulane brain electrode specialist and
CIA contractor, Dr. Robert Heath'?!!*'. Dr. Lief has also functioned as the
~ personal treating psychiatrist for Dr. Peter Freyd, husband of Dr. Pamela
Freyd, Executive Director of the FMSF.

Dr. Michael Persinger**>, another FSMF Board Member, is the author of

a paper entitled “Elicitation of ‘Childhood Memories’ in Hypnosis-Like
Settings Is Associated With Complex Partial Epileptic-Like Signs For
Women But Not for Men: Implications for the False Memory Syndrome.”
In the paper, Dr. Persinger writes:

On the day of the experiment each subject (not more than two
were tested per day) was asked to sit quietly in an acoustic
chamber and was told that the procedure was an experiment in
relaxation. The subject wore goggles and a modified motorcycle
helmet through which 10-milligauss (I microTesla) magnetic
fields were applied through the temporal plane. Except for a
weak red (photographic developing) light, the room was dark.
114 Tue CIA Doctors

Dr. Persinger’s ‘research on the ability of magnetic fields to facilitate

the creation of false memories and altered states of consciousness is
apparently funded by the Defense Intelligence Agency through the project
cryptonym SLEEPING BEAUTY. Freedom of Information Act requests
concerning SLEEPING BEAUTY with a number of different intelligence
agencies including the CIA and DIA has yielded denial that such a program
exists. Certainly, such work would be of direct interest to BLUEBIRD,
ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA and other non-lethal weapons programs.

Schnabel**® lists Dr. Persinger as an Interview Source in his book

on remote viewing operations conducted under Stargate, Grill Flame and
other cryptonyms at Fort Meade and on contract to the Stanford Research
Institute. Schnabel states (p. 220) that, “As one of the Pentagon’s top
scientists, Vorona was privy to some of the strangest, most secret research
projects ever conceived. Grill Flame was just one. Another was code-
named Sleeping Beauty; it was a Defense Department study of remote
microwave mind-influencing techniques...”

It appears from Schnabel’s well-documented investigations that Sleeping

Beauty is a real, but still classified mind control program. Schnabel?*°
lists Dr. West as an Interview Source and says that West was a, “Member
of medical oversight board for Science Applications International Corp.
remote-viewing research in early 1990s.”

Brain research related to the work by Dr. Persinger was conducted

at UCLA by Dr. William Ross Adey, who was born in Australia on January
31, 1922. Dr. Adey had already published in Australia before moving
to California in 1954. His research at UCLA has been funded by the
Office of Naval Research [ONR Contract 233 (91)], the Air Force
Office of Scientific Research (Contract AF 49 (638)-1387) and NASA
(Contract 9-1970).

Dr. Adey’s work involved putting brain electrodes in cats and monkeys
and giving the cats LSD and psilocybin’; these experiments were funded
by “grant AF49 (638)-686 from the Office of Scientific Research of the
U.S. Air Force and grant B-1883 from the U.S. Public Health Service.”
The drugs were supplied by Sandoz Pharmaceuticals.

A 1969 research project, also funded by the Air Force and the Public
Health Service'® describes using EEG telemetry equipment on a 10-year
old girl. The girl slept at home with external EEG leads on her head (not
electrodes implanted in her brain), and the EEG signals were transmitted
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: Dr. Lous JOLYON West 115

from the electrodes to a radio receiver, then fed into the phone line and
transmitted to Dr. Adey’s lab two miles away. The EEG printout was read
easily by laboratory personnel.

In September, 1965, Dr. Adey attended a conference in Hakone, Japan.

Dr. Adey and Dr. T. Tokizane® edited the proceedings. In this volume, brain
research funding is acknowledged as coming from the U.S. Army Research
and Development Group (Far East), the Office of Naval Research, NASA,
the U.S. Air Force and the Army Chemical Corp. Presenters included
Dr. Jose Delgado”, the brain electrode specialist from Yale whose paper
includes photographs of monkeys running frantically in their cages because
their brain electrodes are being stimulated by a remote transmitter.

Like Dr. Persinger, Dr. Adey’* also did experiments in which subjects’ heads
were placed in electromagnetic fields. This work was funded by U.S. Air
Force Contract F44620-70-C-0017. Other papers of his were entitled
“Prolonged Effects of LSD on EEG Records During Discriminative
Performance in Cat: Evaluation by Computer Analysis’* and “Autonomic
Responses During A Replicable Interrogation’; the latter research
was funded by the Office of Naval Research.

Dr. Adey was a member of the MIT Neurosciences Research Program

and edited a volume for them entitled Brain Interaction with Weak Electric
and Magnetic Fields°. Another 1977 volume in the same series was edited
by Dr. Robert D. Hall of the Worcester Foundation for Experimental
Biology (site of MKULTRA Subproject 8).

Dr. Adey worked as a consultant for NASA, the Department of Energy

and the Veterans Administration. He was the project leader for the
Medical Hazards of Microwaves Exposure, US/USSR Exchange
Program beginning in 1976. In the same year he became a member of the
National Academy of Sciences panel on biosphere effects of extremely
low frequency radiation. Both of these subjects are of direct relevance
to non-lethal weapons programs.

Other related brain work was to have been done at the UCLA Violence
Project, which was to have been headed by Dr. Louis Jolyon West. Dr.
West!” describes the demise of the Project prior to startup in a chapter
entitled “Research on Violence: The Ethical Equation.” The book
was edited by CIA contractor, Dr. Neil Burch (see Chapter 14). Other
contributors to the volume include Dr. Frank Ervin from the Harvard brain
electrode team, and doctors from Walter Reed Army Institute of Research,
116 THE CIA Doctors

the Navy Medical Neuropsychiatric Research Unit, San Diego and the
Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City. Dr. West writes:

Actually Ervin was never involved with the CSRV [UCLA

Center for the Study and Reduction of Violence] and had no
part in its planning or development. Nevertheless, a radical
students organization called Students for a Democratic Society
(SDS) pounced on the “UCLA psychosurgery project” in wildly
accusatory articles in the Daily Bruin and the underground
press. Politically activist students suddenly began to picket
with signs denouncing “A Clockwork Orange at UCLA”, “Stop
Psychosurgery at UCLA”, “Fire Frank Ervin”, “Drive West
into the Sea” and the like.

At first the staff assumed that the sudden hostile attack on the yet
unfunded center was essentially political. The theme seemed to
be, “If Governor Reagan is for it, we are against it.”’ However,
a small group of much more sophisticated political radicals,
including two or three psychiatrists, took over the fight against
the establishment of the CSRV. They went to many community
groups and organizations, ranging from the American Civil
Liberties Union to the Black Panther Party, and persuaded them
that the proposed center was in fact racist, sexist, and dangerous
to human rights; in fact, nothing less than a government-
sponsored program for mind control.

Funding for the UCLA Violence Project had been approved by Ronald
Reagan but was withdrawn in response to public protest. The Project
was to have been housed at a used Nike missile site outside Los Angeles.
Dr. West states in a footnote to his chapter on the Project, that Dr. Frank
Ervin had recently been recruited to the Department of Psychiatry
at UCLA.

Another California project cancelled due to public protest was a proposal to

implant brain electrodes in prisoners at Vacaville State Prison, site of CIA
mind control experiments on the drug pemoline under MKSEARCH!™:
*®. The prisoners were to be monitored by remote tracking technology
post-discharge. If they entered a restricted area or exhibited sexual arousal
patterns on remote EEG telemetry, a signal would be sent to their brain
electrodes immobilizing them, and law enforcement personnel would
be dispatched to apprehend them.
 CoLp WaR EXPERIMENTATION: Dr. Louts JOLYON WEST 117

Dr. Lois Jolyon West was cleared at TOP SECRET for his work on
MKULTRA. His numerous connections to the mind control network
illustrate how the network was maintained; not through any central
conspiracy, but by an interlocking network of academic relationships,
grants, conferences, and military appointments. Some doctors in the
network were not funded directly by the CIA or military, but their work
was of direct relevance to mind control, non-lethal weapons development,
and the creation of controlled dissociation and Manchurian Candidates.
 11
Dr. MARTIN ORNE

Martin Orne was born in Vienna on October 16, 1927. He died on

February 11, 2000. Dr. Orne immigrated to the United States with his
family in 1938, studied psychology at Harvard and then went to medical
school, receiving his M.D. from Tufts University Medical School
in 1955. He received his Ph.D. in psychology from Harvard in 1958 while
in his first year of training in psychiatry. He received CIA money through
MKULTRA Subproject 84 in 1958; Subproject documents indicate that
he received TOP SECRET clearance from the CIA in 1960.

In 1962, Dr. Orne founded the Institute for Experimental Psychiatry

and married Emily Farrell Carota. Both he and his wife are on the Advisory
Board of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation (FMSF). In 1964,
Orne was recruited to the Institute of the Pennsylvania Hospital, where
he remained until its closing over thirty years later. For about thirty
years, he was the editor of The International Journal of Clinical and
Experimental Hypnosis.

Martin Orne is one of the leading experts on hypnosis of the twentieth

century. He is referenced throughout the hypnosis literature and received
the Distinguished Scientific Award from the American Psychological
Association in 1986. His curriculum vitae lists numerous awards, grants,
publications and appointments including research grants from many
military intelligence agencies (see Appendix F). His curriculum vitae does
not list his MKULTRA contract nor his work for the National Security
Agency. A reliable physician described to me Dr. Orne’s stopping off
at a National Security Agency building while they were on a trip together
to another location.

Dr. Orne’s publications include a 1980 report” with his wife, D.F. Dinges
(a FMSF Board Member) and F.J. Evans entitled “Voluntary self-control
 CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: Dr. MARTIN ORNE 119

of sleep to facilitate quasi-continuous performance. Fort Detrick, MD:

U.S. Army Medical Research and Development Command. (NTIS
No AD-A102264).” A book chapter?’ is entitled “The Potential Uses
of Hypnosis in Interrogation.” Dr. Orne?!® 7!’ also published chapters
in books edited by G.H. Estabrooks and Louis Jolyon West.

Dr. Orne received research money from the CIA, Army, Navy and Air
Force. He published many papers relevant to the creation of amnesia
and Manchurian Candidates including one entitled “Can a hypnotized
subject be compelled to carry out otherwise unacceptable behavior?’”'®.
Another example is a paper entitled “Attempting to breach posthypnotic
amnesia’’**. Coauthor on that paper, Dr. John Kihlstrom is on the Advisory
Board of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation.

Dr. Orne also studied the cueing and triggering phenomena developed in
BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE as a method of programming Manchurian
Candidates. One paper was entitled “The significance of unwitting
cues for experimental outcomes: Toward a pragmatic approach’””? and
another “Restricted use of success cues in retrieval during posthypnotic
amnesia’*>. He said of Dr. Louis Jolyon West™":

As one reviews Jolly West's contributions, his depth and breadth are
unique, ranging from brainwashing to sleep deprivation, from cults
to psychotherapy, from hallucinations to dissociative reactions.

Dr. Orme was also interested in hallucinations, brainwashing,

psychotherapy, and dissociation, as was the CIA, which funded research
on each of those topics through MKULTRA. Dr. Orne*!’ wrote a chapter
entitled “Hypnotically Induced Hallucinations” in a book edited by Dr.
West. Other books to which he contributed chapters included one*"” edited
by Dr. Daniel X. Freedman, who worked for CIA cutout The Josiah Macy,
Jr. Foundation.

An MKULTRA Subproject 834 MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD

dated 17 August 1960 states that, “it is contemplated that Dr. [whited out]
will be made witting of sponsorship and purpose on or about | September
1960 in order to guide his project along lines that will further Agency
operational needs.” Dr. Orne’s proposal in the MKULTRA Subproject
84 file mentions a study on sensory deprivation he had completed and
concludes with the statement:
120 Tue CIA Doctors

Finally, the controversial question of anti-social behavior in

hypnosis will be re-evaluated experimentally. It is hoped to be
able to shed considerable light on the limitations of hypnosis as
a technique of controlling behavior in this manner. A paper has
been written, in part under the auspices of [whited out] dealing
with the potential uses of hypnosis in interrogation and is to be
published [whited out].

A March, 1996 letter from Dr. Orne to the CIA explains that he has not yet
spent all his MKULTRA money. Dr. Orne says that he understands there
is no time limitation on spending the remaining funds. The reason the CIA
was not anxious to see the completion of any particular piece of research
by Dr. Orne is explained in a MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD
dated 27 July 1960; “No special direction will be given to [whited out]
research since virtually every problem he has set for himself has a bearing
upon Agency interests.”

The total of $30,000.00 provided to Dr. Orne through MKULTRA Subproject

84 was not subject to the usual reporting and accounting procedures required
for almost all other MKULTRA Subprojects. A 1961 CIA document entitled
CERTIFICATION states that, “it is therefore requested that the unexpended
portion of the original grant ($20,507.55) be written off based on services
being received in the form of research reports.”

In an interview with John Marks', unidentified CIA personnel explained

that Dr. Orne was one of a handful of informal consultants the CIA used
on a regular basis. Another was MKULTRA Subproject 96 contractor, Dr.
George Kelley, who also had TOP SECRET clearance. The purpose of
the money funded through MKULTRA Subproject 84 was to establish a
relationship, more than to support any specific piece of work.

Dr. Martin Orne is one of two psychiatrists professionally active into the
late 1990’s who is a documented CIA mind control contractor, along with
Dr. Louis Jolyon West. Both men were lifelong students of dissociation,
amnesia, coercive persuasion, hypnosis and other topics at the core of
BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE, and both received funding from numerous
military sources and the CIA. Both men are therefore central to the history
of psychiatric participation in mind control experimentation.
 12
Dr. EWEN CAMERON

The MKULTRA contractor about whom the most has been written is
Dr. Ewen Cameron® !®: 184 212, 278, 301, 313. Dr. Cameron was the contractor
for Subproject 68. It says in the Subproject 68 documents that Dr. Cameron
was unwitting of CIA involvement, but this claim is implausible for
a number of reasons. For one thing, the files often do not contain
a complete account of the content or purpose of the Subproject.

AMEMORANDUM from Richard Helms, Acting Deputy Director (Plans)

to Allen Dulles, Director of the CIA dated 3 April 1953 and entitled “Two
Extremely Sensitive Research Programs” (MKULTRA and MKDELTA)
includes the statement that, “Even internally in CIA, as few individuals
as possible should be aware of our interest in these fields and of the identity
of those who are working for us. At present this results in ridiculous
contracts, often with cut-outs, which do not spell out the scope or intent
of the work and which contain terms which the cut-out cannot incorporate
in his contract with the researcher without revealing Government interest.
Complete Government audits of such contracts are impossible for the
same reason.”

Born in Bridge of Allan, Scotland on December 24, 1901, Cameron

immigrated to Canada in 1929 to take a job as a psychiatrist at Brandon
Mental Hospital in Brandon, Manitoba. He was recruited by Dr. Thomas
Pincock; one of the buildings in the Department of Psychiatry at the
University of Manitoba in Winnipeg in the 1980’s was the Pincock
Building. Dr. George Sisler and Dr. John Matas, both of whom referred
patients to Dr. Cameron when he was at the Allan Memorial Institute in
Montreal, taught at the University of Manitoba into the 1980's, as did Dr.
Gordon Lambert, who treated one of Dr. Cameron’s mind control victims
on her return to Winnipeg.
122 Tue CIA Doctors

Despite these historical connections, I heard no conversation about

Dr. Ewen Cameron or CIA mind control while a resident and then a staff
psychiatrist in the Department of Psychiatry in Winnipeg from 1981
to 1991, despite the fact that plaintiffs, including Val Orlikow from
Winnipeg, settled a suit with the CIA in 1988. Mrs. Orlikow’s husband,
David Orlikow, had been a prominent Member of Parliament from
Winnipeg for many years. There was silence in psychiatry about CIA mind
control, but no conspiracy of silence. No one was told to be quiet. From
the perspective of academic psychiatry, mind control experimentation
didn’t exist, so there was no need to cover it up.

Throughout the twentieth century, academic psychiatry provided

no public commentary, ethical guidance, peer review, or moral oversight
of any kind concerning mind control experimentation, despite the fact
that the leading psychiatrists and medical schools were well funded
by the CIA and military for mind control research. Mental patients, cancer
patients, prisoners and unwitting citizens were experimented on by mind
control doctors at Yale, Harvard, McGill, Stanford, UCLA and the other
major universities.

These human guinea pigs were never told that they were subjects in
military and CIA mind control experiments, and they never gave informed
consent. They received no systematic follow-up to document the harm
done to them. The welfare of the “human subjects” was not a relevant
variable in the academic equation. What counted for the psychiatrists,
I think, was money, power, perks, academic advancement and the thrill
of being a spy doctor.

Despite the code of silence, and despite later claims by the Canadian
Psychiatric Association that Dr. Cameron was unaware he was working
for the CIA (see Appendix H), unwitting investigator status for Cameron
is implausible for several reasons. He was far too politically connected to
be unwitting. At various times, Dr. Cameron was President of the Quebec,
Canadian, American and World Psychiatric Associations, the Society of
Biological Psychiatry and the American Geriatrics Society. Dr. Cameron
was one of four co-founders of the World Psychiatric Association;
another was Dr. William Sargant’”, the foremost British authority
on brainwashing. Many Board Members and Presidents of the Society
of Biological Psychiatry were LSD researchers, funded by the military
or otherwise in the mind control network.
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: DR. Ewen CAMERON 423

A letter from the CIA to Senator Pete Wilson dated 11 December

1985 states that the CIA contacted Dr. Cameron directly. On page 4,
the correspondent says:

First, the CIA did not instigate this research, create the protocol,
or supervise the work. Rather, CIA contacted a prominent and
highly respected Canadian psychiatrist, Dr. Ewen Cameron, who
was conducting research into treatment of mental illness with drugs
such as LSD, and the CIA provided minimal and partial funding for
a short time period. In return, the CIA received periodic reports on
his research into behavioral modification through a process which
he termed “psychic driving.”

Dr. Cameron was eulogized in obituaries in the Canadian Psychiatric

Association Journal’’, the Canadian Medical Association Journal",
the American Journal of Psychiatry”, and Recent Advances in Biological
Psychiatry'*’, the latter written by Hudson Hoaglund, Ph.D., who was
personally referred to J. Edgar Hoover by G.H. Estabrooks. Dr. Cameron
received many awards including the Adolph Meyer Award, the Samuel
Rubin Award and the Montreal Mental Hygeine Institute Award, given
to “a scientist who has made an outstanding contribution to the mental
health of the Canadian people.”

In an article entitled “McGill University Department of Psychiatry 50th

Anniversary,” Pinard and Young” echo the sentiments of the eulogist:

Since the department's inception in 1943, research has been a

preponderant part of its mission; this was stated in the very first reports
to the university by the departments founder, Ewen Cameron...

The departments record has not been one of unblemished success.

Cameron ’s drive led to the foundation and growth of the department,
but also lead him to perform much publicized experiments of
doubtful ethical or scientific value in which patients received
multiple courses of ECT or doses of LSD.

In his obituary in the Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal” Cameron

is eulogized as follows:

As a diligent seeker after new knowledge, a gifted author,

a renowned administrator and inspiring teacher he brought,
124 Tue CIA Doctors

not only to his professional colleagues but also to the community

at large, a wider and deeper understanding of the importance and
significance of the emotional life of man.

Dr. Cameron began conducting unethical, unscientific and inhumane

brainwashing experiments at Brandon Mental Hospital in the 1930’s.
He continued this work into the 1960’s. In one paper’? Dr. Cameron
describes treating schizophrenics with red light produced by filtering
light from fifteen 200-watt lamps through an inch of running water and
a layer of sodium salt of ditolyldisazo-bis-napthylanine s sulphuric acid
impregnated into cellophane.

The color red was chosen because it is the color of blood. In these
experiments, schizophrenic patients were forced to lie naked in red
light for eight hours a day for periods as long as eight months. Another
experiment involved overheating patients in an electric cage until their
body temperatures reached 102 degrees F.

After leaving Brandon Mental Hospital in 1936, Cameron took a job at

Worcester State Hospital in Massachusetts. The Worcester Foundation
for Experimental Biology received CIA money through MKULTRA
Subproject 8, and was the professional home of Dr. Cameron’s eulogist,
Hudson Hoaglund!”’. At Worcester State Hospital, Dr. Cameron massively
over-utilized insulin coma therapy by putting patients in coma for 2 to 5
hours per day for up to 50 days in a row.

In a paper published in the American Journal of Psychiatry entitled

“Psychic Driving,” Dr. Cameron?! describes his brainwashing techniques
and says, “Analogous to this is the breakdown of the individual under
continuous interrogation.”

Psychic driving was a procedure carried out in two stages; in the first stage,
patients were depatterned, which meant they were reduced to a vegetable
state through a combination of massive amounts of electroconvulsive
shock, drug-induced sleep and sensory isolation and deprivation. When
fully depatterned, patients were incontinent of urine and feces, unable
to feed themselves, and unable to state their name, age, location, or the
current date (see Chapter 16).

In the second stage, psychic driving was introduced. This consisted

of hundreds of hours of tape loops being played to the patient through
earphones, special helmets or speakers in the sensory isolation room. The
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: DR. Ewen CAMERON 125

tape loops repeated statements of supposed psychological significance.

If such procedures were carried out under third world dictators, they would
be denounced as human rights violations by American and Canadian
psychiatry, and would be called brainwashing.

There is a further reason to conclude that Ewen Cameron had a security

clearance and was witting of CIA funding of his research; Dr. Cameron
definitely had a security clearance with the U.S. government. In 1945
he was part of an American team that did psychiatric assessments of
German War criminals including Rudolph Hess, who was examined at
the request of the Military Tribunal in Nuremberg. Dr. Cameron must
have heard about the mescaline research done in the death camps by Nazi
psychiatrists. He himself instituted similar work at McGill when he began
experimenting with LSD.

An example of a German psychiatrist recruited to the Allan Memorial

Institute is Dr. Werner KohImeyer, who was born in Hanover on May 21,
1921. Dr. Kohlmeyer received his M.D. from the University of Gottingen
in 1945, then did a year of internship in 1946 and two years of psychiatry
residency in Hamburg in 1947-48. He did post-graduate training at the
Allan Memorial Institute from 1951 to 1954'**. Dr. Kohlmeyer became
an Instructor in Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins School of Medicine in 1958
and an Assistant Professor in 1970. He was still resident in Baltimore
as of 1986.

There is no evidence that Dr. Kohlmeyer was directly recruited by the CIA
or military, however research he did at the Allan Memorial Institute was
funded by The Medical Research and Development Division, Office of
the Surgeon General, Department of the U.S. Army under Contract No.
DA-49-007-MD-70 (Malmo, Smith, and Kohlmeyer, 1955). The outline
of Dr. Kohlmeyer’s professional career and recruitment to the Allan
Memorial Institute is included to illustrate the flow of psychiatric personnel
from Germany to McGill to Johns Hopkins*’. German mind control
doctors could have been brought over under PROJECT PAPERCLIP and
provided cover under an immigration profile like that of Dr. Kohlmeyer.
Dr. Cameron is a leading candidate for involvement in the recruitment and
placement of PAPERCLIP psychiatrists, in part because he himself trained
at Johns Hopkins for a period’”’.

Rather than being the object of suspicion and investigation in the 1950’s,
Dr. Cameron was well regarded in the Canadian media. Favorable articles
about him were entitled “Canadian Psychiatrists Develop Beneficial
126 Tue CIA Doctors

Brainwashing”!">; “New ‘Personalities’ Made to Order’*’ and “Two-

Month Sleep, Shock New Schizophrenic Cure’. Similarly, as recently as
June 6, 1987, the official position of the Canadian Psychiatric Association
on Dr. Cameron’s brainwashing experiments was far from negative (see
Appendix H):

... the fact that Dr, Cameron ’s research would not be accepted by
today s standards of ethical and scientific inquiry, cannot be used
as a retrospective critique of his work. What has to be recognized
clearly is that in the intervening 20 to 30 years there has been
a continuing progression of scientific and ethical research
standards that included much more sophisticated peer review
and ethical approval review now in place as part of standard
practice. This represents the evolution of concern and control
for all medical research using human subjects deriving in part
out of concerns experienced in several fields of medicine. Such
experiments would not be permitted in today s research climate.

The position on Dr. Cameron taken by the Canadian Psychiatric Association

is mistaken for several reasons. Dr. Cameron received a grant from
Canada’s Department of Health and Welfare for $57,750.00 for the years
1961 to 1964 for “A Study of Factors Which Promote or Retard Personality
Change in Individuals Exposed to Prolonged Repetition of Verbal Signals.”
The Helsinki Declaration governing ethical rules for medical research was
adopted in 1964; Dr. Cameron’s brainwashing experiments clearly violated
the principles of informed consent and protection of the patient from
undue harm contained in the Helsinki Declaration.

Dr. Cameron’s experiments also violated the informed consent provisions

of the Nuremberg Code, which arose out of the war crime trials of the
Nazi doctors, in which Dr. Cameron participated as a member of the
American psychiatric team. He thus had direct knowledge of the medical
atrocities the Nuremberg code was designed to prevent. The Canadian
Psychiatric Association’s position that Dr. Cameron’s research would “not
be permitted in today’s research climate” is correct, but ignores the fact
that the rules of ethical conduct in medical research have not changed
since Nuremberg.

The fact that medical schools were routinely lax in ensuring that prevailing
ethical codes were adhered to in the 1950’s and 1960’s is a condemnation
of the medical schools, not a vindication of Dr. Cameron. The Canadian
Psychiatric Association’s argument concerning different ethical standards
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: Dr. EWEN CAMERON 127

in the 1950’s and 1960’s is reminiscent of the U.S. Army’s apologist

Strategy concerning brain electrode implant experiments at Tulane
(see Chapter 8). I consider the Canadian Psychiatric Association’s official
position on the mind control experiments conducted by Dr. Ewen Cameron
to be a violation of the Hippocratic Oath. Lies and silence concerning
psychiatric mind control experimentation are a betrayal of the physician’s
ethical duty.

The fact that Dr. Cameron’s unethical, inhumane, and grossly damaging
experiments were published in the psychiatric literature is a condemnation
of the editorial standards of the journals, not a vindication of Dr. Cameron.
The only argument protective of the psychiatric journals is the fact that Dr.
Cameron whitewashed the experiments for publication. Dr. Cameron’s
brainwashing experiments stopped in 1964, whereas the Tuskeegee
Syphilis Study continued until 1972. The continuation of the Tuskeegee
Syphilis Study under the auspices of the Center for Disease Control until
1972 does not provide vindication for Dr. Cameron, rather it provides
further grounds for criticism of organized medicine.

The U.S. Government has officially apologized to and financially

compensated the victims of the radiation experiments and the Tuskeegee
Syphilis Study, and the Canadian Government has established a fund
that compensates victims of unethical experiments by Dr. Cameron
at the Allan Memorial Institute; compensation of $100,000.00 can be
activated by documented victims by calling a toll-free number provided
by the Canadian government. Given the positions taken by two federal
governments on such medical experiments, the position of the Canadian
Psychiatric Association on Dr. Ewen Cameron requires revision.

Dr. Cameron was not the only researcher at McGill funded by the CIA
and the military. Another psychiatrist at McGill, Dr. Raymond Prince***
was funded through MKULTRA Subproject 121. Dr. Prince was an
unwitting investigator and is the only psychiatrist to have written about
CIA mind control in the peer-reviewed medical literature. He is the
only MKULTRA contractor to have publicly identified himself to date.
No other MKULTRA contractor has engaged in any public discussion of
psychiatric participation in CIA and military mind control.

Dr. Prince’s MKULTRA work was published in a book edited by Ari

Kiev! 46, Kiev was a participant on the Hungarian refugee studies!”’
funded through MKULTRA Subprojects 69 and 89. From 1962 to 1964,
Dr. Kiev was a staff psychiatrist at Wiford Hall, USAF Hospital, Lackland
128 Tue CIA Doctors

Air Force Base, San Antonio. In the book in which Dr. Prince’s chapter on
the Yoruba appears, Dr. Kiev himself references MKULTRA contractors
Carl Rogers, Harold Wolff and Lawrence Hinkle, and British brainwashing
expert William Sargant, who co-founded the World Psychiatric Association
with MKULTRA contractor, Ewen Cameron. He also references Human
Ecology Foundation Director, John Whitehorn (see Chapter 13).

Dr. Hassan Azima was a young McGill psychiatrist who was being
groomed as a military mind control contractor prior to his death from
cancer in his early forties. A colleague, Dr. Sarwer-Foner*” gave the
Hassan Azima Memorial Lecture at a meeting of the Society of Biological
Psychiatry; Dr. Cameron was a Past President of the Society.

Dr. Azima!’ '* worked at the Allan Memorial Institute, where he gave
psilocybin to patients; psilocybin is the active ingredient of “magic
mushrooms.” He also attended LSD symposia and performed sensory
isolation experiments’? that caused damage to patients. Two patients
with “obsessional neuroses manifested acute psychotic episodes. They
were treated with electric shock, which resulted in improvement in both
paranoid and obsessional features.” Azima and Cramer”? write:

Contrary to the above case, a hebephrenic-catatonic girl

who remained in isolation for six days showed no perceptual
alteration. Behaviorally, she manifested overt hostility, became
quite talkative and self-assertive. Her FD. [figure drawings]
revealed gradual, but definite emergence of aggressive
tendencies. She also experienced several spontaneous orgasms,
and verbalized memories of her “sexual adventures.”

Another patient in the series is described as follows:

Another case of obsession neurosis, suffering severe motor

compulsions, who had not responded to any form of treatment,
was put in isolation with the explicit aim of provoking
a psychotic disorganization. He remained five days in isolation,
began to manifest signs ofdepersonalization on the second day,
and showed several acute psychotic episodes, lasting about
three hours on the fourth and fifth days. The disorganization
manifested itself, in part, as a marked disinhibition.
He experienced many spontaneous orgasms, and manifested
overt erotic behavior toward the nurses. His eating habits
deteriorated, and his behavior was like that of a very hungry
 Co_p War EXPERIMENTATION: DR. Ewen CAMERON 129

child during the feeding periods. In the post-isolation period

he showed some reorganization and lost some of his motor
compulsions. But because of the appearance of some paranoid
tendencies, he was put on electric shock therapy, which resulted
in considerable improvement and subsequent discharge.

Dr. Azima*! published a paper with Dr. Eric Wittkower, who worked
at the Transcultural Psychiatry Institute at McGill, where Dr. Prince
was employed. Dr. Wittkower founded and edited The Transcultural
Psychiatric Research Review. The Review was funded by CIA cutout the
Society for the Investigation of Human Ecology, which lists a payment
to Dr. Wittkower of $7,500.00 in its 1961 Annual Report. The Board
of Advisors for the Review included Dr. Ewen Cameron and Margaret Mead,
who received CIA money for her anthropology research, and who was married
to Gregory Bateson. Bateson took LSD supplied to him by a psychiatrist (see
Chapter 7), and both Bateson and Mead were members of the Cybernetics
Group, which was funded by CIA cutout, The Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation.

Margaret Mead was funded by the OSS during World War II, as was
Gregory Bateson'**. Bateson spent two years in Ceylon, India, Burma
and China as an OSS psychological warfare expert, and he also taught at
Columbia University under OSS and Navy auspices beginning in 1942.
Mead set up an OSS training unit with Kurt Lewin and later recruited
Rhoda Metraux to the OSS; Metraux became a close colleague and friend
of Mead’s and lived with her for a period. Rhoda Metraux was a co-
author of MKULTRA lead psychologist, John Gittinger and MKULTRA
contractor Harold Wolff”.

Margaret Mead’s sister, Priscilla, was married to Leo Rusten, who worked
as a liaison with Hollywood for the Office of War Information, and later
founded the social science division of the RAND Corporation. Mead’s
Research in Contemporary Cultures study was funded by RAND in 1948-
49, and the RAND Corporation later became an MKULTRA contractor
itself (Subproject 79).

After the war, Mead received a $1,000,000.00 grant from the Office of
Naval Research, which she used to assemble a team of 120 anthropologists.
In addition, she maintained a personal relationship with MKSEARCH
contractor Dr. James Hamilton from World War II until her last visit to him in
1978. These numerous interconnections between Mead, Bateson, MKULTRA,
MKSEARCH, the OSS and the Navy illustrated how the mind control network
involved the field of anthropology, as well as psychology and psychiatry.
130 Tue CIA Doctors

Dr. Azima thanked Dr. Cameron and Dr. Cleghorn for their support
in another paper”’. Dr. Cleghorn®! wrote an obituary on Dr. Cameron,
and notes of his appear in Linda MacDonald’s medical record along with
notes by Dr. Cameron (see Chapter 16 and Appendix H).

Another McGill psychiatrist, Dr. James Tyhurst worked at the Allan

Memorial Institute and received funding from Canada’s Defense Research
Board for studies of individual reactions to community disasters*™.
Disaster studies were also the subject of investigation in MKULTRA
Subproject 126, which was approved by the CIA in 1960. Dr. Tyhurst
attended a meeting with CIA personnel in 1951 in Montreal devoted
to oversight of BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE!”. He also worked at
Hollywood Hospital in Vancouver, where hundreds of patients were
treated with LSD'”.

In a paper entitled “An Evaluation of the Clinical Significance

of Reserpine,” Tyhurst and Richman*” noted that:

In a 5-month period, while 5 out of 6 reserpine-treated patients

developed complications in insulin coma, only 5 out of 36 non-
reserpine patients developed complications. The complications
seen in reserpine-treated patients included 2 prolonged comas,
1 cyanosis, 1 increased sensitivity to insulin, and I death with
respiratory arrest.

Dr. Donald Hebb, Head of the Department of Psychology at McGill during

the 1950’s, received funding from Canada’s Defense Research Board for
experiments on sensory isolation'’”. The network of doctors with CIA and
military funding at McGill included Dr. Cameron, Dr. Hebb, Dr. Tyhurst, Dr.
Wittkower and Dr. Prince, and in addition Dr. Azima was firmly established
in the mind control network and using many of the same experimental
procedures. LSD research was also done at McGill and Montreal General
Hospital by Dr. J.-H. Quastel'®. Any claim that Dr. Cameron’s CIA funding
was an anomaly or isolated incident is therefore incorrect.

Medical experimentation by the Department of Psychiatry at McGill

resulted in death, psychosis, vegetable states, organic brain damage,
and permanent loss of memory among other damages. It resulted in the
creation of amnesia, identity disturbance and depersonalization among
other dissociative symptoms. Dr. Ewen Cameron was the main figure
in these activities.
 13
JOHNS HopkINs UNIVERSITY

The Current Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins

is Dr. Paul McHugh, who was born in Lawrence, Massachusetts on May
21, 1931. He received his M.D. from Harvard Medical School in 1956
(research at Harvard was funded through MKULTRA Subprojects 84 and
92). He worked at Walter Reed Army Institute of Research in Washington
from 1961 to 1964, where he did brain electrode implant research on
monkeys with funding from the U.S. Army Medical Research and
Development Command'*’. Dr. McHugh was an Assistant Professor of
Psychiatry and Neurology at Cornell from 1964 to 1968; the 1961 Annual
Report of CIA cutout the Human Ecology Foundation lists MKULTRA
contractor Dr. Harold Wolff as Chairman of its Board of Directors.
Dr. Wolff was a neurologist at Cornell.

Dr. McHugh became the Henry Phipps Professor of Psychiatry

and Director of the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences,
the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine in 1975, a position he holds up
to the present. The first two academic conferences held by the False
Memory Syndrome Foundation (FMSF) took place in Baltimore and
were co-sponsored by the Department of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins.
Dr. McHugh was a course director at the second meeting.

Faculty for the second FMSF conference on March 21, 1997 included
Godfrey D. Pearlson, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry and Mental Hygeine,
Director, Division of Neuroimaging, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine.
His talk was entitled, “Brain Imaging Studies on False Memory and
Trauma: A Critical Review.” Johns Hopkins is currently participating
in the Human Brain Project, which receives funding from the Office of
Naval Research, and has contracts with the Army Research Laboratory for
microelectronics development.
132 Tue CIA Doctors

The 1961 Annual Report of the Human Ecology Foundation lists John
C. Whitehorn, Professor and Director, Department of Psychiatry, Johns
Hopkins University as a Director. John Clare Whitehorn was born on
December 6, 1894 in Spencer, Nebraska. He was Henry Phipps Professor
of Psychiatry and Psychiatrist-in-Chief at Johns Hopkins from 1941 to
1960. Dr. Whitehorn corresponded extensively with the Scottish Rite
Research Committee and received research grants from them, as did
MKULTRA and MKSEARCH contractor, Dr. Carl Pfeiffer.

Correspondence with Dr. Whitehorn, obtained from the Alan Mason

Chesney Medical Archives at Johns Hopkins, includes an April 2, 1957
letter from William Malamud, M.D. Dr. Malamud was a co-author of
Dr. Overholser!”*, whose extensive mind control connections are described
in Chapter 14.

The Supreme Council, 33 Degree Scottish Rite, Northern Masonic

Jurisdiction, U.S.A. sponsored a conference on research in schizophrenia at
Boston University School of Medicine on October 7, 1950, as described on
Dr. Malamud’s stationery. Opening remarks were by Commander Melvin
M. Johnson. Speakers included Dr. Whitehorn, Dr. Franz Kallman’, and
Dr. Hudson Hoaglund, who was recommended to J. Edgar Hoover by
G.H. Estabrooks (see Chapter 15). Estabrooks was himself a 32" degree
Mason. Although the Masons are not implicated as an organization in
CIA and military mind control, connections in the network of doctors were
maintained in part through high rank in the Masons.

The Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation funded a conference on May 14 and 15,
1942 attended by: Dr. Whitehorn; Gregory Bateson (who first received
LSD from a psychiatrist; see Chapter 7); Dr. Milton Erickson (who spoke
at a conference organized by G.H. Estabrooks; see Chapter 15); Dr. Frank
Fremont-Smith (Medical Director of the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation; see
Chapter 7); and Dr. Harold Wolff (MKULTRA contractor and Director of
the Human Ecology Foundation). On October 26, 1945, Dr. Whitehorn
wrote to Dr. Fremont-Smith at the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation.

Also involved in this academic circle were anthropologists Clyde

Kluckholm and Margaret Mead (wife of Gregory Bateson); the group
continued meeting after the war with funding from the Josiah Macy, Jr.
Foundation. According to Heims!**, the sociologist Talcott Parsons was
also part of this academic group. Dr. Parsons recruited Russian-born Nazi
collaborators to work at the Russian Research Center at Harvard University,
which was supported by the Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations. These
 CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: JOHN Hopkins UNIVERSITY 133

scholars were denied U.S. entry visas according to Heims, and therefore
must have been brought into the U.S. through PROJECT PAPERCLIP or
another similar program. There was an arrangement between Harvard
University and the FBI to turn information from the Russian Research
Center over to the FBI, but Harvard archives on these activities are closed
to researchers, so the extent of the collaboration is uncertain. Dr. Parsons
also worked for Army Intelligence and the State Department.

Dr. Whitehorn died in 1973. During his life, he served as a consultant to

the War Department, the Naval Hospital in Bethesda, the CIA through the
Human Ecology Foundation, and the Veterans Administration Hospital in
Perry Point. He gave the Presidential Address to the American Psychiatric
Association in 1951 and was an Associate Editor of The American Journal
of Psychiatry.

The next Chairman of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins was Seymour S. Kety,

who held the position from 1961 to 1962. Dr. Kety and Dr. Franz Kallman
attended the October 7, 1950 Scottish Rite Conference on Schizophrenia.
Dr. Kallman’s genetic theories of schizophrenia were intolerable even
to the Nazis because they implied that many Aryan Nazis were carrying
a recessive gene for schizophrenia; Kallman emigrated from Germany
to the U.S. in 1933, where he recommended eugenics programs to the U.S.
and state governments'** !*°:?°?,

Besides being a researcher on the genetics of schizophrenia, Dr. Kety did

experiments with LSD?*?**. On November 8 and 9, 1958, he participated
in a Scottish Rite Conference at the Waldorf Astoria Hotel in New York;
he chaired a morning session on November 8. Presenters included:
Dr. Hudson Hoagland of the Worcester Foundation for Experimental
Biology (MKULTRA Subproject 8 on LSD, 1953), who was personally
recommended to J. Edgar Hoover by G.H. Estabrooks; Dr. Jacques
Gottlieb, LSD and phencyclidine researcher (see Chapter 7); Dr. Franz
Kallman; and Dr. John Whitehorn.

Dr. Kety was Chairman of NASA’s bioscience advisory committee, and

was a member of the Scottish Rite Schizophrenia Research Committee.
He did LSD research with Dr. Louis Sokoloff while at the National
Institute of Mental Health'®, and was funded by the Supreme Council,
Scottish Rite, Northern Masonic Jurisdiction for work on “barbiturate
semi-narcosis, insulin coma and electric shock”!*’. Dr. Kety also did work
for the U.S. Naval Air Development Center'””.
134 Tue CIA Doctors

From 1963 to 1973, the Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry at Johns

Hopkins was Dr. Joel Elkes. Dr. E!kes did brain electrode experiments on
conscious animals; one of his papers is entitled “A technique for recording
the electrical activity of the brain in the conscious animal”””.

Prior to 1963, Dr. Elkes worked at St. Elizabeth’s Hospital, where the
poet Ezra Pound was held as a political prisoner on psychiatric grounds
by Dr. Overholser (see Chapter 14). He published hallucinogen research
in a publication of CIA cutout the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation® and
participated in chemical weapons research in England during World War
II. On April 17 to 19, 1970, Dr. Kety spoke at a conference in Baltimore
with Dr. Albert Hoffman, who discovered LSD at Sandoz Laboratories in
Switzerland in 1943. In a 1970 newspaper article, Dr. Elkes'** describes
first taking LSD himself in the late 1940’s.

The Department of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins School of Medicine may

experience blowback because of its involvement in CIA and military
mind control. For instance, Department of Psychiatry Chairman, Dr. Paul
McHugh’: '*° claims that multiple personality never occurs as a natural
disorder and is always caused by the therapist. Dr. McHugh'*’ states that
diagnosis and treatment of multiple personality is “‘a major folly, a folly
astonishing in its wild presumptions” that has “misaligned psychotherapy,”
and been “a disaster for American psychiatry.” Writers on multiple
personality, he says, have “deranged the discourse of psychiatry and
cultivated a Sherlock Holmes fantasy among many psychotherapists.”

The book to which Dr. McHugh has contributed the Foreword,

and in which he makes these statements, is by False Memory Syndrome
Foundation Advisory Board Member, Dr. August Piper’. The title,
Hoax and Reality. The Bizarre World of Multiple Personality Disorder,
is typical of the attack on multiple personality spearheaded by members
of the Scientific and Professional Advisory Board of the False Memory
Syndrome Foundation.

FMSF Advisory Board Members Dr. Martin Orne and Dr. Louis Jolyon
West are CIA and military mind control contractors with TOP SECRET
CIA clearance. Both received MKULTRA contracts to study the
dissociative disorders, implantation of false memories, and techniques
for creation of Manchurian Candidates. The dissociative disorders, false
memories and therapist-created multiple personality are the focus of the
FMSF campaign.
 Coup War EXPERIMENTATION: JOHN Hopkins UNIVERSITY 135

Dr. McHugh and other FMSF Advisory Board members scoff at

clinical multiple personality disorder. They claim that virtually all
cases of multiple personality are iatrogenic, or created by the therapist.
Dr. McHugh is firmly entrenched in the network of mind control doctors
that created Manchurian Candidates. He is a productive academic,
and Chairman of a major academic Department of Psychiatry, not a fool,
yet he falls short of the most elementary scholarly standards in his attack
on multiple personality disorder. Why? What is really going on here?

Perhaps Dr. McHugh is speaking from his experience, or the experience

of his friends, colleagues, and Department of Psychiatry, in Cold War
mind control experimentation. If clinical multiple personality is buried
and forgotten, then the Manchurian Candidate Programs will be safe from
public scrutiny. I would like to know whether Dr. McHugh himself, or other
members of his Department of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins University
School of Medicine, are CIA or military mind control contractors.
 14
OTHER Doctors IN THE NETWORK

Other doctors in the mind control network include Neil Burch, M.D.
Dr. Burch was born on April 3, 1924. He died on December 17, 1987.
He was the Director of the Research Division of the Texas Research
Institute of Mental Sciences (TRIMS) in Houston. His coauthor on
a number of publications was Bernard Saltzberg, Ph.D.*° 7 °° 279.
Dr. Saltzberg was in turn a coathor of Tulane brain electrode specialist and
CIA contractor, Dr. Robert Heath?®®’.

A paper by Saltzberg, Burton, Burch et al.* was published in Aviation,

Space, and Environmental Medicine; four of the authors are said to be from
the Naval Biodynamics Laboratory, and funding is said to be through Office of
Naval Research Contract #N00014-76-C-0911. TRIMS documents describe
grant applications being prepared for this project in 1976 for $61,050.00.

According to an article in the October 1, 1994 Houston Chronicle!”*, Dr.

Burch and Dr. William T. Lhamon received $300,000.00 in Air Force
contracts for hallucinogen research between April, 1956 and April, 1961.
Dr. Burch became a full-time Associate Professor of Psychiatry at Baylor
College of Medicine in 1959. Prior to that he spent five years in the Air
Force as a psychiatrist, according to a letter he wrote to the Chairman of the
Texas Department of Mental Health and Mental Retardation (TDMHMR)
on March 13, 1978. TDMHMkR ran and was responsible for TRIMS.

Research appropriations for TRIMS were $1,100,000.00 in 1972 and

$2,261,635.00 in 1983. Dr. Burch worked for TRIMS up till his death.
The total research grants and contracts received by TRIMS from 1968
to 1983 was $16,358,810.00. This included grants to Dr. Burch from the
Office of Naval Research (1967, $34,000.00), NASA (1968, $5,619.00;
1970, $152,079.00), and the CIA (1968, $7,886.00; 1968, $5,619.00;
1969, $68,315.00; and 1971, $39,757.00).
CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER Doctors IN THE Network 137

The CIA money was for development of an improved Galvanic Skin

Response System (1968); On-Line Psychophysiological Analysis (1969);
and Psychophysiological Correlates of Human Information (1971). These
CIA grants are designated by the grant numbers XG-3061-68R, XG-3102
and XG-3245. These contracts came after the termination of MKULTRA
and do not correspond to any of the seven MKSEARCH contracts. There
must therefore be another still-classified CIA mind control program that
ran at least into the early 1970’s. The relevance of Dr. Burch’s research on
the galvanic skin response (GSR) is that the GSR is a component of the
lie detector test.

Other military contractors at TRIMS included Dr. Saltzberg, who received

a grant for $6,480.00 from the Department of the Navy in 1976 (Contract
N06014-76-C-0911) for “Analysis of New Tapes and Develop Analytical
Procedures Toward the Objective of Finalizing a Practical and Effective
Protocol for Collection of Field Data.”

The Office of Naval Research gave Dr. Saltzberg $213,252.00 from May 1,
1980 to June 30, 1984 to study “Analysis of Electrophysiological Signals
Recorded From Rhesus Monkeys Subjected to Biodynamic Stress.” This
project is closely related to similar research conducted at other universities
under MKULTRA Subprojects 45, 61, 74, 86, 106, 129, and 138. Another
overlapping grant to Dr. Saltzberg from the Department of the Navy for
$42,250.00 ran from December 1, 1983 to November 30, 1984.

Dr. Robert Smith at TRIMS received funding from the Scottish Rite
Foundation to give PCP (phencyclidine or “angel dust”) to research subjects
under a 1977 grant for $39,108.00 to study “Acute vs. Chronic Effects
of Phencyclidine: A Schizophreniform Pychotomimetic.” The Scottish
Rite Foundation also provided Dr. C. Smith $20,076.00 in 1979 to study
“Sensory Integration in Schizophrenia;” this is presumably the same Dr.
Smith, however it may be a separate individual from Dr. Robert Smith.

In 1979, NASA provided Dr. Fenimore at TRIMS $10,000.00 to develop a

“Scopolamine Radioimmunoassay.” Scopolamine is an anti-nauseant that
was also used as a mind control drug by the U.S. Army (see Appendix I).

One of the ongoing research projects at TRIMS was the study of brain
Dr.
electrical activity in violent criminals, hence the contact between
Burch and Dr. Louis Jolyon West'”. Although TRIMS did not perform
brain electrode implant experiments on prisoners or other subjects, a letter
W.J. Estelle,
to Joseph Schoolar, Ph.D., M.D., Director of TRIMS, from
138 THe CIA Doctors

Jr., Director, Teas Department of Corrections dated April 9, 1979 states

that, “You may be assured of TDC’s support of this research.”

CIA mind control research at prisons was funded through MKULTRA.

One of the most heavily funded MKULTRA contractors was Dr. Carl
Pfeiffer, who acknowledges funding from CIA cutout, the Geschickter
Fund for Medical Research in numerous papers” 10! 108: 10°, 207, 236, 240, 239, 237, 241,

Research conducted at prisons by Dr. Pfeiffer includes a paper entitled

“Quantitative electroencephalographic analysis of naturally occurring
(schizophrenic) and drug-induced psychotic states in human males”'”.
Work for this paper was funded through MKULTRA Subproject 47. Subjects
included: 21 inmates from the New Jersey Reformatory at Bordentown**
ranging in age from 21 to 30 years; 9 volunteers from the laboratory staff
ranging in age from 19 to 48 years; and 25 schizophrenic patients from
the Clinical Investigative Unit of the Bureau of Research, New Jersey
Neuropsychiatric Institute. Fifteen inmates and ten schizophrenic subjects
received LSD but the laboratory staff received only placebo.

Subjects in Pfeiffer et al.“° included 13 inmates from the New Jersey

Reformatory at Bordentown who received amphetamines. Subjects in
Murphree et al.*”’ included inmates from the New Jersey Reformatory at
Bordentown ranging in age from 21 to 29 years, with an average age of
23.6 years. Subjects in this study were given intravenous barbiturates.

Subjectsin Demarretal.”’included 16 inmates atthe U.S. Federal Penitentiary

in Atlanta who received LSD. The ethics of this and other MKULTRA
drug studies conducted in prisons are unacceptable because of the high
percentage of drug addicts in prison populations, because meaningful
informed consent is difficult to obtain in such circumstances, and because
subjects were not informed that the research was funded by the CIA,
despite the TOP SECRET clearance status of the principal investigators.

While he was Chairman of the Department of Pharmacology at Emory

University, Dr. Pfeiffer gave LSD to inmates of the U.S. Federal
Penitentiary in Atlanta under MKULTRA Subproject 47. He himself took
a dose of LSD and had his reactions filmed by WSB-TV in Atlanta in 1955°%.
A portion of this film was broadcast on WSB’s Newsroom program.

Born in Peoria, Illinois on May 19, 1908, Pfeiffer was named to the
Board of Directors of the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies in
1956, a site of radiation experiments reviewed in Chapter 3. He and
CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER Doctors IN THE NETWORK 139

John R. Smythies of the Worcester Foundation for Experimental Biology

(MKULTRA Subproject 8) co-edited an issue of the Jnternational Review
of Neurobiology*** which included chapters by: H.J. Eysenck (contractor
on MKULTRA Subproject 111); Abram Hoffer!*?, who did LSD research
with Humphry Osmond” *’ in Weyburn, Saskatchewan before Osmond
relocated to the New Jersey Neuropsychiatric Institute; and Dr. Robert
Heath, CIA contractor at Tulane.

In one study funded by the Geschickter Fund, entitled ‘“Hallucinatory

effects in man of acetylcholine inhibitors’! prisoners at the U.S. Federal
Penitentiary in Atlanta were given 150 micrograms of the experimental
drug MER-16. The authors noted that:

Abood finds that oral administration of 10 to 20 mg. of JB-318,

the tertiary amine analogue of Piptal, or JB-336, the n-methyl
derivative of JB-318, produces a model psychosis characterized by
visual and auditory hallucinations. We have not been able to give
doses larger than 9 mg. because of the extreme mental effects.

A similar possible acetylcholine antagonist, MER-16, produces

extreme LSD-like effects when 150 mg. is given orally.
Hallucinations last for three days and are characterized by
repeated waves of depersonalization, visual hallucinations, and
feelings of unreality.

The authors also noted that MER-16 is a more effective hallucinogen

than scopolamine, the drug studied by Dr. Fenimore at TRIMS.

Because Dr. Pfeiffer died on November 20, 1988, it is possible

to obtain a version of the MKULTRA Subproject file in which Dr.
Pfeiffer’s name and signature, Emory University, the Atlanta Federal
Penitentiary, the New Jersey Neuropsychiatric Institute and the
New Jersey Reformatory at Bordentown have not been redacted.
A memo from the file dated 24 March 1955 states:

Purpose: Pharmacological and clinical testing in animals and

volunteers of chemicals and biochemicals which alter behavior.
Provide consultation on special problems of TSD interest.

Status: Study completed on threshold doses of LSD-25, a method

of exploring antagonism of this drug by other agents. Work has
been initiated to evaluate compound producing amnesia and
140 Tue CIA Doctors

having Gisonos like effect on behavior will be started. Evaluation of

effects of combinations of drugs of interest to TSD is ‘4 complete.

Although one sentence in the memo is ungrammatical, its meaning

is clear. The goal of MKULTRA Subproject 47 was to produce not
a model psychosis, but a model dissociative state characterized by
depersonalization and amnesia.

In a memo from the CIA to Senator Pete Wilson dated 11 December 1985,
the unidentifiable CIA correspondent states:

It should also be noted that this matter has been considered at the
highest levels of Justice and the Central Intelligence Agency and
it is the considered judgment of the responsible officials that the
United States has no legal responsibility for any of the alleged
harms or injuries that may have been suffered by Mr. Weinstein
[victim of mind control experiments by Dr. Ewen Cameron, see
the book by his son313] or the other plaintiffs, and that neither
Mr. Weinstein nor the other plaintiffs can demonstrate any causal
relationship between the minimal CIA funding and their alleged
injuries. This position is further supported by the fact that one
similar case, arising from LSD testing financed by the CIA and
conducted by the U.S. Public Health Service at Atlanta Federal
Penitentiary, was fully litigated; in that case, judgment and costs
were entered in favor of the United States.

Another site of LSD experiments on prisoners was the Oak Ridge Division,
Penetang Psychiatric Hospital, Penetanguishene, Ontario, Canada. The
principal investigator was Dr. Elliott T. Barker?’~°. Ina paper entitled “Defence
Disrupting Therapy,” Barker, Mason and Wilson*’ describe their patients as a
group of inmates found unfit to stand trial or not guilty by reason of insanity.
The crimes they had committed included murder, arson, and assault.

Dr. Barker is currently the President of the Canadian Society for

the Prevention of Cruelty to Children. On the Society’s web page
(www.bconnex.net/~cspcc/crimeprevention/snug.html) there is a statement
about child abuse by Michael Mason, Founding Member of the Society,
dated April, 1975. This is presumably the same individual as M.H. Mason,
Dr. Barker’s coauthor*’. In a footnote to that paper, Mason is identified as
“Patient, Oak Ridge Division, Penetang Psychiatric Hospital.”
Coup War EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER Doctors IN THE Network 141

Another of Dr. Barker’s papers?’ is entitled “LSD In A Coercive Milieu

Therapy Program.” The LSD was given in a dosage of 500 micrograms
as an intramuscular injection, a heavy hallucinatory dosage. Other drugs
given to the inmates by Dr. Barker include scopolamine, barbiturates, and
amphetamines, often in combination with each other. A third paper of Dr.
Barker’s was entitled “The Total Encounter Capsule”.

The authors of that paper describe keeping groups of prisoners naked in

a small sensory isolation chamber called The Capsule for days at a time.
While in The Capsule together for these prolonged periods, the prisoners
were given LSD. Some were as young as fifteen years old.

Dr. Barker’s proposition that arsonists, rapists and murderers as young

as fifteen years of age, some with only third grade educations, can be
treated effectively by combinations of addictive drugs and sensory
deprivation which render them delirious and psychotic, is remarkable.
An alternative explanation for the observation that, “The treatment
method has now gained such high status among patients that requests for
it exceed our capacity to give the drugs,” is the hypothesis that the patients
enjoyed getting stoned.

There is no evidence that Dr. Barker’s LSD, amphetamine, scopolamine,

barbiturate and sensory deprivation experiments were funded by the CIA
or the military. Like the results of the Tuskeegee Syphilis Study, they were
described in the peer-reviewed professional literature without stimulating
letters to the editors of the journals. Two reciprocally interacting facts are
evident: 1) it was not difficult for the CIA and military to identify willing
mind control contractors because the medical profession was highly
permissive of such experimentation, and 2) ethical and experimental
norms established in secretly funded mind control research spilled over
into conventional medicine and psychiatry.

Another line of mind control research began with Dr. John Lilly, whose
work with dolphins was depicted in the movie The Day of the Dolphin.
Dr. Lilly’ described experiments in which he gave LSD to dolphins
in a CIA-sponsored LSD symposium. Dr. Lilly was also the inventor
of the flotation tank depicted in the movie Altered States. Lilly'® described
research he had done with flotation tanks at the Mid-Atlantic Regional
of the
Research Conference on March 9, 1956. One of the discussants
drugs
paper was Dr. Winfred Overholser, who did work on mind control
were
for the OSS during World War II'**. Other discussants of the paper
MKULTR A institution s
from Walter Reed Army Medical Center and
142 THe CIA Doctors

including Georgetown University, Harvard University, and the University

of Minnesota. One was from Tulane, where Dr. Robert Heath did contract
work for the CIA.

Dr. Lilly described sensory isolation research done at McGill by Dr.

Donald Hebb (funded by Canada’s Defense Research Board) and said of
Hebb’s subjects, “The development of hallucinations in the visual sphere
followed the stages seen with mescaline intoxication.” Commenting on
sensory deprivation experiments done at the Allan Memorial Institute
by Dr. Hassan Azima, discussant Dr. Herbert Zimmer says, “Of the 15
cases, eight showed a depersonalized state with varying degrees of visual,
auditory and gustatory hallucinosis.”

In Dr. Lilly’s flotation tank, which contained a 10% magnesium sulphate

solution at 84.5 degrees F., subjects were naked except for a mask which
covered the entire head but allowed for breathing. Subjects floated
suspended in the solution with their heads just out of the water, with no
light or sound other than their own breathing and sound from the pipes
circulating water through the tank. Dr. Lilly’s flotation tank was a solitary,
aqueous precursor of Dr. Barker’s Capsule.

Discussant Dr. Ogden R. Lindsley, who did operant conditioning

experiments on children age seven to twelve*’, told the following story in
response to Dr. Lilly’s (1956) presentation:

During the war I had the good fortune to fly in a heavy bomber
for the U.S. Army Air Force and the misfortune of being shot
out of it and put in isolation by the German Gestapo for about
fourteen and a half days. Their method was to put you in a little
room, not long enough to lie down in, with no furnishings, no
window, and no light. They came once every twelve hours or so
and brought water and black bread. I dont want to go into any
emotional experiences in the room, because they were all very
similar to those which Dr. Lilly has reported. Sometimes while
there it would seem as though four days had gone by without
any water, and then again it would seem that they came fifteen
minutes after they had last appeared.

An article in The Dallas Morning News, January 29, 1997, p 9A

describes how the Baltimore Sun obtained a 1983 CIA manual through
the Freedom of Information Act. The manual was used to teach non
coercive interrogation techniques to foreign agents, including ones from
CoLp War EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER Doctors IN THE Network 143

Central America. The manual taught techniques studied in BLUEBIRD,

ARTICHOKE and MKULTRA; the same brainwashing techniques
were used on Dr. Ogden Lindsley by the Gestapo, on Patty Hearst by
the Symbionese Liberation Army (see Chapter 19), and on patients at
Penetang Psychiatric Hospital by Dr. Elliott Barker. The CIA manual
taught techniques for the induction of “intense fear, deep exhaustion,
solitary confinement, unbearable anxiety and other forms of psychological
duress,” and was used until at least 1983. These are some of the building
blocks for making Manchurian Candidates.

As part of his work in sensory isolation, Dr. Lilly'”? wrote a book entitled
Programming and Metaprogramming in the Human Biocomputer in which
he discusses LSD, interspecies communication, and the flotation tank. The
book is also an early work in artificial intelligence, much of it written in
engineering language. In it, Dr. Lilly provides a model of the mind as an
interconnected system of parallel processing units.

This line of research has been pursued by cognitive psychologists funded

by the Office of Naval Research, especially at the Massachusetts Institute
of Technology (MIT), which was an MKULTRA and MKNAOMI
institution. Andrew G. Knapp and James A. Anderson’! published
a paper entitled “Theory of Categorization Based on Distributed Memory
Storage” in which they acknowledge support through Office of Naval
Research Contract N00014-81-K-0136. Dr. William Adey of UCLA
(see Chapter 10) was active in MIT’s Neurosciences Research Program
and received funding from the Office of Naval Research.

In his book Society of Mind, MIT psychologist Marvin Minsky’ states

that his work was funded by the Office of Naval Research over a period
beginning with his graduate studies. The central thesis of Minsky’s
‘book is that the mind is a society of subsystems, that is, a distributed
parallel network. Dr. Daniel Schachter’”® of Harvard published a book
entitled Searching for Memory. The Brain, the Mind, and the Past which
discusses the fact that memory is composed of subsystems; in the book, he
acknowledges funding from the Air Force Office of Scientific Research.
This research is directly relevant to understanding the structure of
4 Manchurian Candidate’s mind, which is a society of subsystems or,
in different language, an interconnected system of parallel processing units.

On December 11, 1996 in a posting on the internet list

[email protected], Dr. Peter Freyd, husband of the
Executive Director of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation, wrote:
144 Tue CIA Doctors

Since we all want to be open about any money we might have

received from military-related sources, let me confess.

I, too, must go on record. Starting in 1988, I’ve been getting

a lot of money from the U.S. Office of Naval Research.

In 1968 I received a lot of money from the Kingdom of Iran.

There were some who thought the Kingdom was a CIA front.
Actually, the evidence is that the money was flowing in the other
direction: the CIA might have been something of a Savak front.

Academics have been receiving research funding from military intelligence

agencies into the twenty-first century. Much of the research is no doubt
ethical and humane. Unfortunately, however, everyone in academia,
and especially everyone in psychiatry and psychology with military
funding is now under suspicion. This is the inevitable outcome of decades
of deception, implausible denial, and looking the other way.

Another funding agency woven into the mind control network is the
Scottish Rite Foundation. In a 1958 paper'” Dr. William Malamud is
identified as the Medical Research Director and Dr. Winfred Overholser
as the Chairman of the Scottish Rite Research Committee. Another 1958
paper"! states that second author, Dr. Sidney L. Werkman, received his
M.D. from Cornell in 1952, where he worked under Dr. Harold Wolff,
MKULTRA contractor and Director of CIA cutout The Human Ecology
Foundation. Dr. Overholser worked with Dr. Joel Elkes when Dr. Elkes was
Director of Research at Saint Elizabeth’s Hospital, and prior to Dr. Elkes
becoming Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins*°.

Dr. Winfred Overholser, Sr.*?? gave his Presidential address to the

American Psychiatric Association in Washington, D.C., in May, 1948.
In a biographical sketch'*® Dr. Overholser is described as having been born
in Worcester, Massachusetts on April 21, 1892. He received his M.D.
in 1916, and saw military service in World War I. In a diary written in
a field hospital in France, Dr. Overholser stated, “We are using suggestion
and hypnosis when it is possible.”

Dr. Overholser became the superintendent of St. Elizabeth’s Hospital

in Washington in 1937; over 5000 naval officers and enlisted men were
treated as patients there during World War II. Psychiatric training was
provided to 125 naval medical officers, nearly 100 nurses and about 800
hospital corpsmen during the War. Dr. Overholser is described in the
biographical sketch as a 32"! degree Mason.
CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER Doctors IN THE NEtworK 145

Dr. Winfred Overholser, Jr. was born on April 29, 1930. He received his
M.D. from New York Medical College in 1955, and did his psychiatry
residency at New York State Psychiatric Institute from 1956 to 1959;
it was at the Institute that Dr. Paul Hoch killed Harold Blauer with an
injection of U.S. Army mescaline in 1953.

Dr. Hudson Hoagland'” of the Worcester Foundation for Experimental

Biology (MKULTRA Subproject 8) wrote an obituary for Dr. Ewen
Cameron (MKULTRA Subproject 68), was recommended to J. Edgar
Hoover by G.H. Estabrooks, a 32™ degree Mason, and received money
for LSD research from the Scottish Rite Committee, as did MKULTRA
and MKSEARCH contractor, Dr. Carl Pfeiffer. A coauthor of Dr.
Hoaglund’s*’, Dr. Robert Hyde received TOP SECRET clearance as the
contractor on MKULTRA Subprojects 8, 63, and 66.

Another coauthor of Dr. Hoaglund’s, Dr. William Malamud!’>!7°

did lobotomy research when he was at the Worcester State Hospital’®.
These connections illustrate how the network of mind control doctors
was structured. There was no central conspiracy; rather the network
was maintained by diverse connections between individuals, institutions
and agencies.

In a chapter in a book on brainwashing, Chodoff and Mercer”* write:

As for the issue of the deliberate, systematic misuse ofpsychiatry

to suppress political and religious dissent, no strong case can
be made that this is a problem in the United States. The case
usually considered most relevant is that of the poet Ezra
Pound. Arrested at the end of World War II for his treasonous
broadcasts in Italy, Pound was never tried but was found
incapable of assisting in his defense by reason of mental illness.
Later he was confined, under relatively comfortable conditions,
at St. Elizabeth’s Hospital in Washington, D.C. This judgment,
largely the work of Dr. Winfred Overholser, superintendent of St.
Elizabeth’ Hospital, was made in spite of what seems to have
been a lack of substantial clinical evidence of psychosis and
the fact that Pound had written a lucid and detailed defense of
himself to the U.S. Attorney General.

The Pound case appears to constitute a political subversion

of psychiatry. But it should be noted that the action was taken
in the primary interest of the accused person rather than that
146 Tue CIA Doctors

of the state, as is the case in the Soviet Union. Most important,

it was an isolated example, and very few similar ones have taken
place in the United States.

Dr. Winfred Overholser, Sr. funded LSD research through the Scottish Rite
Committee and was at the center of the mind control network beginning
with his work for the OSS during World War II'**.

Only some papers from the extensive LSD literature acknowledge direct
funding from the military. An example is a paper entitled, “Cognitive
Test Performance Under LSD-25, Placebo and Isolation’’!° which
acknowledges support through Air Force Contract No. AF33(616)-6013.
The research was monitored by the Aero Medical Laboratory, Directorate
of Research, Wright Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio.

Hallucinogen research would have flowed across the desk of Dr. Bruce
Dill, who worked at the Aeromedical Laboratory research unit at Wright
Field from 1941 to 1943. He was the Director of Medical Research at the
U.S. Army Chemical Research and Development Laboratory, Edgeware
Arsenal from 1947 to 1961. This is the time frame of both MKULTRA
and MKNAOMI.

One of the most unexpected members of the mind control network was
Carl Rogers, Ph.D. Dr. Rogers received TOP SECRET clearance for his
work on MKULTRA Subproject 74. The paper based on Subproject 74,
entitled “A Study of Psychotherapeutic Change in Schizophrenics and
Normals: The Design and Instrumentation’’** acknowledges funding from
the Society for the Investigation of Human Ecology. The 1961 Annual
Report of the Society lists Dr. Rogers as a Director.

The analysis of other doctors in the mind control network presented in

this chapter is illustrative, and far from exhaustive. Contractors on CIA
and military mind control research included leading psychiatrists and
psychologists, Past Presidents and Awardees of the American Psychiatric
Association, editors and associate editors of leading professional journals,
Chairmen of academic Departments of Psychiatry, and their colleagues
and coauthors. Many other doctors published similar research funded
by other agencies such as the U.S. Public Health Service and the Scottish
Rite Research Committee.
CoLp WAR EXPERIMENTATION: OTHER Doctors IN THE NETWorK 147
Il. G.H. ESTABROOKS
G.H. Estabrooks requires a separate section of his own because he is the
only mind control doctor who has publicly acknowledged the creation of
Manchurian Candidates. The purpose of this chapter is to establish that Dr.
Estabrooks was very well connected academically, and had professional
relationships with documented CIA mind control contractors such as Dr.
Martin Orne. Additionally, the documentation proves that Dr. Estabrooks
conducted extensive training of military intelligence personnel and was a
contractor of the War Department during World War II. G.H. Estabrooks
was at the hub of the Manchurian Candidate programs. Because of the
compartmented nature of the intelligence community, it is unlikely that
there was only one centrally controlled Manchurian Candidate program.
 15
G.H.
ESTABROOKS

George Holben Estabrooks was born in St. John, New Brunwick, Canada
on December 16, 1895. He moved to Colgate College in Hamilton, New
York in 1927, and lived there till he died on December 30, 1973. Dr.
Estabrooks did his B.A. at Acadia University in Wolfville, Nova Scotia in
1920 and his Ph.D. in psychology at Harvard in 1926. From 1921 to 1924
he was a Rhodes Scholar at Oxford and Exeter.

At age 19, Estabrooks became the youngest commissioned officer in the

First Canadian Division. He was in the German gas attack at Ypres. While
participating in a gas attack drill behind lines, he was exposed to mustard
gas because of a tear in his mask. This almost killed him and eventually
resulted in his being sent back to Canada. He developed tuberculosis
and spent time in two TB sanitaria, one of them in Switzerland; there
he met his future wife, the daughter of a Swiss watchmaker, whom he
married in Rome twelve years later on July 20, 1933. She died in 1975,
leaving behind their only daughter. Estabrooks led a stable, quiet personal
life. Among other things, he was a 32" degree Knight Templar Mason.
His father, Leander Estabrooks, was a steamboat captain on the St. John
River but was never known to drink or swear. Like his father, George
Estabrooks was a teetotaller.

Dr. Estabrooks wrote many articles and books including Man - The
Mechanical Misfit*’, Hypnotism™, Spiritism® and The Future of the Human
Mind**. He studied multiple personality very carefully. In his book
Spiritism™, Dr. Estabrooks describes experiments done to create multiple
personality by a U.S. military psychiatrist, Dr. P.L. Harriman!!!!3. Dr.
Harriman did not claim that any of his experimental multiple personality
subjects were used in actual operations.
 G.H. Estasrooks: G.H. EsTABRooks 151

In his book Hypnotism, Dr Estabrooks* states that the creation of

_ experimental multiple personality for operational use in military subjects,
whom he refers to as super spies, is ethical because of the demands of war.
He comments, in a chapter entitled “Hypnotism in Warfare” that:

The British are paying a terrible price for refusing to look reality
in the face. We might easily do the same if we became over
squeamish in our determination to protect ourselves ethically. We
may rest assured that certain world powers will not hesitate one
moment to use hypnotism directly they are convinced of its value.
Then it will be incumbent on us to beat them at their own game,
but under these circumstances the hand of the military must not
be tied by any silly prejudices in the minds of the general public.
War is the end of all law. When we speak of keeping within the
rules of the game we are childish, because it is not a game and
the rules never hold. In the last analysis any device is justifiable
which enables us to protect ourselves from defeat.

In a May 13, 1968 article in the Providence Evening Bulletin?', Estabrooks

is described as a former consultant for the FBI and CIA, and is quoted
as saying that, “the key to creating an effective spy or assassin rests in
splitting a man’s personality, or creating multipersonality, with the aid
of hypnotism... This is not science fiction. This has and is being done.
I have done it.”
n”,
In an obituary in the January 6, 1974 Syracuse Herald America
the writer states:

But he knew the power of what he called “my curious little research
hobby.” Once I felt he was ready to tell me about his experiences
early
in the war, how hypnotism might have been used in
“Manchurian Candidate” fashion, as a weapon of psychol ogical
that
warfare, but then he drew back to the style of conversation
all the
stops just short of major revelation. You were left imagining
cats struggling to be released from that bag of his.

imental creation of
The “curious little research hobby” was the exper
ry. The ARTICHOKE/
multiple personality for operational use by the milita
Estabrooks’ proposal to
BLUEBIRD documents contain a copy of Dr.
are whited out in the
the CIA dated June 22, 1954. Although all names
rooks for the following
document, it is definitely written by Dr. Estab
152 THE CIA Doctors

reasons: the writing style is characteristic; the vocabulary is characteristic;

the content is characteristic; the time frame is correct; and the whited out
name occupies the correct number of spaces to spell “Estabrooks.”

Dr. Estabrooks’ proposal and commentary from the CIA read as follows,
with spelling, punctuation and grammatical errors uncorrected:

THE MILITARY APPLICATION OF HYPNOTISM

To: [Whited out]
From: [Whited out]

I choose two practical applications from many with which to

illustrate my proposition:

1. The safeguarding of the messages entrusted to couriers. In

deep hypnosis the subject, military or civilian, can be given a
message to be delivered to say Colonel X in Berlin. The subject
may then be sent to Berlin on any perfectly routine assignment.
The message will be perfectly safe and will be delivered to the
proper person because

a. the subject will have no memory whatsoever in the waking

state as to the nature and contents of the message.

b. it can be arranged that the subject will have no knowledge of

ever having been hypnotized.

c. It can be arranged that no one beside Colonel X in Berlin

can hypnotize the subject and recover the message.

This hypnotic messenger, if I may use the phrase has in my

opinion at least two very definite advantages over the ordinary
courier. First he will never under any circumstance by a slip
of the tongue divulge the true nature of his mission for the very
simple reason that he has no conscious knowledge of what that
mission may be. He is merely going on a routine replacement in
say the Adjutant General's Office. This will be his story and the
story which he believes.

Secondly, if by any chance, he is picked up through leakage if

information from any other sources the message is safe. No
amount of third degree tactics can pry it loose, for he simply
does not have it in his conscious mind. Even if the enemy
 G.H. Estasrooks: G.H. EstTaBrooks 153

suspects the use of hypnotism the message is still safe for no one
can hypnotize him except this Colonel X in Berlin.

May I point out that this technique is one which can be

demonstrated under experimental conditions where you wish
and when you wish allowing a certain amount of time to train
the subjects in question.

2. A specific counterintelligence technique to be used against

enemy agents. This particular use of hypnotism would be more
complicated and more difficult than the rather simple case which
I outlined in the preceding paragraphs, but is, I assure you, quite
practical. I will take a number of men and will establish in them
through the use of hypnotism the condition of split personality.
Consciously they will be ardent Communists, phanatical
adherence to the party line, ready and eager to submit to any
discipline which the party may prescribe. Unconsciously they
will be loyal Americans just as grimley determined to thwart the
Communists at every turn in the road.

These men will again have no knowledge of anything that occurs

in the hypnotic state - will have no knowledge of ever having
been hypnotized and can only be hypnotized by such persons
as the original operator may choose. Consciously they will
associate with the Communists and learn all the plans of the
organization. Once every month or at such time is advisable they
will be contacted by a member of our intelligence department,
hypnotized, and as loyal Americans will tell what they know.
This sounds unbelievable, butIassure, you, it will work.

Once again the advantages. Your hypothetical counter spy will

be placed in a very difficult situation - amounting at best to social
ostracism, at worst criminal prosecution. He will not disclose his
true role for the very simple reason that he can not. Consciously
he is a Communist and will not in a moment of weakness
a
admit to his relatives or to his friends that he is anything but
ed of
Communist. Again, if through some leakage, he is suspect
guarded , locked in the
being an informer his true role is safely
unconscious and impervious to all assaults from the outside.
theoretical
[Whited out] I consider myself an authority on the
e and would point out that it
applications of hypnotism to warfar
or even
is a highly specialized subject. The average psychologist
154 THe CIA Doctors

psychiatrist is as much at a loss here as would be the average

chemist or physicist if called to supervise a very specialized
project for which he had no particular training. I claim that I can
demonstrate all my particular contentions to the satisfaction of
the government agencies and request the opportunity to do so.

In closing, may I make one very significant point. The Russian

literature is hard to get and carefully avoids any mention of the
topic in question. Those Russian articles which I have been able
to get leave no doubt about the fact that the Russian is just as
conversive about the field of hypnotism as we are.

Respectfully submitted,
[Whited out]

15 July 1954

TO: Chief, Security Research Staff

FROM: Chief, Technical Branch
SUBJECT. [Whited out]

I. I have examined [whited out] proposals and I feel that

I should make the following comments:

a) The idea of a courier that has been hypnotized is not new and
I am absolutely certain [whited out] did not invent this idea.
We ourselves have carried out much more complex problems
than this and in a general sense I will agree that it is feasible.
However, there is no proof whatsoever that the hypnosis
cannot be broken by another competent hypnotist [whited
out] feels this is possible) and the entire test has not yet been
subjected to actual field conditions (long travel, time, etc. y

b) As far as third-degree tactics are concerned, we do not

know as yet what happens to an hypnotized individual under
the third-degree or plied with chemicals of various types.
Whether or not he will disclose hypnotic materials or indicate
he possesses same has not been determined Again this
is a test that we hope to carry out in the future, as you know.
 G.H. Estasrooks: G.H. EstaBrooxs 155

c) [whited out] proposal that a subject “will have no knowledge

of ever having been hypnotized” is debatable. In regard to
this, we are not yet certain but possibly through the use
of subtle chemicals and/or a very careful cover, it might
be done. It is conceivable it could be accomplished if the
subject were not unduly suspicious, extremely naive or very
stupid but again this point is questionable.

d) [whited out] proposal about using hypnotized individuals

as counteragents is also not new and we, of course, have
discussed this many times. Whether or not it can in fact be
demonstrated we are not sure and it is hoped that the field
tests we are working on may help us along these lines.

e) [whited out] proposals are, of course, lacking in details and

I am quite certain he has never carried any of these things
out except in laboratory type experiments. We, of course,
have been able to produce these results but again only in
laboratory experiments and I assure you we would not be as
emphatic about the success of these things as [whited out]

f) I think it very important that if [whited out] does come to

Washington you and I should have the opportunity to discuss
at length and in detail his ideas.

g) If you will recall, [whited out] among others long ago

proposed the courier idea and in some ways [whited out]
believes that given sufficient time and the opportunity for
“correct training”, he could condition individuals for these
purposes if certain conditions were met. [whited out] you
also recall is not greatly impressed by [whited out]

[whited out]

d to have
In a 1971 article in Science Digest, Dr. Estabrooks®” claime
agents for operat ional
created hypnotic couriers and counterintelligence
use during World War II:

applications
One of the most fascinating but dangerous
is a field with
of hypnosis is its use in military intelligence. This
lines for the
which I am familiar through formulating guide
wars.
techniques used by the United States in two world
156 Tue CIA Doctors

Communication in war is always a headache. Codes can be

broken. A professional spy may or may not stay bought. Your
own man may have unquestionable loyalty but his judgment is
always open to question.

The “hypnotic courier,” on the other hand, provides a unique

solution. I was involved in preparing many subjects for this
work during World War II. One successful case involved
an Army Service Corps Captain whom we'll call George Smith.
Captain Smith had undergone months of training. He was
an excellent subject but did not realize it. I had removed from
him, by post hypnotic suggestion, all recollection of ever having
been hypnotized.

First I had the Service Corps call the captain to Washington and
tell him they needed a report on the mechanical equipment of
Division X headquartered in Tokyo. Smith was ordered to leave
by jet next morning, pick up the report and return at once. These
orders were given him in the waking state. Consciously, that was
all he knew, and it was the story he gave his wife and friends.

Then I put him under deep hypnosis, and gave him - orally -
a vital message to be delivered directly on his arrival in Japan
to a certain colonel - lets say his name was Brown - of military
intelligence. Outside of myself, Colonel Brown was the only
person who could hypnotize Captain Smith. This is “locking.”
Iperformed it by saying to the hypnotized Captain: “Until further
orders from me, only Colonel Brown and I can hypnotize you.
We will use the signal phrase ‘the moon is clear.’ Whenever you
hear this phrase from Brown or myself you will pass instantly
into deep hypnosis.”’ When Captain Smith re-awakened, he had
no conscious memory of what happened in trance. All that he
was aware of was that he must head for Tokyo to pick up the
division report.

On arrival there, Smith reported to Brown, who hypnotized

him with the signal phrase. Under hypnosis, Smith delivered
my message and received one to bring back. Awakened, he
was given the division report and returned home by jet. There
I hypnotized him once more with the signal phrase, and he
spieled off Brown's answer that had been dutifully tucked away
in his unconscious mind.
 G.H. Estasrooks: G.H. EstaBrooks 157

The system is virtually foolproof. As exemplified by the case,

the information literally was “locked” in Smith’s unconscious
for retrieval by the only two people who knew the combination.
The subject had no conscious memory of what happened,
so couldn tspill the beans. No one else could hypnotize him even
if they might know the signal phrase.

Not all applications of hypnotism to military intelligence are

as tidy as that. Perhaps you have read The Three Faces of Eve.
The book was based on a case reported in 1905 by Dr. Morton
Prince of Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard. He
started everyone in the field by announcing that he had cured
a woman named Beauchamp of a split personality problem.
Using post-hypnotic suggestion to submerge an incompatible,
childlike facet of the patient, he’d been able to make two other
sides of Mrs. Beauchamp compatible, and lump them together
in a single cohesive personality. Clinical hypnotists throughout
the world jumped on the multiple personality bandwagon as a
fascinating frontier. By the 1920 not only had they learned to
apply posthypnotic suggestion to deal with this weird problem,
but also had learned how to split certain complex individuals
into multiple personalities like Jeckyl-Hydes.

The potential for military intelligence has been nightmarish.

During World War II, I worked this technique with a vulnerable
Marine lieutenant I'll call Jones. Under the watchful eye of
Marine intelligence I split his personality into Jones A and
Jones B. Jones A, once a “normal” working Marine, became
entirely different. He talked communist doctrine and meant it.
and was
He was welcomed enthusiastically by communist cells,
(which
deliberately given a dishonorable discharge by the Corps
member.
was in on the plot) and became a card-carrying party
ly apparent
The joker was Jones B, the second personality, former
this Jones had
in the conscious Marine. Under hypnosis,
the deeper
been carefully coached by suggestion. Jones B was
loyal American
personality, knew all the thoughts ofJones A, was a
consci ous phases.
and was “imprinted” to say nothing during
in touch with
All I had to do was hypnotize the whole man, get
ine straight into
Jones B, the loyal American, and I had a pipel
fully for months with this
the Communist camp. It worked beauti
was no way
subject, but the technique backfired. While there
158 THe CIA Doctors

for an enemy to expose Jones’ dual personality, they suspected

it and played the same trick on us later.

The use of “waking hypnosis” in counter intelligence during

World War II occasionally became so involved that it taxed
even my credibility. Among the most complicated ploys used
was the practice of sending a perfectly normal, wide awake
agent into enemy camp, after he’d been carefully coached in
waking hypnosis to act the part of a potential hypnotism subject.
Trained in auto-suggestion, or self-hypnosis, such a subject can
pass every test used to spot a hypnotized person. Using it, he can
control the rate of his heartbeat, anesthetize himself to a degree
against pain of electric shock or other torture.

In the case of an officer we'll call Cox, this carefully prepared

counter spy was given a title to indicate he had access to top
priority information. He was planted in an international café
in a border country where it was certain there would be enemy
agents. He talked too much, drank a lot, made friends with
local girls, and pretended a childish interest in hypnotism. The
hope was that he would blunder into a situation in which enemy
agents would kidnap and try to hypnotize him, in order to extract
information from him.

Cox worked so well that they fell for the trick. He never allowed
himself to be hypnotized during seances. While pretending to be
a hypnotized subject of the foe, he was gathering and feeding
back information.

Eventually Cox did get caught, when he was followed to an

information “drop.” And this international group plays rough.
The enemy offered him a “ride” at gunpoint. There were four
men in the vehicle. Cox watched for a chance and found it when
the car skirted a ravine. He leaped for the wheel, twisted it, and
over the ledge they went. Two of his guards were killed in the
crash. In the ensuing scramble, he got hold of another man’s gun,
liquidated the remaining two, then hobbled across the border with
nothing worse than a broken leg. So much for the darker side.

Dr. Estabrooks made one scholarly error in his article. The Three Faces
of Eve was written by Thigpen and Cleckley; Dr. Morton Prince’s book
about Miss Beauchamp was entitled The Dissociation of a Personality".
One might conclude from the Science Digest article, Dr. Estabrooks’
 G.H. Estasrooxs: G.H. EsTaBrooks 159

proposal to the CIA, and the reaction to it by the Chief, Technical Branch,
CIA, that Dr. Estabrooks’ claims are exaggerated. It is clear that there was
skepticism inside the CIA and in the minds of CIA consultants about the
operational utility of the Manchurian Candidate.

If Dr. Estabrooks did in fact create and handle Manchurian Candidates

during World War IJ, it is evident that the Chief, Technical Branch, CIA
did not have access to this information as of July 15, 1954. Given the
highly compartmented nature of intelligence agencies, it could be that Dr.
Estabrooks actually did the work he describes in Science Digest. On the
other hand, one must consider the possibility that he was exaggerating,
not concerning the experimental creation of Manchurian Candidates, but
about the degree to which they were used in actual operations.

There is nothing in Dr. Estabrooks’ claims or procedures that is inconsistent

with the BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE documents on Manchurian
Candidates. Unfortunately, in this instance it is impossible to prove
a negative, namely that Manchurian Candidates have never been used
in field operations, because of the secrecy intrinsic to covert operations.
All one can do is prove through documentation that events of interest did
occur; lack of documentation proves nothing. In this regard, the denial
of the operational reality of the Manchurian Candidate by Dr. John
Gittinger, lead psychologist for MKULTRA, means nothing. Dr. Gittinger
in
testified in Project MKULTRA, the CIAs Program of Research
Behavioral Modification (p. 62) that:

Senator SCHWEIKER. Mr. Gittinger, a moment ago you mentioned

brainwashing techniques, as one area that
you had, I guess, done some work in. How
would you characterize the state of the art
of brainwashing today? Who has the most
expertise in this field, and who is or is not
doing it in terms of other governments ?
During the Korean War there was a lot of
serious discussion about brainwashing
techniques being used by the North Koreans,
and I am interested in finding out what the
state of the art is today, as you see it.
Mr. GITTINGER. Well, of course, there has been a great deal of
work on this, and there is still a great deal of
I knew,
controversy. I can tell you that as far as
by 1961, 1962, it was at least proven to my
satisfaction that brainwashing, so called,
160 Tue CIA Doctors

is some kind of an esoteric device where drugs

or mind-altering kinds of conditions and so
forth were used, did not exist even though “The
Manchurian Candidate” as a movie really set
us back a long time, because it made something
impossible look plausible. Do you follow what
I mean? But by 1962 and 1963, the general
idea that we were able to come up with is that
brainwashing was largely a process of isolating
a human being, keeping him out of contact,
putting him under long stress in relationship to
interviewing and interrogation, and that they
could produce any change that way without
having to resort to any kind of esoteric means.

Dr. Estabrooks’ claims become more plausible if we consider other

documented facts about his career and connections with intelligence
agencies, within the field of hypnosis, and within the network of mind
control doctors. Relevant documents are included in Appendix A.

Dr. Estabrooks was accepted as a contractor by the War Department on

February 20, 1942. On July 13, 1939 he received correspondence from
W.S. Anderson, Director of Naval Intelligence. On December 4, 1953 he
addressed the Counter Intelligence Corps School at Fort Holabird; TF.
Hoffman of the Corps told Dr. Estabrooks in a letter dated November
18, 1953 that the Corps was studying Hypnotism*, in which Estabrooks
describes the hypnotic courier.

Dr. Estabrooks wrote countless letters to countless people. These are

stored at Colgate College in Hamilton, New York. One, dated January
1, 1942 was to Colonel William Donovan, Coordinator of Information
(COI); the COI was transformed into the OSS under Colonel Donovan’s
leadership. A statue of Colonel Donovan, who is regarded as the father of
the CIA, stands in the CIA’s headquarters in Langley, Virginia.

Other correspondence with intelligence agencies includes letters of: May 8,

1935 to the Chief Signal Officer, United States Army; November 13741935
from Headquarters U.S. Marine Corps; July 19, 1938 from R.S. Holmes,
Director of Naval Intelligence; September 21, 1939 to Colonel R.V. Read
at the British Embassy in Washington; October 7, 1940 to Superintendent
E.W. Bavin of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police: January 26, 1942
from John V. Hinkel at Military Intelligence Division G-2; and August 29,
1942 from Paul Rath at Edgeware Arsenal.
 G.H. Estasrooxs: G.H. EstaBRooks 161

Ernest Bavin, who received a letter from Dr. Estabrooks on October 7,

1940, was born in Cheltenham, England in 1988. He immigrated to Canada
in 1908 and served in the 1* Battalion, Canadian Field Artillery, Canadian
Expeditionary Force during World War I. He worked for various Canadian
police forces before and after the War. From 1939 till his retirement
in 1941, Mr. Bavin was in charge of the intelligence branch of the Royal
Canadian Mounted Police.

From 1942 to 1944, Bavin worked in the Office of British Security

Co-Ordination in New York as a liaison between the Canadian Directorate
of Military Intelligence and the U.S. Army’s Military Intelligence Division
G-2 (with whom Estabrooks corresponded).

A May 8, 1945 letter to Mr. Bavin on British Security Co-Ordination

stationery is signed by Bavin’s boss, William S. Stephenson, Director.
Stephenson is the intelligence officer known as The Man Called
Intrepid**?97>"?, William Stephenson worked closely with William Donovan,
and was first introduced to J. Edgar Hoover by the boxer, Gene Tunney*”’.
Tunney played a role in the recruitment of Candy Jones for Manchurian
Candidate training in The Control of Candy Jones* (see Chapter 20).
A June 4, 1945 letter from J. Edgar Hoover to Mr. Bavin thanks him for his
close work with the FBI.

The Estabrooks archives contain voluminous correspondence back and

forth between Dr. Estabrooks and J. Edgar Hoover beginning May 13, 1936
~ and continuing up to March 7, 1962. Hoover sent FBI personnel to Colgate
and
College to meet with Estabrooks, sent him copies of his speeches,
s to FBI headquart ers. On June
acknowledged upcoming visits by Estabrook
depicting
25, 1937, Hoover acknowledged receipt of a, “current news clipping
Ohio State
experimental use of hypnotism by Dr. A. Herbert Kanter in the
experiments
Penitentiary at Columbus.” Drug, interrogation and hypnosis
MKULTR A Subprojec t 39.
were conducted on Ohio prison inmates under
FBI personnel .
The archives also contain letters from Estabrooks to other
r acknowledges a
In a letter of July 23, 1937, J. Edgar Hoove
Dr. Hudson Hoaglund,
recommendation by Dr. Estabrooks that the FBI visit
ter, Massachusetts.
Department of Biology, Clarke University, Worces
Foundation for Experimental Biology was the site of
The Worcester
an obituary for Dr.
MKULTRA Subproject 8, and Dr. Hoaglund'”? wrote
Ewen Cameron, contractor on MKULTRA Subproject 68. Dr. Hoaglund,
for Experimental
who himself worked at the Worcester Foundation
with Dr. Robert Hyde*”;
Biology, was also a coauthor of a paper on LSD
162 Tue CIA Docrors

Dr. Hyde received TOP SECRET clearance for his work on MKULTRA
Subprojects 8, 10, and 63. J. Edgar Hoover was aware of MKULTRA
because he received correspondence from the Director of the CIA about it.

In an August 24, 1935 letter to Dr. Estabrooks from the Office of the Chief
of Staff of the War Department, the correspondent notes communications
received from Dr. Estabrooks by the Military Intelligence Division dating
back to 1924. This is confirmed again in a letter from Military Intelligence
Division G-2’s Colonel Percy G. Black, dated February 2, 1945.
Dr. Estabrooks also corresponded with other branches of the government
including: the Office of Indian Affairs (undated); the Public Health
Service (May 13, 1942); the Department of Health, Education and Welfare
(August 11, 1959); and the Attorney General (September 2, 1959). He also
wrote to Winston Churchill, to whom William Stephenson reported.

Dr. Estabrooks ran a symposium for the U.S. Army Intelligence School
at Fort Holabird in Baltimore on April 5-7, 1963. A list of Registered
Members of Symposium includes personnel from U.S. Army Intelligence,
with ranks of Major and Lieutenant Colonel, and 29 M.D. physicians.

Dr. Estabrooks was also very well connected in academia. He corresponded

with Aldous Huxley, and his brother, Sir Julian Huxley. Aldous Huxley!”
described a science fiction world of the future in which citizens were
controlled with the drug soma in his book Brave New World. Gordon
Wasson?"” wrote a book on the hallucinogenic mushroom amanita muscaria
entitled Soma. Divine Mushroom of Immortality. Wasson was also the
contractor on MKULTRA Subproject 58, which funded an expedition to
Mexico to collect hallucinogenic mushrooms. In a symposium sponsored
at Colgate College by Dr. Estabrooks on April 7, 1962, Aldous Huxley
gave an evening talk at 8:00 P.M. entitled “Human Potentialities.”

Dr. Estabrooks also wrote to Dr. Wilder Penfield, the McGill neurosurgeon
and coauthor of MKULTRA Subproject 62 and MKSEARCH contractor,
Dr. Maitland Baldwin.

Estabrooks invited MKULTRA Subproject 84 contractor, Dr. Martin Orne

to speak at a symposium on hypnosis at Colgate College on April 1-2,
1960. The papers presented at this symposium were later published as
Hypnosis: Current Problems, edited by Dr. Estabrooks*, The title of Dr.
Orne’s*'® chapter in this volume is “Antisocial Behavior and Hypnosis.” In
this chapter, Dr. Orne references Dr. Estabrooks’ (1943) book Hypnotism,
which describes the hypnotic courier or super-spy.
 G.H. Estasrooks: G.H. EstaBrooks 163

Dr. Orne’s research for his chapter in Hypnosis: Current Problems was
supported by contract AF49(638) 728 from the Air Force Office of
Scientific Research. Dr. Orne’s colleague and coathor, Ronald E. Shor,
Ph.D.*™ is referred to as “Ron” in an August 22, 1961 letter from Dr.
Estabrooks to Dr. Orne (see Appendix A). The research described in
Dr. Shor’s?*’ chapter in the book was funded by the National Institute
of Mental Health, a subdivision of the National Institute of Health
(MKULTRA Subprojects 36, 45, 55, 62, 117, and 125), the Public Health
Service (MKULTRA Subproject 36), Air Force contract AF49(638)-728
and CIA cutout, the Society for the Investigation of Human Ecology.

Among the colleagues thanked in Dr. Shor’s chapter are three Members
of the Scientific and Professional Advisory Board of the False Memory
Syndrome Foundation, Dr. Martin Orne, Dr. Ulric Neisser, and Emily
F. Carota (now Emily Carota Orne). Not thanked in that particular
publication is Board member Dr. David Dinges™.

Other speakers at the 1960 hypnosis symposium included two of the other
leading experts on hypnosis of the twentieth century, Dr. Erest Hilgard
and Dr. Milton Erickson. Dr. Erickson returned to Colgate College to talk
at the Colgate University Symposium on Hypnosis on April 5-7, 1962.
Dr. Hilgard is a member of the Scientific and Professional Advisory Board
of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation. A coauthor of Dr. Orne’s”*
who took over from him as Editor of the International Journal of Clinical
and Experimental Hypnosis, Dr. Fred Frankel, is also on the Board
of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation, but was not invited
to the Colgate Symposium.
Seymour
Other chapters in Hypnosis: Current Problems include one by Dr.
Service Center,
Fisher, Chief, Special Studies Unit, Psychopharmacology
of Mental Health. It is implausible, because of his
National Institute
y funding of
position, that Dr. Fisher was unwitting of CIA and militar
mind control research.
were conducted
Dr. Estabrooks did experiments on children. These
the approval of the
at Rome State School in Rome, New York, with
Estabrooks also did
Superintendent in a letter dated December 19, 1935.
Asylum and the House of
experiments on children at St. John’s Orphan
Chest in Utica, New
the Good Shepherd, run by the Utica Community
Chest, A.J. Derbyshire told
York. The Director of the Utica Community
that he could supply fifty
Dr Estabrooks ina letter dated December 7, 1935
by a Sister Callista.
children age 9 to 12. This was to be facilitated
164 Tue CIA Docrors

Dr. Estabrooks corresponded with J. Edgar Hoover about using hypnosis

to interrogate juvenile delinquents and applied to the Department
of Health, Education and Welfare for a research grant. He also wrote
to Hoover on June 8, 1936 about the possibility of combining drugs with
hypnosis. In August 11, 1959 correspondence with Murray Aborn, Ph.D.,
Executive Secretary, Mental Health Study Section, Division of Research
Grants, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Estabrooks wrote:

By preference, I would hope to obtain the services, full-time,

of a competent clinical psychologist, working with a psychiatric
consultant, and a man well-versed in the use of hypnotism
with children. This is a rather specialized field. There are two
pediatricians in this area, both, of course, M.D.%s, who have
had extensive practice in hypnosis, but they also have their
regular practices. I doubt ifthis would be satisfactory. I am quite
convinced I can obtain the clinical psychologist in question from,
say, the Clinic at Johns Hopkins, from the George Washington
Medical School, from the Harvard or Yale Medical Schools.
He will, of course, occupy a crucial position, and should come
very well recommended.

Johns Hopkins, Harvard and Yale were all MKULTRA institutions. Given
the military intelligence and academic connections of Dr. Estabrooks,
and the fact that all his techniques and results were achieved in real-life
simulations under BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE, it is probable that his
claims to have created and handled Manchurian Candidates during World
War II are accurate and factual. His experimentation on children raises
the possibility that he or other investigators have attempted to create
Manchurian Candidates in children. Such a possibility might seem far-
fetched until one considers the LSD, biological and radiation experiments
conducted on children, the effects on children of the Tuskeegee Syphilis
Study, the fact that four MKULTRA Subprojects were on children, and the
fact that hypnotic subjects described in the BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE
documents include girls nineteen years of age.

Dr. Estabrooks is the only psychiatrist or psychologist to have claimed

in public that he created Manchurian Candidates.
G.H. Estasrooks: G.H. EstaBrooks 165
IV. CaASsE HISTORIES
In this section, case histories are presented. All cases involve the creation
of altered states of consciousness and dissociative symptoms. Palle
Hardrup, Patty Hearst and Candy Jones are Manchurian Candidates. Their
cases illustrate in detail how Manchurian Candidates are created, using
the methods of destructive cults***, Chinese Communist interrogators, and
BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE doctors.

Mary Ray, William Jordan and William Chaffin were subjects in military
LSD experiments. They experienced dissociative symptoms, including
amnesia in the two men’s cases, but they were not Manchurian Candidates.
Their cases illustrate the fact that many different elements of BLUEBIRD,
ARTICHOKE, MKULTRA, MKDELTA, MKSEARCH, and MKNAOMI
were designed to induce dissociative states and dissociative symptoms
including amnesia. The techniques for creating Manchurian Candidates
were studied as separate components of the overall process in many
different experiments and projects.

Linda MacDonald has had complete amnesia for her life before age
twenty-six ever since she was depatterned by MKULTRA contractor,
Dr. Ewen Cameron. The utility of such amnesia from an intelligence
perspective is obvious. Subjects for Cameron’s experiments were civilian
patients seeking treatment at one of the leading medical schools in North
America, McGill University. Linda MacDonald’s story brings the human
costs of the experiments into focus.

Sirhan Sirhan and Mark David Chapman provide examples of the self-
created Manchurian Candidate assassin. They illustrate the point that mind
ning
control methods can be applied through self-hypnotic and self-trai
Sears
procedures, a possibility discussed by MKULTRA contractor Alden
in his Subproject documents.
 16
LInDA MACDONALD

Linda MacDonald was born in Vancouver on August 6, 1937. She was

56 when I interviewed her at her town house in Vancouver surrounded
by books, music, a guitar and photographs of her children. She is an
attractive, lively, interesting person. I didn’t see the slightest hint of any
kind of mental illness in seven hours of conversation. No one in her
family has ever received psychiatric treatment, other than her, and she
herself has not received any treatment since 1964. She has never had a
drug or alcohol problem and has never been in trouble with the law. Linda
MacDonald was a victim of Dr. Ewen Cameron’s unethical, destructive
mind control experiments.

In Linda’s case, depatterning was achieved through 102 electroconvulsive

therapy (ECT) treatments given to her between May | and September
12, 1963. Linda MacDonald and other depatterning subjects at the Allan
Memorial Institute did not receive the usual amount of electricity to their
brains per ECT treatment. Dr. Cameron™ **** used a technique called the
Page-Russell technique in which the button on the ECT machine is pushed
six times per treatment, instead of the usual one.

Depatterning was combined with psychic driving in many patients*! ** but

not in Linda MacDonald’s case. In depatterning, tape loops were played
repeatedly to patients so that they heard the same message in “250,000 to
500,000 repetitions over a period which averages 20 days’. According
to Dr. Cameron*!, “The effectiveness of the procedure has been studied
under a variety of conditions, among them drug disinhibition, ordinary
and prolonged sleep treatment, hypnosis under stimulant drugs and after
prolonged psychological isolation.”
 Case Histories: LiInpA MACDONALD 169

Linda MacDonald’s “treatment” at the Allan Memorial Institute involved

intensive application of three of these brainwashing techniques; drug
disinhibition, prolonged sleep treatment, and prolonged psychological
isolation. These were combined with the electrical equivalent of 612
conventional ECT treatments. The amount of electricity introduced into
Linda MacDonald’s brain exceeded by 76.5 times the maximum amount
recommended in the ECT Guidelines of the American Psychiatric Association,
which state that a course of ECT should consist of 4 to 8 treatments.

Dr. Cameron’s depatterning technique resulted in permanent and complete

amnesia. To this day, Linda MacDonald is unable to remember anything
from her birth to the time she entered the Allan Memorial Institute in 1963.
Dr. Cameron created a type of dissociative disorder in Linda MacDonald.
He demonstrated what was considered to be in doubt in the BLUEBIRD
and ARTICHOKE documents; he proved that doctors skilled in the right
procedures can erase a subject’s memory.

The Linda MacDonald who was born in Vancouver in 1937 is not the
Linda MacDonald I interviewed. The Linda I talked to is a new and
separate identity that was created by Linda herself, after discharge from
the Allen Memorial Institute. Linda referred to herself before age 26 as if
she was talking about another person, whom she referred to several times
as “Little Lindy.” She said that was how it seemed to her, that her original
self was another person, not her.

After destroying Linda MacDonald‘s identity and memory, Dr. Cameron

allowed a new identity to evolve spontaneously outside the walls of his
institution. The new identity wasn’t used for anything by Dr. Cameron,
it was simply an experimental by-product discarded by him without any
follow-up. At the time of discharge, Dr. Cameron gave Linda’s husband
three instructions:

1. Don’t give her back her past.

2. Keep her away from her family as much as possible.
3. Don’t teach her anything until she takes some initiative.
reduced
As recorded by the nurses in her chart (see Appendix H), Linda was
disoriented,
to a vegetable state by the depatterning. She was completely
she was. She didn’t recogni ze her
and didn’t know her name, age or where
Not only did she not
children. She couldn’t read, drive, cook or use a toilet.
d was.
know her husband, she didn’t even know what a husban
170 THE CIA Doctors

For the first few months after discharge, Linda couldn’t remember where
her children were as soon as they went outside to play. She drew a map
of the surrounding four blocks and put the children’s names on it to keep
track of their locations. While Linda was trying to relearn basic human
functions and self-care, a nanny kept track of everything for her.

It took three to four years for Linda to recover her short-term memory
fully. One of the highlights of her rehabilitation, which she did entirely
on her own, was the time she announced excitedly, “Kids, look what
I’m doing!” She had learned how to scramble an egg. It was not till the
summer of 1964 that her husband, Tom, taught her C, G and D chords on
the guitar; she had been a good guitar player before entering the Allan
Memorial Institute.

When Linda was admitted to the Allan on March 28, 1963 her children
were: a boy age 6, a boy age 5, a girl age 3, and twins age 1. She bore
another son in 1966. Her oldest child was born in Toronto, the second in
Quebec, her third in the United States, and the twins in Quebec. Despite
all these moves and household responsibilities, compounded by the fact
that her twins were born premature and spent a month in incubators,
she functioned well up until March 28, 1963. There were a few things she
was unable to do because of her depression, but not many; for instance,
she was unable to sing in a choir.

Linda had never had any mental health problems requiring treatment until
after the birth of her twins, when she developed a postpartum depression.
She was treated by her family doctor, Dr. Rosenhec with Dexedrin (see
a letter from Dr. Cameron to Dr. Rosenhec in Appendix H). This caused
such severe insomnia that she was often up in the middle of the night
vacuuming her house. It was Dr. Rosenhec who referred her to the Allan
Memorial Institute.

Judging by things her relatives have told her, and by the medical record,
it appears that Linda also had a dissociative disorder prior to March 28,
1963. She had gone into a strange state several times in which she didn’t
recognize people and couldn’t talk (see Appendix H), and she heard
a voice talking in her head. Other symptoms and the circumstances of her
collapse into the strange state in August, 1961 can’t be described because
of confidentiality reasons.

Linda also had a cult background. Her mother belonged to a group called
Moral Rearmament, also called The Oxford Group. The cult had its
 Case Histories: LiInpDA MACDONALD 171

headquarters in Switzerland. Its doctrine was one of absolute purity, honesty,

love and unselfishness. According to cult routine, the day was begun with
a quiet time alone with God, then each member of the family shared with
the others what had been done in words and thoughts on prior days. The
children went to weekly meetings downtown. Full-time members lived
communally in big houses that the children visited. According to Moral
Rearmament, if a girl wore a bra, she was enticing a young man.

Information on the Oxford Group can be found on their web page at

www. mra.org.uk.

On June 1, 1951 Dr. James Tyhurst attended a CIA meeting at the Ritz-
Carlton Hotel in Montreal to discuss brainwashing. Also present were Dr.
Donald Hebb, unidentified CIA personnel, and O. M. Solandt, Chairman of
Canada’s Defense Research Board, which funded research by both Dr. Hebb
and Dr. Tyhurst at McGill. In the minutes of the meeting it says that':

It was pointed out that there had been a number ofprevious times
in the history of western culture when confession was a feature.
These were the period of inquisition, of Salem witch trials, and
of particular sub-groups such as the revivalist sects and the
Oxford Group. It is possible that study of such phenomena might
give clues to the central problem.

The problem being discussed at the CIA meeting was how to change
peoples’ attitudes, beliefs, and identities. Experiments to achieve this goal
at
were conducted under BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE, and MKULTRA and
McGill by Drs. Cameron, Hebb and Azima. Is it a coincidence that the CIA
was interested in the mind control methods of the Oxford Group, to which
result
Linda MacDonald belonged? Did her membership in the Oxford Group
in her being selected for depatterning? There is now no way to know.
rned
Were other members of the Oxford Group or other small cults depatte
classified
by Dr. Cameron? Did any of his depatterning patients have
to these questio ns,
information of any kind? At least partial answers
records
which have never been asked before, may be sitting in the medical
department of the Allan Memorial Institute.

Linda’s boyfriend, her future husband, didn’t like the Oxford Group.
her teen years.
Linda said he described her as “helly-holy-helly” during
cycles between
He said she alternated back and forth in three-month
The summer
moral restraint, and smoking and being sexually active.
172 Tue CIA Doctors

Linda became engaged, she went to the Moral Rearmament Canadian

headquarters in Mackinaw. She was considering becoming a full-time
member. She returned home to Ottawa with cult team leaders and told her
mother she was planning on becoming a full-time member. Her mother blew
up and dropped out of the Oxford Group, taking her daughter with her.

Later, when her boyfriend took her to Mackinaw for a romantic weekend,
there was a lot of what Linda called “swooshy water” around. For
unknown reasons, water triggered several pseudoseizures during the
period Linda was recovering from her depatterning. Whether these
seizures had anything to do with something that happened to her at the
Moral Rearmament camp, is unknown.

There is no documentation that Dr. Cameron knew anything sinister or

secret about the Oxford Group. However, there is a connection to politics,
power, and weapons in Linda MacDonald’s life. Her husband worked
for the Canadian Armament Research Development Establishment
(CARDE). His immediate boss at CARDE was a man who sold arms
to Saddam Hussein. His boss was also tied into the Iran-Contra affair
and was murdered in Europe a few years ago. It is unlikely that Linda
MacDonald’s memory was wiped out for political, intelligence, or military
reasons based on her husband’s employment at CARDE, unless he told
her classified secrets and she was considered a bad security risk. However,
the question arises whether any of Dr. Cameron’s depatterning subjects
were selected for intelligence reasons, in which case the function of other
subjects would in part be to provide cover.

In her childhood and adolescence, Linda was a singer. She and her
sister made a record at the Chateau Laurier, a famous old Ottawa hotel.
Commenting on the tape, Linda said to me, “It’s funny to listen to the other
Linda - no way you would guess the voice on the tape is the same person.”

Describing the other Linda’s admission to the Allan Memorial Institute,

Linda said, “She walked in with her guitar under her arm.”

The Linda who was erased by Dr. Cameron was a very lively person. In
1955, her boyfriend moved to another city to go to university. She was left
behind with her parents in Ottawa. Her parents liked Tom (a pseudonym)
but didn’t want the couple to get married yet. Linda’s solution?

She borrowed $5.00 from her sister and caught a bus to Toronto,
on the pretense of going to a football game. She and Tom were married
 Case Histories: LinpA MACDONALD 173

in Toronto that night at 6:00 P.M. She caught the midnight bus back
to Ottawa and sang in church as a soloist the next day. That Christmas her
parents changed their minds and decided it would be all right for Tom and
Linda to get married the next summer.

In response, Linda told her parents she was already married, which did
not go over well. Her mother kicked her out of the house. Linda went to
live in the attic of Tom’s parents’ house initially, because they were away
in Florida. During her life before and after the Allan Memorial Institute,
she has done many resourceful things.

Linda has a good relationship with her parents now, and has had for many
years. During the period from March 28 to September 12, 1963 while she
was at the Allan Memorial Institute, her parents were not allowed to visit
her, except for one visit by her father in August. The only time Linda has
ever seen her father cry was during a 1984 television interview, in which
he described Linda’s vegetable state during that August visit. Linda and
Tom divorced in 1972, and she has never remarried.

Since 1972, Linda was always worked and supported herself. She has
had a variety of interesting, responsible jobs including singing at a Hyatt
Hotel, managing property, and working as a rehabilitation officer for the
Canadian government.
tion
Life changed for Linda when the Canadian Broadcasting Corpora
and Dr.
program, The Fifth Estate, aired a segment on Val Orlikow
ent
Cameron on January 17, 1984. On January 20, the Canadian governm
MKULT RA to the U.S. State
delivered its first formal protest about
on Robert
Department. A Vancouver newspaper ran a full page story
on by Dr.
Loggie, a Vancouver man who had been experimented
the CIA for
Cameron; Loggie was a plaintiff in the class action suit against
was settled out of court
Dr. Cameron’s MKULTRA experiments, which
1988.
for $750,000.00, divided among the nine plaintiffs, in
program. Linda’s
Linda’s mother phoned her about The F ifth Estate
who [ am now.”
response was, “Mother, that has nothing to do with
a lot in reaction to
Despite her response to her mother, Linda shook
do. Through a reporter
the news, was scared, and didn’t know what to
lawyer representing
she got in touch with Jim Turner, a Washington
t the CIA. He advised
the nine Canadian plaintiffs in the suit agains
action suit against the
Linda that she could not be a party to the class
174 Tue CIA Doctors

CIA because shé was “treated” by Dr. Cameron after his CIA funding
had stopped. The Canadian government had picked up the funding by
1963 (see Canadian government grants to Dr. Cameron in Appendix
H). Eventually, with much effort, she was referred to Canadian lawyer,
Tom Berger, who got her $100,000.00 plus legal fees from the Canadian
government. As part of her settlement, Linda agreed never to sue the Allan
Memorial Institute.

The purpose of Dr. Cameron’s depatterning was to create amnesia.

Whether Linda MacDonald’s amnesia should be classified as dissociative
amnesia by the diagnostic rules of the American Psychiatric Association”,
or a form of organic amnesia depends on whether her memory is
permanently erased, or intact but inaccessible. It is possible that intensive
psychotherapy could result in the recovery of accurate memories.
It would be difficult to demonstrate whether the recovered memories were
indeed accurate, and if they were, whether she remembered them herself
or reconstructed them from information provided by relatives since 1963.

When I interviewed her in 1993, the possibility of recovering the “erased”

memories was a moot point because Linda had decided against any such
attempt on the grounds that it would be too painful and stressful, with
uncertain benefits. Today, she is considering trying to recover her stolen
past through therapy. Whether that is possible, and whether it would be
helpful, is unknown.
 17
Mary Ray

Aary Ray was employed as a research assistant at the University of Minnesota from
964 to 1966. She became an experimental subject when her boss, Dr. Amedeo
Aarrazzi, gave her an injection of 65 micrograms of LSD on January 15, 1966, as part
f an experiment funded by the Air Force. She had a bad reaction to the LSD and was
ept in the hospital overnight under the care of Dr. James Janecek, who sent a copy of
‘is discharge summary to Dr. W.L. Pew. Dr. Janecek described Mary Ray as “acutely
sychotic, hallucinating freely, complaining of tremendous fear of not coming out of
his state, experiencing rapid passage of time and completely disoriented as to time,
lace and person.”

Yr. Janecek’s diagnosis was, “Acute brain syndrome associated with LSD” and he
tated that, “This patient should not receive LSD again or any other hallucinogenic
of
irug.” In view of her symptoms and reaction, it is doubtful that the actual dosage
of
_SD was 65 micrograms. It is much more likely that the dosage was in the range
100 micrograms referred to by Dr. Louis Jolyon West * (see Chapter 7).

he was ever
There is no evidence from Dr. Janecek’s C.V. or publications that
in Vietnam as Comman ding
nvolved in mind control research. His military service
was from June, 1967
)fficer of the 175 Medical Detachment, with the rank of Major,
0 October, 1969, which is subsequent to his treating Mary Ray.
matches the medical
Mrs. Ray’s description of her bad LSD trip in Senate testimony
oral Researc h, 1975, pp. 122):
ecord of Dr. Janecek closely (Biomedical and Behavi
a
Mrs. RAY. I went through a state of absolute terror, panic, Ihave
izing becaus e unless a person has been
very hard time verbal
through this, it is very hard to explain . I starte d out after
the injection with nausea and shaking and feeling cold and
got
wanting to run away, but not knowing from what. As I
ed someth ing was very wrong. Ifelt
worse and worse, I realiz
they may have given me too much or maybe they accide ntally
to go to
went into a vein, and I told the student that I wanted
the emergency room.
176 Tue CIA Doctors

I was absolutely desperate, and he said he was

sorry, but he could not take me there without
some sort of authority. This was on a Saturday,
and there just was nobody in the building. There
was no one but the two of us who I knew of. He
got on the telephone and tried dialing Marazzi
who never seemed to be around. He was never
around when I was around. He dialed all kinds
ofpeople and could not get through, so I tried
to go out through the window. He was holding
on to me. He hollered, and another student
walked through, and the two of them took me to
the emergency room. At this time it was about the
worst. I was in a state of becoming the universe.
I became objects. I was no longer a person. I was
in a State of absolute terror.
The closest thing I can remember being like that
was as a child, when I was given ether, the feeling
before losing consciousness, and this time I could
bring myself back enough to realize that I was
a person out of this billowing black seething
weirdness, this horror.
I looked down and I saw my arms which were
two white rivers with black threads and they were
my veins. I realized even though I was not really
a person that I could end all this nightmare, this
hell, by cutting my veins.
Then I concentrated on this problem for what
seemed like centuries, because time did not exist.
It was a strange time disorder. I tried desperately
to kill myself, and at this point there was no
question in my mind that if Ihad some sort of
sharp instrument, and ifI were alone,
I would have killed myself.
And no one seemed to know how to handle
the situation. No one seemed to know what
to do. It seemed like kids playing scientists.
Senator KENNEDY. There was no adequate medical supervision
during this period of time?
When I saw patients going in I never saw
Dr. Marazzi around. There were just students.
 Case Histortes: Mary Ray 177

Senator KENNEDY. Were you permitted to go to the emergency room

when you wanted to?
Mrs. RAY. No, the student told me he just could not take me
there; he had to get some authorization first.
Senator KENNEDY. And you contemplated suicide?
Mrs. RAY. It was not just contemplating; I was desperately
trying to find out how I could commit suicide.
Senator MATHIAS. Is that why you tried to get out the window,
that you were just trying to escape?
Mrs. RAY. At that point I did not consider it suicide. I was
just trying to get away. I wanted to run away.
Senator MATHIAS. It was just getting out of there that was important.
Mrs. RAY. Yes. I did not care that I was on the third floor.
I just had to be away. I was like an animal in a
cage. I did not want to be trapped. I was held
against my will, even though I guess I should not
have been.

Asked by Senator Kennedy about the long term side effects of the bad
LSD trip, Mrs. Ray testified:

Mrs. RAY. Before this I was quite a relaxed person despite a

rather traumatic life, and right after that, starting
the date I got the LSD, I have been overwhelmed,
flooded with anxiety almost 24 hours a day. It
has never changed, and this is over 9 years ago.
That is the most important problem I have had,
flashbacks to more or less a degree, a feeling
of going back to that terrible world. I have had
nightmares, I have developed an intolerance to any
sort of stimulants. One cup of coffee after noon
will keep me awake all night, and things like that.
But at the time it influenced me quite a bit
because I had to quit school. I was hospitalized
when I had the LSD experience, but that was not
the end of it. I had to go through 6 2 months
of psychiatric therapy. I was referred to a
psychiatrist the next week, and that was very
expensive for a student. To add insult to injury,
T received a hospital bill after Iwas admitted for
the treatment for me under the LSD, which I sent
178 Tue CIA Doctors

to Dr. Marazzi. After that point I never seen or

heard from him again.
Senator KENNEDY. Do you want to try to get some kind of additional
follow-up help or assistance?
Mrs. RAY. Not from them.
Senator KENNEDY. You did not care ifyou ever saw them again?
Mrs. RAY. I did not want to ever see him again.

Dr. Amedeo Marrazzi was born in New York City on February 6, 1905. He
died in Grosse Pointe, Michigan on January 11, 1980. His LSD research
was funded by Air Force grant AF-AFOSR-764-65. Dr. Marrazzi published
papers with both William L. Pew, M.D. and Richard Meisch, M.D.'*°.

In a paper entitled “Quantified LSD Effect on Ego Strength’’'*, an 18-

year old girl identified as J.M. is described as “having entered a period
of mutism lasting three days.” The paper contains J.M.’s Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles for Pre LSD (8/30/
65), Post LSD (9/14/65) and Recovery (9/22/65). The Pre-LSD MMPI is
normal. The Post-LSD profile is highly abnormal with a huge elevation
on the schizophrenia scale, but has returned to normal by 9/22/65. This is
likely the same patient described by Mary Ray in her Senate testimony:

Senator KENNEDY. How old were these test subjects?

Mrs. RAY. I remember one girl of 17, although I saw her
written up as 18, and I remember another girl
of 19, and the 18-year old definitely did not want
to be part of the experiment.
Senator KENNEDY. How did you know she did not?
Mrs. RAY. I saw her as they were taking her in, and she
said she wont go, she wont go, and they said,
“Yes, you will,” and she said, “Dont take me
back to that hell.”’: which makes me think she
had had a previous experiment.
Senator KENNEDY. What was she doing in there? You were all
not forced or required to do this, were you?
Mrs. RAY. She was a patient, and she was forced. They
told her she had no choice. I remember this little
episode very well. There was an aide on her arm
restraining her, and an orderly on another, and
she kept saying she did not want to go in, and
 CAsE Histories: Mary Ray 179

they said - I do not know which it was who said

that, but they said, “You have to go; you have
no choice.”
Senator KENNEDY. What did the doctor tell her?
Mrs. RAY. There was no doctor there. But I went back then
about I or 2 hours later, and at this point she
was totally disintegrated. She was absolutely
psychotic. Before this she was a very normal
appearing person; she would gossip and joke.
I even remember a joke she told me. She was
attractive and talkative. But afterwards she
was just a mess. She was taken back to the ward,
and she was for like 4 days mute, and you could
not get through to her in any way. I tried to test
her, and I went into her room and she was just
staring straight ahead. I went like this [waving
hands], and it was nothing; she did not seem to
see me. I took her to the testing room where there
were four others, and she walked right through a
chair as though it was not there. Any position
I put her body in, she would stay in.

Dr. Marrazzi worked as the Director of the Veterans Administration

Research Laboratories in Neuropsychiatry in Pittsburgh from 1954 to 1964
before moving to the University of Minnesota. Prior to that he was Chief
of the Toxicology Branch at the Chemical Corps Medical Laboratories,
Army Chemical Center, Maryland (Edgeware Arsenal) from 1948 to 1951.
From 1951 to 1956 he was Assistant Scientific Director of the Medical
Directorate at the Chemical Warfare Laboratories. This puts him in the
thick of the action for MKULTRA and MKNAOMI.

A letter from CIA Director Allen Dulles to the Secretary of Defense dated
December 3, 1955 confirms that the CIA funded research by the Army, Navy
and various universities. The letter specifically identifies the Army Chemical
in the
Corps and the Office of Naval Research. Six individuals are identified
and
letter: Dr. Wilson Greene, Technical Director, Chemical Corps, Chemical
Center; Dr. Amedeo Marrazzi
Radiological Laboratories, Army Chemical
Army
(his first name is spelled incorrectly in the letter), Medical Center,
l Services
Chemical Center; Captain Clifford P. Phoebus, Chief, Biologica
Brigadie r General Don D. Elickinger,
Division, Office of Naval Research;
r Bahlin, Office of
ARDC, U.S. Air Force; and Lieutenant Colonel Alexande
the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Research and Development).
180 THE CIA Doctors

In his Presidential Address to the Society for Biological Psychiatry, entitled

“An Experimentalist Looks at Psychiatry,” Dr. Marrazzi'* discusses the
substance, taraxein extracted from the blood of schizophrenics by CIA
contractor Dr. Robert Heath. He describes his own LSD research and
includes a photograph of a “Skinner booth for humans” (see Appendix L).
Dr. Marrazzi’s LSD experiments were carried out in an Ames leaf room.

The Ames leaf room was created by Dr. A. Ames"’ on contract to the Office
of Naval Research. It is a room in which the walls, floor and ceiling slope
at strange angles. The subject sits just inside the room, which has one
open end, such that his peripheral vision cannot detect anything outside
the room. The surfaces of the room are entirely covered with leaves.
The subject then puts on special goggles with anisokonic lenses that further
distort all the angles of the walls, floor and ceiling. Added to this extreme
perceptual distortion are the effects of the LSD given to the subject.

As depicted in the photograph in Marrazzi’s'* paper (see Appendix L),

the subject is instructed to adjust a white bar at the far end of the Ames
leaf room until it appears horizontal. This is done using two controls
the subject can grasp with his hands. The purpose of the experiments,
according to Dr. Marrazzi was to provide a measure of the subject’s
resistance or susceptibility to “cerebral disintegrative stress,” which,
translated, means resistance to brainwashing and intensive interrogation.
Subjects were a group of healthy nurses containing “a sub-group that
a psychiatrist had assessed as normal but labile and potentially more apt
to succumb to stress.”

The references for Dr. Marrazzi’s'* Presidential Address to the Society

of Biological Psychiatry include papers by Dr. Robert Heath, CIA
contractor and brain electrode specialist; Dr. Wilder Penfield, co-author of
MKULTRA and MKSEARCH contractor, Dr. Maitland Baldwin; Office
of Naval Research contractor, Dr. A. Ames; and Dr. Paul Hoch, who killed
Harold Blauer with an injection of U. S. Army mescaline in 1953.

Officers of the Society of Biological Psychiatry in 1964-65 included

MKULTRA contractor, Dr. Ewen Cameron; Dr. Lauretta Bender,
who gave LSD and psilocybin to children; and Dr. Hudson Hoaglund
of the Worcester Foundation for Experimental Biology (MKULTRA
Subproject 8). The volume of Recent Advances in Biological Psychiatry
in which Dr. Marrazzi’s Presidential Address is published includes four
other papers on LSD.
 Case Histories: Mary Ray 181

Other subjects of military LSD research also testified at the 1975 Senate
Hearings, including William F. Chaffin and his wife. Chaffin participated
in an Air Force mind control experiment in July, 1958. He learned that
the substance he took was LSD only in 1975, after a story about LSD
testing at Edgeware Arsenal was published. Mrs. Chaffin testified that
she thought a miscarriage she suffered might have been due to the LSD
causing a deformed fetus. The couple testified (Biomedical and Behavioral
Research, 1975, pp. 127):

Senator KENNEDY. Mrs. Chaffin, do you have a gun in your house?

Mrs. Chaffin. Yes, sir, we do.
Mr. CHAFFIN. Yes, sir, we do.
Senator KENNEDY. Could you tell us, Mrs. Chaffin; I understand you
had a rather frightening experience one time.
Mrs. CHAFFIN. Yes, sir. He did take the gun and start out with it
and I asked him where he was going. It was about
ten o'clock, after dark. I knew he had no reason to
carry a gun. He said, “I dont know. I'll be back.”
He had been rather moody all day, and I just
asked him why he was taking the gun. He said he
was going to shoot himself, and that is when I told
him that ifhe left the house with the gun, I would
call the police and have them track him down. But
he seemed to have no memory of it at all.
Senator KENNEDY. Mr. Chaffin, as I understand, you have no memory
of this incident, is that right?
Mr. CHAFFIN. Yes, sir, that is right. I have no memory of this
specific instance at all.
Senator KENNEDY. Or any incidents involving this?
Mr. CHAFFIN. I have had other instances of extreme depression,
actually blank memories up to a certain point; as
I say, extreme depression, virtually indescribable,
as far as contemplating taking my own life.
Senator KENNEDY. Did you ever have these prior to the time you
took the drug?
Mr. CHAFFIN. No, sir. Ican honestly say I had no such
experiences as this.

to a single
The amnesia William Chaffin describes is unlikely to be due
disorde r. It is likely that other
dose of LSD or to a major depressive
182 Tue CIA Doctors

drugs, such as scopolamine, were administered along with the LSD,

or alternatively Mr. Chaffin may have experienced other brainwashing
techniques for which he is amnesic. At any rate, the outcome of the
experiments on Mr. Chaffin included recurrent amnesia for behavior
that was out of character, and neither the behavior nor the amnesia
occurred prior to the experimentation. These symptoms are elements of
the Manchurian Candidate. I am not saying that William Chafin was a
Manchurian Candidate himself — he was a subject in studies that were
relevant to the Manchurian Candidate Program.

Bits and pieces of the procedure for creating Manchurian Candidates were
studied one at a time and in numerous different combinations, spread out
across many different intelligence agencies, and under many different
overlapping cryptonyms.

Another LSD subject who testified to Senator Kennedy in 1975 was

Colonel William R. Jordan. He was one of 34 men who received LSD at
Fort Benning, Georgia in 1960. He described the effects of the drug as
including “nausea, vertigo, and then facial disorientation and complete
disintegration of everything around us.... We had periods of lucidity
and almost total awareness that we were being experimented on, but yet
following that there were enormous gaps, complete periods of blanks,
where we did not know what was going on, and we were only told after
the fact what we had done.”

The long term side effects experienced by Colonel Jordan included

“periods of transitory confusion, vertigo” and beginning in December,
1961, epileptic seizures. Medical investigation of the seizures was done
at Valley Forge Hospital and Walter Reed Hospital. The Senate hearing
documents include 38 pieces of correspondence generated while Colonel
Jordan attempted to get a response from the U.S. Army concerning his
seizures. In response to Colonel Jordan’s initiative, the Army attempted to
do the first follow-up on the subjects in 1972.

The results of these efforts are summarized in a memorandum by Kenneth

R. Dirks, M.D., Brigadier General, MC, Assistant Surgeon General for
Research and Development, dated July 15, 1975; of the 34 men, 19 were
examined at Walter Reed Hospital, 7 declined examination, 7 did not
respond or were still being sought, and one had been killed in Vietnam.
Dr. Dirk estimated that about 1,500 Army subjects took part in LSD
experiments at Edgeware Arsenal, Fort Benning, and other locations.
Other estimates put the figure at 4000 subjects.
 Case Histories: MArY Ray 183

Mary Ray, William Chaffin, and William Jordan had acute reactions
and long term side effects that suggest they were given higher
doses of LSD than reported, or that the LSD was combined with other
drugs such as scopolamine. The degree of amnesia, nausea and vertigo
created by the LSD seems more typical of anticholinergic medications
or other compounds.

Mary Ray is the only LSD subject for whom Senate testimony is
corroborated by medical records. She is also the only subject whose
mind control doctor is identified by name. The fact that Dr. Marrazzi
administered LSD to subjects on contract to the Air Force is documented
in his own publications, which makes Mrs. Ray’s testimony uniquely
corroborated. Thousands of other LSD subjects might have similar stories
to tell, and those subjects represent only a small subset of the mind control
drug experiments, since the Army alone lists over 130 mind control drugs
it tested in the 1950’s, 60’s and 70’s.
 18

PALLE HARDRUP

Palle Hardrup, a Danish man, was 31 years old when he was found guilty
of murder and bank robbery on July 17, 1954. The robbery and murder
of two bank employees had taken place on March 29, 1951. Hardrup also
robbed a bank on August 23, 1950, but no one was killed during that holdup.
Palle Hardup was subjected to the classical methods of mind control
studied in BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE, and is the best documented and
studied example of a real Manchurian Candidate. His story proves that
Manchurian Candidates can in fact be created, be programmed to commit
crimes, and be amnesic for those crimes. The 1958 book describing the
case, Antisocial or Criminal Acts and Hypnosis: A Case Study could
be used as a training manual for Manchurian Candidate programs.

Using different vocabulary consistent with Danish terminology at the

time, the jury found that Palle Hardrup had multiple personality, and
concluded that the multiple personality had been created deliberately by
his programmer and handler, Bjorn Neilsen. The verdict was appealed to
the Supreme Court, which upheld it in a decision rendered on November
18, 1955. The case also went to the Special Court of Appeal, where the
initial jury decision was upheld on June 29, 1957. Over 50 witnesses were
called at the original trial, numerous experts testified, and the Danish
Medico Legal Council reviewed the case.

In their report of February 17, 1954, the Medico Legal Council, also
called the Board of Forensic Medicine, wrote that, “even though the
actual symptoms of the mental disorder now seem to have disappeared
Hardrup cannot be regarded as cured. The profound split in his personality,
which has been established, will certainly only slowly be straightened
out.” This analysis was reconfirmed by the Medico Legal Council in its
final report of May 3, 1957.
 CAsE Historigs: PALLE HARDRUP 185

The jury found Hardrup guilty on all charges but not responsible for his
actions on account of insanity. The man who transformed Palle Hardrup
into an amnesic bank robber, Bjorn Neilsen, was found guilty of robbery,
attempted robbery and manslaughter, even though he was not physically
present at any of the crimes. The jury found that Neilsen had planned
and instigated the crimes and had compelled Hardrup to carry them
out through various forms of influence including hypnosis. Neilsen was
sentenced to life imprisonment. Neilsen’s verdict went through the Danish
appeal process and was not changed. On February 2, 1956 Hardrup was
transferred to the State Institution for Psychopathic Delinquents - what
became of him in the end, and whether he is still alive, is unknown.
He would now be 82 years old.

How did Neilsen turn Hardrup into a Manchurian Candidate?

The explanation begins with Palle’s childhood. Contrary to expectation,
Hardrup’s childhood was stable, normal and non-traumatic. His
identical twin brother never got into any kind of legal trouble, his father
worked regularly, there was no alcoholism or violence in the home,
and Palle never had behavior problems, school problems or trouble
with delinquency. He is described as having been a pleasant, truthful,
idealistic adolescent. Dr. Reiter interviewed the family repeatedly
and established that there was no family history of substance abuse,
mental illness, seizures, suicide or criminal behavior. Both parents
and sons agreed that the marriage of Palle’s parents had been happy
and harmonious.

The family was solid and middle-class. They owned a piano and both
sons were musical. Palle’s brother had many interests including gliding,
mechanics, travel and popular science. Palle is said by Dr. Reiter to have
been lively, practical, economical and to have had a good memory, powers
of concentration and judgment. Both boys were physically healthy,
and Palle never had any serious illnesses or head injuries.

This normal background is important because it proves that Neilsen

or
did not exploit a pre-existing criminal personality in Palle Hardrup,
nt with the fact that
pre-existing mental illness. This finding is consiste
als,
destructive cults recruit primarily psychiatrically normal individu
by Bjorn
using many of the classical techniques of mind control employed
profile
Neilsen'°2:28°. It also matches the normal pre-abduction psychiatric
of Patty Hearst (see Chapter 19).
186 Tue CIA Doctors

Palle Hardrup’s sexual life was normal. He was heterosexual. He had

satisfying sexual intercourse a number of times with different women
prior to his marriage, but no pattern of unusual promiscuity. One of these
women got pregnant by him and he voluntarily paid her child support
although he never knew the child.

In 1939, Palle became an apprentice to a toolmaker and subsequent to that

he worked as a journeyman. His life started to go wrong after the Germans
occupied Denmark on April 9, 1940. Palle was seventeen at the time.
An anticommunist and a Danish nationalist, he was unhappy with what he
saw as Danish apathy and defeatism, which he saw as partly responsible
for the German occupation. He joined a rifle corps and from there was
recruited to the Nazi Party. How this recruitment took place and why
Hardrup agreed to it is not made entirely clear by Dr. Reiter.

In September, 1944 Hardrup was called up by the Danish army to take part
in the civil defense of Denmark. The recruiter rejected him on the grounds
that he was serving in a Nazi volunteer brigade, the Schalburg Corps.
The German police commandeered Hardrup as an interpreter, but he didn’t
like this work and tried to escape it by shooting himself in the leg with
a pistol. He was released from duty by the Nazis and went home for
several months to recuperate. Once healed, he returned to the Schalburg
Corps but was not required to work as an interpreter.

On February 1, 1945 Hardrup joined the Nazi Hipokorps, an organization

that had persecuted Danish Jews in 1943. At the end of the war he tried
to leave Denmark with some German troops, but he was arrested by the
Danish police on May 8, 1945. On September 9, 1946 Hardrup was
sentenced to fourteen years in prison, less the sixteen months he had
served. On October 27, 1949 his sentence was reduced to ten years by
royal decree and he was released on probation at that time.

During the early part of his inprisonment, Palle Hardrup was depressed,
disillusioned and directionless. He realized that the ideals which led
him into the Nazi Party were mistaken. During this period Palle was
examined twice by a psychiatrist, Dr. Max Schmidt, as part of a series
of routine examinations of war criminals. Dr. Schmidt found no signs of
mental illness (Hardrup was unhappy and despondent but not clinically
depressed). Dr. Schmidt wrote in his report of the second examination,
conducted on September 16, 1947 (pp. 75):
 CAsE Histories: PALLE HARDRUP 187

The subject is of normal intelligence. He seems somewhat

boyish in his political idealism, but is not otherwise immature.
He has earlier been under the influence of his Nazi comrades
in the Copenhagen Rifle Club, and at the age of seventeen he
Joined the N.S.U. [Nazi Party]. He took part in the work of the
party and became an enthusiast Nazi and anticommunist. His
political crimes must be regarded as a result of these beliefs.
It seems likely that he belongs to the idealistic type of subject.

The criminal prognosis must be regarded as good.

Dr. Schmidt concluded that Hardrup became a Nazi out of political

idealism, not because of a criminal character. He thought that the risk
of future criminal activity was low. Prison reports from 1946 and 1947
described Hardrup as, “Polite and well behaved. Young idealist. Works
well,” and, “Quiet, steady prisoner.”

The picture of Hardrup at the time he first met Bjorn Neilsen is similar to
a freshman college student being recruited by a destructive cult. Alone,
away from home, idealistic, subject to influence by others, directionless
and unhappy, he was vulnerable to control and manipulation. Although not
fundamentally criminal, Hardrup did have an antisocial streak in him. He
had joined the Nazi Party. He did not commit any human rights violations
himself while in the Schalburg Corps and the Hipokorps, but the Nazis,
for whom he worked, certainly did. The seeds of the future Manchurian
Candidate bank robber and murderer were already there when Bjorn
Neilsen began his mind control experimentation.

Neilsen was a repeat offender. In 1933 he was found guilty of theft, and
in 1938 of attempted robbery. In January, 1947 Neilsen was sentenced
to twelve years in prison for being a member of the Nazi Frikorps
Danmark. While a member he supplied the Nazis with information about
Danish resistance fighters. Under cover of the resistance movement he
blackmailed two Danish businessmen. Like Hardrup, he was released
from Hortens State Prison in 1949.

Hardrup and Neilsen got to know each other in the spring of 1947 while
working in the same workshop. While in the workshop they discussed their
s
mutual interests in the philosophy of religion, yoga, spiritualism, hypnosi
and politics. Neilsen told Hardrup that he had participated in hypnosis
d to
experiments at the Society for Psychical Research - he suggeste
that they could conduct hypnotic
Hardrup that they share the same cell so
188 Tue CIA Doctors

experiments together. Hardrup asked and received permission to share a

cell with Neilsen. For eighteen months he was continuously either alone
in his cell with Neilsen, or working beside him in the workshop.

Neilsen began his mind control experiment immediately, working along

by instinct. There is no evidence that he had prior training in mind control.
Right away we see the degree of control and influence required to create
a durable, operational Manchurian Candidate.

Palle Hardrup was an excellent hypnotic subject. Neilsen began an

intensive program of hypnotic conditioning involving hours per day
of trance exercises. These usually occurred in the evening. Often Hardrup
would go to sleep without having come out of trance. Neilsen characterized
these sessions as mainly yoga training. He gave Hardrup suggestions about
emptying his mind, transcending, experiencing peace and relaxation,
and establishing direct contact with a deity. He also instructed Hardrup
to begin isolating himself from his fellow prisoners. Hardrup’s world was
narrowed down to a hypnotic focus on Neilsen.

After some time, Neilsen introduced the guardian spirit, “X.” X was
a guiding spirit who spoke through Neilsen - Neilsen was but the vehicle
for the divine counsel of X. X told Hardrup that his misfortunes to date
were all tests to strengthen him for future tasks, and to prepare him for his
destiny. X took complete control of all subsequent yoga training.

Gradually, Neilsen conditioned Palle Hardrup so that it was no longer

necessary to induce hypnosis. Hardrup experienced Neilsen as X incarnate
speaking directly to him even without hypnosis. Whenever Neilsen spoke,
it was X speaking. X taught Palle about Samadhi and how yogis attain
that transcendent state through denial of their bodily needs. X was there to
guide Hardrup to Samadhi and enlightenment.

As atest of Hardrup’s progress, obedience, spiritual earnesty and allegiance

to X, X began to assign him certain tasks. One was to have another worker
removed from the workshop. Hardrup succeeded in doing so through his
manipulation of the other worker. X also instructed Hardrup over and over
never to speak to anyone about the secret relationship between Hardrup
and X. Disobedience would mean that Palle would never attain Samadhi.

Although Hardrup was destined to transcend to a higher plane, X said,

there was a reason he was born in Denmark at that time. Palle Hardrup
was to create the Danish National Communist Party. Through this Party,
 Case Histories: PALLE HARDRUP 189

Hardrup would realize his destiny of uniting all of Scandanavia under one
government. The Party would also set in place an organization to ferry all
the leading intellectuals out of Denmark should the Russians invade. The
divine nature of this mission was emphasized over and over again by X.

X instructed his pupil that all true yogis are vegetarians. As a result
Hardrup stopped eating meat - Neilsen then got to eat both portions of
meat delivered to their cell. As well, Hardrup sat in the lotus position
for hours on end to practice denial of his body. To further separate from
material needs, Hardrup gave Neilsen his watch on instruction from X.

Neilsen built on this program by citing vague references from books

he checked out of the prison library, including the prophecies of
Nostradamus. Everything that X said was a direct emanation from the
divine kingdom. As another test, X had Hardrup agree that he would have
sex with women once released from prison only on direct orders from X.
Hardrup was also told to practice his “concentrations” as X called them,
even when X was not around.

Sometime late in 1947 or early 1948, X began to talk to Palle about schemes
to raise money. The money would be used to finance the activities of the
Danish National Communist Party. One scheme was an engine that ran
on water. Amazingly, the engine idea actually made front-page headlines
in a Danish newspaper on February 17, 1948. The Minister of Justice had
drawings of it that Pale had submitted.

When Palle’s father heard about the engine he had a lawyer draw up a deed
of partnership between Hardrup and Neilsen, to protect his son’s interests
should the invention actually work. X ordered Hardrup to sign the deed,
which he did. Afterwards, X had him sign a second contract transferring
all rights to Neilsen, and voiding the first contract. Following this, the tests
that X devised began to become more sinister.

In order to sever all ties with the material world, Hardrup began a series
of hypnotic exercises involving money. In preliminary exercises, Hardrup
would imagine moving money from the table in their cell to a safe or a “poor
old woman’s money box.” This was experienced by Hardrup as a transcendent
from
act of love and kindness. The tasks soon escalated. Soon, under orders
X, Hardrup was imagining robbing banks and committing murders.
ted
Any qualms or conflicts about robbery and murder were interpre
l body These Hardrup had to reject
by X as the reactions of the physica
190 THE CIA Doctors

and transcend. He was reminded that if he failed to progress on the path

to Samadhi, he might lose X and be consigned to despair and eternal
damnation. One of the ways to stay on the path was for Hardrup never to
allow himself to be hypnotized by anyone else, ever at anytime. Dr. Reiter
called this procedure “locking,” the same term G.H. Estabrooks used in his
1943 textbook Hypnotism, which Reiter references.

The bank robberies that Hardrup practiced in his hypnotic trances were
rehearsed in minute detail, including the shooting of bank employees.
Another hypnotic exercise involved Palle killing his mother, a true test of
his renunciation of earthly ties.

Sometime in 1947, X introduced a contingency plan in case Neilsen and

Hardrup were ever separated in the future. He inserted an access code,
the letter “X.”’ This would be transmitted to Hardrup in a letter disguised as
“XH20.” This code would not alert authorities because of the prior work
on the water engine. The purpose of the code was to reinforce Hardrup’s
loyalty to X and to trigger him to follow any other instructions.

Neilsen and Hardrup were then separated for a period of time due
to Hardrup’s transfer to another prison camp. After a month in prison
Hardrup received a letter from Neilsen that concluded, “Many greetings
X.” This letter was produced at trial. Neilsen was shortly thereafter
transferred to the same prison. The two men arranged to have beds beside
each other in the same dormitory.

X began to instruct Hardrup on the necessity of setting up “fighting units”

for the Danish National Communist Party. X told Hardrup that he needed
to escape from prison to carry out this work. Hardrup was told that he
should go to Germany for several weeks to escape the Danish authorities.
Then he would return to Denmark, go underground, and carry out his
mission. When Neilsen was eventually released, he would join Hardrup.
X would provide further instructions at that time.

Hardrup now began to hear X’s voice talking to him even when Neilsen
wasn’t physically present. He had internalized his guardian spirit, possibly
to protect himself from losing X should he and Neilsen ever be separated
again. Separation did occur because Neilsen was transferred back to his
previous prison, from where he sent Hardrup a Christmas card containing
the message that Hardrup “was to get going with ‘XH20’.”
 Case Histories: PALLE HARDRUP 191

Palle became obsessed with escaping, and soon succeeded in doing so. As per
instructions, he went to Hamburg. One evening he hallucinated meeting X by
the roadside (Neilsen was still in prison), and received further encouragement
from him. Again as per X’s orders, Hardrup crossed back over the frontier
after two weeks. He was immediately arrested and put back in prison.

Now followed a period in which Neilsen and Hardrup were separated

for nine months. Prior to his eventual release on October 29, 1949, Palle
received many letters from Neilsen signed, “Greetings from X.” Neilsen
had been released before him, and Hardrup immediately established
contact again as soon as he was free. Neilsen began working on plans
for them to set up a “Psychophysical Institute,” which would require
financing, and he resumed the intensive hypnotic training.

Palle’s father had given him about $65.00 on his release, which he
immediately turned over to X. Neilsen administered this money on behalf
of X. Hardrup started work early in 1950 and turned over almost his entire
earnings to X/Neilsen. This made Palle’s father suspicious about Neilsen’s
influence, so X began to instruct Palle to sever connections with his family.
X also instructed Hardrup to obtain a pistol, which he did.

On February 11, 1950 Palle Hardrup was introduced to a girl named Bente
by Neilsen. X had decided that Hardrup should marry her, and told him
that he should make a pass at Bente when he took her home from the
cinema. Ever obedient, Hardrup took Bente to his home to have sex, but
his brother was there so the plan was thwarted. The next day Palle could
not remember Bente’s first or last name. In less than two weeks they had
had intercourse.
to the
The couple soon became engaged, as X had instructed. Prior
ed
wedding, X devised another test of Palle’s commitment. He instruct
Palle to arrange for Neilsen to have intercou rse with Bente. This actually
took place. Ten days later, on April 4, 1950, Palle and Bente married.
rse
One of the reasons Palle gave for why Neilsen had to have intercou
with his fiancee, was that Neilsen’s wife was having her period.

robbery
In June, 1950 Neilsen began training Hardrup for the first bank
to finance the escape
in earnest. There was much emphasis on the need
invasion.
plan for Denmark’s intelligentsia in the event of a Russian
The robbery
The robbery was rehearsed in minute detail countless times.
of just under $2,000. 00. All
was carried out on August 23, 1950 with a take
turned over to X.
this money, plus much of Hardrup’s ongoing income, was
192 THe CIA Doctors

Plans for the second robbery began in early 1951. Preparations included
the same detailed enactment of the crime during hypnotic trance. Constant
reminders by X reinforced the belief that Palle’s transcendence of the
reincarnation cycle depended on his successful performance. Shortly before
the second robbery there was a hypnotic session amplified by chloroform.

On March 29, 1951 Hardrup was caught by police immediately after

the failed second robbery, having killed two bank employees. Under
the influence of Neilsen’s locking mechanism (never to mention X,
or Neilsen’s connection with X; never to let himself be hypnotized by
anyone else), Hardrup told police that he had acted alone. He said he was
trying to raise money for the Danish National Communist Party.

Neilsen did not become a suspect because of any evidence or anything

Hardrup said. Fellow prisoners from Hortens State Prison told police
that they suspected Neilsen was involved. Neilsen was interrogated and
held in custody, but he stuck to an elaborate story in which Bente was
identified as the mastermind behind the crime, and Palle was described
as a fanatic. Neilsen had carefully set up circumstantial evidence to
support his explanation.

In the course of legal hearings in the spring of 1951, Hardrup began

to talk about being controlled by his guardian spirit, X. He claimed to have
met X in February, 1947, prior to his first meeting with Neilsen. Hardrup
denied that he had committed the 1950 robbery but in October, 1951 Bente
informed police that she thought her husband had committed the crime.

Hardrup denied that his wife was correct, then a few days later confessed,
then the next day withdrew his confession. By Christmas, 1951 he had
written a lengthy account of the hypnotic conditioning by Neilsen. He stated
that he was now free enough of Neilsen’s influence to maintain a stable
story. In April, 1952 Hardrup began a court-ordered psychiatric examination
by Dr. Paul Reiter. Reiter delivered a 370-page report in June, 1953.

Initially, Dr. Reiter found Palle Hardrup to be unhypnotizable, until he

broke through the locking mechanisms. This required a combination of
growing trust, discussion of the evidence, extrication of Hardrup from
Neilsen’s influence, and hypnosis. Once the locking was undone, Hardrup
proved to be highly hypnotizable. Dr. Reiter easily induced amnesia for
posthypnotic suggestions.
 Case Histories: PALLE HARDRUP 193

In November, 1952 Neilsen had a secret conversation with Hardrup while the
two were in court. For two weeks afterwards Hardrup hallucinated X’s voice
and was anxious and agitated. This gradually settled down and went away.

Testimony at the trial included both wives, Mrs. Hardrup and Mrs. Neilsen,
corroborating events of which they were aware (the two couples spent
a lot of time together). The Hardrups had a daughter, and Bente stuck by
her husband throughout.

The Palle Hardrup case is not an isolated example of the documented

Manchurian Candidate. Dr. Reiter reviews other similar cases in his
book, including ones that came to trial and resulted in conviction of
the hypnotizer. One is the 1936 Heidelberg case documented in a book
written in German by Dr. Ludwig Mayer (Das Verbrechenin Hypnose, J.F.
Lehmann, Munich, Berlin, 1937). Mayer was the most prominent German
hypnosis expert of his time.

- The hypnotist in the Heidelberg case was sentenced to ten years in prison
for crimes committed by a 24-year old woman. The woman was acquitted.
The hypnotist had inserted a locking mechanism involving verbal codes
that were required for her to enter trance.

In another case, A German schoolteacher in Thuringia came under the

influence of a criminal hypnotizer in 1921. In this case the schoolteacher
was found guilty of arson and insurance fraud, but the hypnotizer was
not convicted. Re-interviewed in 1952, the schoolteacher was almost
completely amnesic for the years 1921 to 1933 (he was released from
prison in 1928). Under hypnosis he gave a complete account of how he
was made into a multiple personality that exactly matched a 200-page
transcript of the account he had given under hypnosis in 1926. Both the
tape recording and the transcript from 1926 were in Dr. Reiter’s possession
when his book on Palle Hardrup was published in 1958.

Hypnosis was only a single element in a complex mind control experiment

conducted by Bjorn Neilsen, as the jury understood. The debates by
be
academic expert witnesses at the trial as to whether a person can
by
compelled to commit crimes with hypnosis alone were correctly viewed
the jury as irrelevant to the real-world business of creating a Manchurian
a
Candidate. Hypnosis is only one tool among many required for creating
Manchurian Candidate.
194 Tue CIA Doctors

The Palle Hardrup case provides compelling evidence that the creation
of Manchurian Candidates claimed by G.H. Estabrooks, and described
in BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE documents, is real. The methods used
by the creators of Manchurian Candidates are those of classical thought
reform, brainwashing, mind control, and coercive influence, all terms for
the same process. The methods have been used by leaders of destructive
cults, MKULTRA contractors, professors of psychology and psychiatry at
McGill University, and probably the KGB and other intelligence agencies.
The Manchurian Candidate is fact, not fiction.
 19
Patty HEARST

Patty Hearst was born in San Francisco on February 20, 1954. She has four
sisters: Anne, one year younger; Vicki, two years younger; Gina, five years
older; and Cathy, fifteen years older. Their father is William Randolph
Hearst, owner of a media empire including The San Francisco Chronicle
and Avon Books, which published Patty Hearst. Her Own Story''’. The
Hearst girls grew up more-or-less normal, with no serious trauma and no
serious mental health problems.

On February 4, 1974 the Symbionese Liberation Army (SLA) broke into

Patty Hearst’s apartment in Berkeley, California, tied up her boyfriend,
Steven Weed, and abducted her at gunpoint. She was gagged, bound,
blindfolded and hit on the left cheek with a rifle butt before being taken
out of her apartment. There were several bursts of gunfire before she was
driven away. She was transported to the SLA’s hideout and immediately
placed in a closet, still blindfolded.

For about forty days, Patty Hearst was kept in solitary confinement in the
closet with no contact with the outside world. Besides profound sensory
deprivation, she was subjected to food and sleep deprivation, sexual
by the
molestation, frequent interrogations and mock FBI raids staged
Once
SLA. During these she thought she might be killed at any time.
d to further interroga tion and threats.
out of the closet she was subjecte
es
Her autobiography makes it clear that the SLA used the classical techniqu
hing.
of thought reform, coercive persuasion, mind control, or brainwas
Donald DeFreeze.
The SLA was an underground revolutionary group led by
Donald DeFreeze
There were seven members, three men and four women.
He was a maxim um security
was an uneducated black petty criminal.
conducting
prisoner at Vacaville State prison at the same time the CIA was
there under MKSEARCH Subproject 3.
mind control experiments
196 Tue CIA Doctors

These experiments involved administration of the drug pemoline to

Vacaville prisoners under the direction of Dr. James Hamilton, as confirmed
in an October 18, 1978 letter from Frank C. Carlucci, the Deputy Director
of the CIA to Congressman Leo Ryan (see Appendix J).

According to Mae Brussell“, Donald DeFreeze was a subject in an

experimental behavior modification program run at Vacaville State Prison
by Colston Westbrook. Westbrook was a CIA psychological warfare
expert, and advisor to the Korean CIA. From 1966 to 1969 he was a CIA
advisor to the Vietnamese Special Police Branch. In Vietnam he worked
under cover as an employee of Pacific Architects and Engineers*”’.

According to Brussell, Westbrook returned to the U.S. in 1970 and got a job
at the University of Berkeley. He entered Vacaville State Prison under cover
of the Black Cultural Association, and there designed the seven-headed
cobra logo of the SLA and gave DeFreeze his African name, Cinque.

Westbrook’s**! M.A. thesis from the University of California, Berkeley

was entitled “The Dual Linguistic Heritage of Afro-Americans.” It is
about ebonics. His thesis committee consisted of Jesse Sawyer, Kenneth
Johnson and Julian Boyd and his M.A. degree was conferred on June
15, 1974. The thesis is dedicated to, “My wife Eposi and our son Ngeke
Colston Ngomba-Westbrook.”

In his thesis acknowledgments, Westbrook describes working as a

teaching assistant in linguistics at Berkeley. He says on page 84 that he
was born on September 14, 1937 in Chambersburg, Pennsylvania, second
son to Edward Cody Westbrook and Virginia Ruth Colston. He describes
serving three years in the Army, and being assigned to Travis Air Force
Base, California in 1960 after an assignment in Korea.

Westbrook states in his thesis that he did contract work in Vietnam for the
U.S. Army and the Agency for International Development before returning
to the University of Berkeley in September, 1970. On page 58 of his M.A.
thesis, Westbrook writes under footnote 62:

During the writing of this thesis, the “Symbionese Liberation

Army” kidnapped Patricia Hearst. Thinking that the alleged
leader of the SLA would respond more directly to Black English,
this writer read a three-page open letter to news media people
which was presented as a “BIZARRE LETTER TO CINQUE”
by an unofficial news publication of the University of California,
 Case Histories: Parry HEARST 197

Berkeley (See The Daily Californian, Tuesday, March 5, 1974).

Cinque acknowledged the letter in a subsequent tape by stating—
for the first time — his reborn name. That and other rejoinders
were evidently too subtle for many people to understand.

Brussell states that Westbrooks’ control officer was William Hermann,

who was connected to the Stanford Research Institute and the Rand
Corporation, which were both MKULTRA institutions. Hermann
was also linked to the UCLA Center for the Study and Prevention of
Violence, headed by MKULTRA contractor, Dr. Louis Jolyon West. In her
autobiography, Patty Hearst'!’ describes DeFreeze as being convinced that
Westbrook was an intelligence officer. She says (pp. 133):

But the worst arguments arose over Cins [DeFreeze] issuing

“death warrants ” for three people. One was Colston Westbrook,
the coordinator of the Black Cultural Association at the Vacaville
prison, who had worked with Cin and Cujo [SLA member
William Wolfe] and the others at the prison.... Cin pronounced
the death sentences upon all three because he insisted they were
informing to the FBI. He never explained how he could know
such a thing.

In a taped message, SLA Field Marshall Cinque declared that!’ (pp.134):

Colston Westbrook: male, black, age 35, brown eyes, brown

hair, 5’8”, 210 pounds, Berkeley language instructor, resident
of Oakland, is a government agent....

Donald DeFreeze systematically transformed Patty Hearst into a

Manchurian Candidate bank robber. She took on a new identity and
received a new name, Tania. As Tania she was emotionally disconnected
from her past and her family, espoused revolutionary doctrine that was
completely alien to her, and participated in the robbery of the Hibernia
Bank in the Sunset District of San Francisco on April 15, 1974. A bank
and
surveillance camera recorded her while she identified herself as Tania
held an M-l rifle. The SLA got away with $16,000.00. There was gunfire
during the robbery.
of Patty
The SLA hid out as fugitives from the time of the kidnapping
Angeles , burned to death during
Hearst until five of them died in Los
Hearst were not with
a shootout with the FBI. Emily and Bill Harris and Patty
198 Tue CIA Doctors

the other SLA members at the time. They traveled around the country on the
run for over a year until they were captured by the FBI in the fall of 1975.

Patty Hearst was charged with two crimes, the bank robbery and a holdup
of a sporting goods store. She served two years in jail before her sentence
was commuted by President Carter on February 1, 1979. One of the most
active members of the Committee for the release of Patricia Hearst was
Congressman Leo Ryan, who corresponded with the Deputy Director of
the CIA about CIA mind control research at Vacaville.

The expert witnesses for Patty Hearst during her trial were Dr. Louis
Jolyon West, Dr. Martin Orne, Dr. Margaret Singer, and Dr. Robert Lifton.
Dr. West and Dr. Orne were MKULTRA contractors with TOP SECRET
clearance. Dr. Singer was a co-author of Dr. West’s*”’ and Dr. Singer” and
Dr. Lifton! !° !6 1° both interviewed American POWs returning from
the Korean War. Dr. Lifton!® wrote the classic text on mind control based
on his experience with victims of Korean brainwashing, Thought Reform
and the Psychology of Totalism: A Study of “Brainwashing” in China.

Dr. Lifton'® contributed to a special issue of The Journal of Social Issues

entitled, “Brainwashing.” The Issue Editors were Raymond Bauer and Edgar
Schein’”, who was a research psychologist at Walter Reed Army Institute
of Research. Other contributors included Julius Segal**' who was a research
psychologist at the Air Force’s Human Relations Research Laboratory.

Dr. Lifton'™ also participated in a Panel Meeting on “Communist Methods

of Interrogation and Indoctrination” moderated by MKULTRA contractor
Dr. Harold Wolff and Human Ecology Foundation Board Member,
Lawrence Hinkle. Lifton'® attended a meeting on November 11, 1956 on
“Methods of Forceful Indoctrination” which was moderated by Dr. John
Lilly, who later reported at a CIA-sponsored LSD symposium that he had
given LSD to dolphins'”. MKULTRA contractor, Dr. Louis Jolyon West,
Edgar Schein, and Lawrence Hinkle attended this November 11, 1956
meeting. An earlier meeting on “Factors Used to Increase the Susceptibility
of Individuals to Forceful Indoctrination” had been held on April 8, 1956,
moderated by Dr. Lilly'®’ and attended by Dr. Wolff**. Dr. Robert Lifton
was firmly imbedded in the MKULTRA mind control network.

There was a connection between the Patty Hearst kidnapping, the Stanford
Research Institute, Dr. West, MKULTRA and STARGATE. Remote
viewers at Stanford Research Institute were asked by the Berkeley police
to track Patty Hearst after her abduction by the Symbionese Liberation
 Case Histories: Patry HEARST 199

Army?**. Remote viewer Pat Price picked a photograph of one of the SLA
abductors out of several volumes of photographs shown to him by Berkeley
police, and identified the man as Lobo. This later proved to be SLA member
William Wolfe, who was known as Willie the Wolf, or Cujo. Dr. West was
a member of the medical oversight board for remote viewing research at
Science Applications International Corp. into the 1990s, and therefore must
have been aware of STARGATE. He must have known about the use of
Stanford Research Institute remote viewers in the Patty Hearst case.

Dr. West testified that Patty Hearst had a new identity deliberately created
by Donald DeFreeze. All four expert witnesses testified that Patty Hearst
had been brainwashed using classical mind control techniques. She did
not meet the full criteria for a Manchurian Candidate because she did
not have amnesia. By the diagnostic rules of the American Psychiatric
Association, she developed dissociative disorder not otherwise specified
(DDNOS) rather than full dissociative identity disorder (DID). Since
1994, dissociative identity disorder has been the official name for multiple
personality disorder in American Psychiatry’’.

DDNOS is a category that includes incomplete or partial forms of

dissociative identity disorder. DDNOS cases either do not have amnesia, or
the identity states are not fully formed and crystallized. A full Manchurian
Candidate meets the American Psychiatric Association criteria for
dissociative identity disorder. A Manchurian Candidate without amnesia
would meet criteria for DDNOS.

Drs. West, Singer, and Orne are Board Members of the False Memory
Syndrome Foundation, and Drs. West and Singer were Board Members
of the Cult Awareness Network. Dr. Lifton is not connected to either of
these organizations. However, all four individuals were experts in the
set of mind control techniques used by BLUEBIRD, ARTICHOKE and
MKULTRA contractors, Donald DeFreeze and the leaders of destructive
cults. Drs. West and Orne are also experts on the dissociative disorders.
CIA,
Meiers!” describes numerous documented connections between the
the Patty Hearst kidnappi ng,
Jim Jones and his Peoples Temple, the SLA,
Leo Ryan, who
the University of California at Berkeley, and Congressman
er 18,
was killed at the Jonestown airport in South America on Novemb
advance party arriving in Jonesto wn
1978. For instance, prior to a 12-man
for the SHALO M
in Guyana in December, 1973, the site was the location
Special
PROJECT, in which 200 ClIA-supplied black ex-Green Beret
Forces experts trained mercenaries for warfare in Angola.
200 Tue CIA Doctors

According to one'‘member of the People’s Temple interviewed by the San

Francisco Police Department’s Intelligence and Antiterrorist Division
in connection with the Patty Hearst kidnapping, SLA leaders Donald
DeFreeze and Nancy Ling, and Patty Hearst’s boyfriend, Steven Weed,
were onsite together at the People’s Temple headquarters in Ukiah,
California prior to the kidnapping. Jim Jones was directly involved in the
administration of a $2 million dollar food giveaway arranged by William
Randoph Hearst in response to ransom demands by Donald DeFreeze.

These relationships between the SLA, Vacaville State Prison, Jim Jones,
the Patty Hearst kidnapping, the CIA and Congressman Leo Ryan require
further investigation and documentation. For the purposes of this book,
Patty Hearst provides a well-documented example of the deliberate
creation of a DDNOS-level Manchurian Candidate.

Chorover® describes another mind control program at Vacaville State

Prison that was aborted because of public protest. AMaximum Psychiatric
Diagnostic Unit was set up at Vacaville in February, 1972 to deal with
selected inmates out of the 700 held in solitary confinement in California
prisons. A program was approved for this Unit in which prisoners would
have electrodes implanted in their brains to monitor them and control their
behavior after discharge, using radio transmitters. Due to public protest,
the California Department of Corrections called a press conference on
December 30, 1971 to announce that the project had been “temporarily
abandoned for administrative reasons,” repeating the pattern of the
Tuskeegee Syphilis Study and the Lafayette Clinic aggression project,
both of which were run by physicians, and shut down due to negative
public reaction.

The motives for transformation of Patty Hearst into a Manchurian

Candidate bank robber are uncertain but her case is publicly documented
and confirmed by four of the twentieth century’s leading experts on mind
control, Drs. West, Orne, Singer and Lifton. The methods used to turn
Patty Hearst into a Manchurian Candidate are similar to those in the Palle
Hardrup case. Palle Hardrup was controlled by a lone criminal, and Patty
Hearst was brainwashed in a similar fashion, except that Donald DeFreeze
had the support of six other members of the SLA.
 20
CANDY JONES

The Control of Candy Jones® is about the creation of a Manchurian

Candidate by U.S. mind control doctors, none of whom are identified
by their real names in the book. The story has not been independently
corroborated, and could be factual, based on sincerely believed false
memories, or merely a publicity stunt by Candy Jones and her husband,
Long John Nebel. However, hypnosis expert Dr. Herbert Spiegel?”®, who
examined Candy Jones in person, is quoted” (pp. 201) as saying, “I have
no doubt that she’s been brainwashed.”

The only independent documentation relevant to the Candy Jones

story I have obtained is the fact that the boxer, Gene Tunney, who was
involved indirectly in the recruitment of Candy Jones, was the man who
introduced William Stephenson, The Man Called Intrepid’, to J. Edgar
Hoover. William Stephenson was the boss of Ernest William Bavin,
who corresponded with both G.H. Estabrooks and J. Edgar Hoover.
Estabrooks and Hoover corresponded extensively with each other, and
Estabrooks referred Dr. Hudson Hoaglund of the Worcester Foundation
for Experimental Biology (MKULTRA Subproject 8) to Hoover.
vania
Candy Jones was born Jessica Wilcox in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsyl
on December 31, 1925. Her mother separated from her father when
and
Candy was three years old. She was brought up by her mother
she
grandmother. During a visit by her father when she was four,
ly. This involve d threats and
was abused psychologically and physical
enough in
manipulation by her father, and his squeezing her fingers hard
abuse was to
a nutcracker to cause bruising. The father’s rationale for the
retaliation for
demonstrate that he could make her cry. This was done in
the househo ld as a visit
her not crying about his imminent departure from
was drawing to an end. OOD
PUBLIC
DRIFTW LIBRARY
OM SWY IC

LINCOLN CITY, OREG(

202 THE CIA Doctors

There is no evidence of childhood sexual abuse in the biography, but

Jessica Wilcox was a lonely, isolated girl and was physically abused by her
mother. Methods of physical abuse included beating with a leather riding
crop. She was locked in a small bedroom on the third floor of the house,
at night with all light bulbs removed from the room. On one occasion,
her mother took her to an orphanage, and appeared to be dropping her off
there, then suddenly she took her back home again without explanation.
There was an inconsistent tug-of-war between mother and grandmother
for Jessica’s affection. Grandmother would often release Jessica from her
sensory deprivation room prematurely.

Grandmother, always called “Ma-Ma” by Jessica, was a powerful figure.

She had divorced her husband late in the nineteenth century, survived the
Depression on her own, and completed training at an osteopathic college
in Philadelphia. Jessica would watch Ma-Ma combing her hair for hours,
then go to her own room and do the same, pretending to be her beloved
grandmother. Ma-Ma died when Jessica was eleven, leaving her alone
with her mother.

During the school term, Jessica had to come directly home from school,
then do all her homework. She had to dress formally for dinner, which
was served at 5:00, and was in bed every night at 6:00. At age eleven
her bedtime was extended to 7:00. During the winter months of her
childhood, her only outside playmate, whom she saw only occasionally,
was the daughter of the family’s laundress.

In order to cope with this combination of abuse and neglect, Jessica

Wilcox developed imaginary friends in childhood, to keep her company
in the lonely isolation of her home. These included Arlene, Dottee, Pansy,
Willy, and possibly an identity named Doll. She would see them in Ma-
Ma’s mirror, and they would come to tea. Donald Bain, author of The
Control of Candy Jones, believed that Dr. Jensen, Candy’s mind control
doctor, amplified Arlene from an imaginary playmate into an alternate
identity who did courier work for the CIA. According to the description
in the biography, though, Arlene was already a fully formed alter
personality before Candy met Dr. Jensen. She took executive control of
the body on many occasions during childhood, and had distinct attributes
separate from Jessica (pp. 101):

Once Jensen had become aware of Candy s imaginary childhood

friends, he set out to bring back into her adult life some of those
fanciful characters, particularly Arlene. She had been according
 Case Histories: CANDY JONES 203

to Candy, the dominant personality in the “club.” Arlene could

run faster, climb higher and swim better than any other club
members, including Candy, and took over whenever Candy was
engaged in difficult physical activities. Both Candy and Arlene,
in various hypnotic sessions with Nebel, freely discussed Arlene s
superiority in these areas. From Jensen point of view, Arlene
could be the most useful as a “second personality,” if,from his
retrospective position, he can be given the benefit of the doubt
and assumed to have been in search of another person within
Candy Jones with whom to accomplish something tangible.
That tangible goal would be to create what G.H. Estabrooks
termed “the perfect spy.”

The biography describes clear switching of alter personalities observed

by Candy’s husband, Long John Nebel prior to the discovery of Arlene
Grant. Nebel didn’t understand what was going on, and thought Candy
was incomprehensibly moody. Arlene describes watching the verbal abuse
of Jessica by her mother during childhood, and verbal abuse by Candy’s first
husband. Jessica Wilcox had complex, fully formed multiple personality
disorder as a child, not simple imaginary companions, according to the
description in the biography.

In late 1936, Jessica’s mother moved to Atlantic City, at which time

Jessica was five feet tall. By the time she finished high school, she had
grown eight inches, and was strikingly beautiful. At the end of high school,
Jessica wanted to be a doctor. She wrote to her father asking for money
to help with her education. He sent $200.00, but her mother used it to pay
bills. Her mother wanted her to enter secretarial school, but Jessica had
different plans, which lead to her winning the Miss Atlantic City contest
in 1941, at age sixteen. Her mother’s reaction to her triumph was critical
and condescending.
Robert
One of the judges of the Miss Atlantic City contest was John
Powers, a famous modeling agent. Jessica went to New York at Powers’
went to the
invitation, but never signed with his agency. While there, she
Avenue.
offices of Powers’ biggest rival, Harry Conover, at 52 Vanderbilt
immediately
After a brief wait, Jessica was introduced to Conover, who
of $5.00 an
gave her the name Candy Johnson. He hired her at a pay rate
hour. The name was soon changed to Candy Jones.
starting with
A major campaign to market Candy Jones was launched,
business card
a printing of 10,000 engraved, red-and-white striped
204 Tue CIA Doctors

bearing the statement, Candy Jones Was Here. She appeared regularly
on magazine covers, including eleven covers in one month in 1943. One
of these was photographed by Jack Nebel, who later renamed himself
Long John Nebel.

Candy was voted Model of the Year in 1943 by a panel of judges that
included Loretta Young. Partly to escape from her mother, in 1944 Candy
left for the Southwest Pacific to do a USO tour as a troop entertainer. She
had just completed an eight-month show on Broadway, and launched her
musical tour at a military base in the United States before leaving for the
Pacific. Her experiences on that tour are described in one of eleven books
she wrote, More Than Beauty. Candy Jones and Betty Grable were the
leading U.S. troop entertainers in World War II.

In April, 1945 while in Moratai, Candy contracted malaria and brucellosis,

the latter from unpasteurized milk flown in from Australia. She was
transferred to a hospital in the Philippines, where she developed a fungal
infection that made much of her hair fall out. This was treated by a nurse
shaving her head. While in the hospital in the Philippines, Candy became
friends with a number of different medics, one of whom was Gilbert
Jensen. She remained in the Pacific until August, 1945 but it was not until
1946 that her hair and complexion had recovered enough to start modeling
again. She took a role in a Broadway musical about Chopin entitled
Polonaise in the interim, but had to wear a wig and heavy theatrical
makeup to cover up the lingering effects of her tropical infections.

On July 4, 1946, Candy Jones and Harry Conover were married in

a ceremony attended by 2000 guests. It was an unhappy union that yielded
three sons. After these pregnancies, Candy had two abortions at Harry’s
insistence. It was not until twelve years into the marriage that Candy
realized Harry was bisexual. The marriage ended in divorce in 1959.
On May 18, 1958, Harry disappeared with $125,000.00 in Candy’s
modeling fees, none of which Candy ever saw again. He eventually spent
two years in prison for theft and non-payment of alimony. These events
were headline news in New York. After Harry Conover left with her
money, Candy Jones had $36.00 in her business account and three sons
to support and educate.

Candy continued to run the modeling school out of 52 Vanderbilt, spending

most of her time in room 808, across the hall from offices rented by the
former heavy-weight boxing champion, Gene Tunney. During this period
Long John Nebel, born Jack Zimmerman on June 11, 1911, became the
 Case Histories: CANDY JONES 205

most successful talk show host in New York radio. In 1960 he divorced his
first wife, Lillian. After a 28-day courtship, Long John Nebel and Candy
Jones were married on December 31, 1972.

Not realizing what was going on, Long John Nebel observed a switch
from Candy to Arlene and back to Candy again at the wedding.
He observed another switch on his wedding night, which Arlene later
confirmed. He said it was as if another woman had walked out of the
bathroom, Candy having just gone in. This other woman had a different
voice, manner, and look, and Candy appeared to be amnesic for her
when she regained control of the body. Candy carried on as if nothing
had happened. Another switch to Arlene occurred on January 1, 1973.
As Arlene, Candy suddenly became inexplicably angry. She reverted to
her usual warm, pleasant manner when Candy came back. This switching
back and forth caused much marital conflict. Candy could not remember
or account for her changed behavior, and Long John could not understand
the inconsistency.

On June 3, 1973 John Nebel suggested to Candy that he should try to treat
her chronic insomnia with hypnosis. He was not qualified as a hypnotist
or psychotherapist. His efforts were successful, though,with a large
reduction in Candy’s sleeplessness. During one of the hypnosis sessions,
Candy spontaneously regressed to childhood, a common occurrence
during hypnosis, and relived events from childhood. During subsequent
sessions, under hypnosis, Candy spoke from a persona identified as Doll,
while age regressed back to age eleven. Such age regression can occur in
good hypnotic subjects who do not have a dissociative disorder, and is not
by itself evidence of multiple personality disorder.

During the hypnotic work, Nebel was gradually introduced to the various
in
club members, whom he thought were imaginary friends reactivated
ia
the trance state. When Candy described visiting Dr. Jensen in Californ
was
as part of her CIA work, Nebel took little interest in this at first. He
the mind control story that
not looking for or expecting anything like
took executiv e
would unfold. One day in June, Arlene spontaneously
of time.
control during hypnosis, and spoke to Nebel for a lengthy period
her by name, the story of her mind
Once Nebel had met Arlene, and knew
control came to the surface.
Spiegel, who
Long John Nebel sought consultation with Dr. Herbert
l’? does not
confirmed that Candy was highly hypnotizable. Dr. Spiege
he believes in the
state in his Foreword to The Control of Candy Jones that
206 THE CIA Doctors

reality of the mind‘control, nor does he state that he disbelieves it. That is
the correct position to take on the matter, because the reality of the story
can be confirmed only by independent documentation and evidence, and
disproving it was beyond the resources or role of Dr. Spiegel.

The mind control part of the tale begins across the hall from 808 - 52
Vanderbilt Avenue, in the office rented by Gene Tunney One night when
Candy was working late, at about 7:30 P.M., she observed a middle-aged
woman trying a series of keys on Tunney’s door. This was unusual because
the cleaning woman used a single master key. The woman entered the suite,
did not turn on the light, and shone a flashlight around the office. Candy was
wondering whether to intervene when she was interrupted by a modeling
student. When her attention returned to Tunney’s office, the woman was just
leaving. The next day, Candy learned that the office had been burglarized,
but Gene Tunney told her that nothing important had been stolen.

Two nights later, a young couple began trying different keys in Tunney’s
door, and this time Candy approached them, spoke with them briefly,
and they left. When she mentioned this incident to Tunney the next day,
his reply was, “Oh, really?”

A week later, Candy met a retired Army general with whom she was
acquainted in front of her office building. As they rode up the elevator
together, the general mentioned that he was visiting Gene Tunney. Candy,
the general, and Tunney talked briefly before she went on with her
afternoon’s business.

A few days after this, an FBI agent appeared at Candy Jones’ office,
presented identification, and asked her about the burglary across the hall.
He asked her about a microphone she had purchased from Allen Funt,
who was doing a radio version of what would become Candid Camera
on television, and then asked to borrow it for a long-term surveillance
assignment on West 157" Street. The reason he offered for wanting her
microphone was its high quality. Candy agreed.

A month later, the agent returned with a second agent and the microphone.
The two proposed to Candy that she allow mail for them to be delivered at
her office. Again she agreed. The arrangement was that mail addressed to
fictitious names at Candy’s agency would be received and held for pickup
by the agent. As well, there might be mail from Europe addressed to
Candy or a specific man’s name. In response, she was supposed to phone
a number and report its arrival.
 Case Histories: CANDY JONES 207

Two weeks later, Gene Tunney moved out of the suite across the hall.
The Army general maintained contact with Candy throughout the year she
used her office as a mail drop for whatever agency was employing her.
Late in the summer of 1960, Candy received a latter from the FBI saying
that she should expect a call within a few days. This turned out to be from
the Army general. He asked her to deliver a letter to a man who would be
her contact at the St. Francis Hotel in San Francisco during a trip she had
scheduled there. The contact was Gilbert Jensen, whose name she didn’t
recognize when the general gave it to her.

On November 16, 1960, Candy Jones and Gilbert Jensen had dinner at the
Mark Hopkins Hotel. Her first visit to Dr. Jensen’s office in Oakland was
in November, 1960, and the next two were in late 1960 and early 1961.

Dr. Jensen asked in detail about Candy’s group of childhood imaginary

friends, and asked her to choose one as a fictitious name for her CIA
passport. He recruited her for the CIA as a courier prior to starting mind
control. He had her choose a last name for her fake passport, which she
did using Ma-Ma’s married name, Rosengrant. This is how Arlene Grant
acquired her last name. Dr. Jensen explained that she would do courier
assignments in the United States, in conjunction with her business trips.
She would switch to Arlene Grant for occasional overseas trips that were
not linked to her personal or business travel.

Jensen also asked Candy about Arlene’s appearance in the mirror, when she
had seen Arlene there during childhood. He then provided Candy with a
brunette Arlene Grant wig to match the description. He had a photographer
come to her hotel room to take the Arlene Grant passport photograph.
Candy kept a copy of this photo, which appears in the biography. In the
biography, there is a signed statement from lawyer William J. Williams,
had
dated February 27, 1976, confirming that early in the 1960’s, Candy
disappear ing
given him an envelope to open in the event of her dying or
under unusual circumstances, particularly if she died under a different
name. She specified the name Arlene Grant in the letter.
Vergara, that
Candy disclosed to her editor at Harper and Row, Joe
assignm ents for
she was involved in national and international courier
Bain at
a secret government agency. Vergara confirmed this to Donald
She told her friend,
4 lunch at Anatolli’s restaurant on December 12, 1974.
activities, but he
columnist Mel Heimer, some vague details about her
of Candy Jones.
had died before Donald Bain began writing The Control
what she had
According to Candy, Jensen used to interrogate her about
208 Tue CIA Doctors

told Heimer, read his books, and made a point of watching him during
media appearances.

Candy Jones maintained a box number 1294 at Grand Central Station from
August, 1961 to 1968 or 1969, which she used for CIA mail and to receive
messages from Jensen. According to the memories uncovered during
hypnosis, Jensen met Arlene by chance. She spontaneously took control
of the body at his office and identified herself by name. By her account,
she already had fully formed multiple personality before Jensen started
his mind control.

Dr. Jensen capitalized on his discovery immediately. He had Arlene

describe herself, and instructed her that he could call her out in the
future by calling, “A.G.!, A.G.!” He also told Arlene that she would
always come up through Candy’s stomach, a suggestion that apparently
caused the nausea she experienced on switching. Dr. Jensen conditioned
Arlene and Candy through repeated use of hypnosis, sodium amytal,
possibly Thorazine, and sexual abuse. She remembered him inserting
a lighted candle in her vagina as a demonstration of Arlene’s ability
to control pain. This occurred during a demonstration conducted at Camp
Peary, Virginia, the CIA training facility where Yuriy Nosenko was held
in solitary confinement (see Chapter 4). Dr. Jensen also inserted a post-
hypnotic suggestion that Candy would get sick and might even have a
convulsion if she ever consulted a psychiatrist. He administered mind
control drugs used by OSS, CIA and U.S. Army doctors in mind control
experiments, and by the ARTICHOKE team, giving them to her either in
orange juice or intravenously.

Dr. Jensen reported to the senior CIA mind control doctor, who is identified
in the biography as Dr. Marshall Burger, a pseudonym. Dr. Burger had
hypnotized Candy during a phone conversation in 1946, when he had been
consulted because of an attack of severe chills. This was odd, because
Dr. Burger was either a psychiatrist or a psychologist. Candy was staying
in a hotel in Chicago in order to appear on a radio talk show, Don McNeill’s
Breakfast Club, the next day. A staff assistant from the show advised her
that a doctor would be calling to talk to her, which turned out to be Dr.
Burger. He became actively involved in her mind control in the 1960’s,
and may have implanted preliminary post-hypnotic suggestions in 1946.

Both Dr. Jensen and Dr. Burger worked intensively with Candy Jones
implanting suggestions designed to convert her into a racist, and to make
her avoid close personal involvement. They suggested to her that certain
 Case Histories: CANDY JONES 209

people, including blacks, Jews, and Italians, smell bad. The purpose of this
programming seemed to be to socially isolate her. Candy was deliberately
instructed while under the influence of hypnosis and drugs not to make
friends and not to get married.

Candy described being transported to a rural laboratory-like facility

in Texas just inside the Louisiana border. There she attended lectures
given by Dr. Burger along with eight or nine other mind control subjects.
Dr. Burger was introduced by Dr. Jensen at these lectures, which focused
on anti-black racism and world power. Candy remembered being trained
in combat, espionage, and surveillance techniques at Camp Peary in 1971.
She also remembered being trained at a CIA facility in Florida that had
been involved in preparation for the Bay of Pigs invasion. She claimed
to have become involved in a mission into Son Toy prison camp in North
Vietnam, which she was to have participated in under cover of a USO
entertainment tour. This mission was scrubbed at the last minute.

Another memory involved a scene straight out of The Manchurian Candidate,

and took place at CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia. Dr. Jensen
prepared her for a demonstration in front of twenty-four doctors by giving
her an intravenous drug, which he did frequently. The drugs were usually
called “vitamins.” She was the first of eight mind control subjects to be
demonstrated that day, and considered going first to be particularly stressful.
The demonstration took place in an amphitheater. It was there that Dr. Jensen
allegedly inserted a lighted candle in her vagina. Several of the doctors tried
unsuccessfully to break Dr. Jensen’s mind control, before the demonstration
came to an end. Although the date is uncertain, the demonstration seems to
have taken place in 1971, prior to termination of MKSEARCH in 1972.

Part of Candy Jones’ motivation for participating in the mind control and
courier assignments included direct payments by the CIA for her sons’
schooling and to cover large hospital bills. She couldn’t have afforded
these herself in the years after the divorce. Her first foreign trip for the
CIA was in 1965, and in 1966 she went to Taiwan. The Taiwan trip appears
to have been a variant of the courier trip to Tokyo described by G.H.
Estabrooks (see Chapter 15).

Candy was switched to Arlene Grant in Dr. Jensen’s office using intravenous
drugs. He told her that her destination was Taiwan, and that she would be
met there by a man who would recognize her. The man was a prominent
Chinese businessman. On the first trip she was treated well, being met at
the airport, where she handed over her courier envelope. She was then
210 Tue CIA Doctors

escorted to a large mansion on big grounds about twenty miles outside

of Taipei. At the house, Candy observed two young Chinese women in
white lab coats, but they were said by the businessman to be domestic
workers. She slept late, ate well, and returned to San Francisco well rested
after a three-day stay.

The second trip to Taiwan began like the first one, with Arlene being called
out at Dr. Jensen’s office following administration of vitamins. There is
confusion, according to Donald Bain, about whether the torture Candy
Jones experienced occurred in two further missions, or only the second,
with the third being relatively benign.

On the second trip, the Chinese businessman and his associates used
a variety of physical torture techniques to attempt to extract information
from Arlene. She had no information to give them beyond that in the
envelopes she had turned over. She was given electric shocks to her wrists,
shoulders and fingers, and was threatened with shocks to her breasts.
Much of this occurred with Candy strapped in a chair. Following the
torture, the torturers became very friendly and explained that the purpose
of the shocks was to help jog her memory in a scientific way. On her return
to San Francisco, Dr. Jensen gave her another injection and explained that
the torture was a mistake. He said it was due to a typographical error.

On the third trip to Taiwan, Candy delivered an envelope to a woman

in an art gallery, who spat in her face after she accepted it. She was then
met by the Chinese businessman, and again taken to the mansion in the
countryside. Donald Bain (pp. 208) quotes Candy Jones’ own words from
an audio tape transcript to describe another incident in Taiwan:

I was in this place that wasnt too far from the second airport. It
was on Taiwan, but to the south. I cant think of the name of the
airport, but it’s where you go out of Taiwan, not come into it. It
was a house about a ten orfifteen minute drive from the airport.

I was coming back (to the United States) and you dont always
leave from the same airport. The weather was bad and theflight
was not going to be taking off: A man told me to come back
to the house with him and wait for the flight. I cant think of his
name. He was American, and he was going to be on the same
flight... I met him at the airport. He came over to me. He told
me that I looked very familiar and asked whether he had seen
me there before.
 Case Histories: CANDY JONES 211

I was Arlene Grant when he came up to me. The flight was going
to be delayed two hours, and he told me the house he was going
to was actually part of an American installation, like an officers
club or something like that. I stupidly said, “Okay, okay.”

So we went outside and he got us a rickety-tin old cab.

We chatted in the cab and he told me he was in Taiwan
surveying American business interests there, and had done
a report on American holdings. He was wearing civilian
clothes, and was very pleasant.

The house was very nice and looked like a club. Lots of
entertainment went on in houses on Taiwan that were turned
into nightclubs. I don t like the look of those big Chinese houses,
but some people do. It was a tacky place. We walked in and the
same goddam oriental music was playing (Candy was triggered
by this music, apparently an aspect of her mind control). There
were little tables in the lobby,; it was like an inn. There were
a few people around. He asked me what I wanted to drink, and
they served anything you wanted. They even had American
drinks. We were sitting talking and he asked me whether I would
like to see the rest of the place. I agreed. He told me there was a
beautiful view that he enjoyed every time he stopped there. There
was a very large and beautiful staircase leading upstairs.

We went in one large room that could have been a dining room or
a conference room. He asked me whether I knew a certain man,
who had his offices in that house. I don t know what his name was.
He told me this man was an old friend of his and suggested we
step in and say hello.

I followed him into a room. The man behind the desk was
middle-aged -- forty-eight or forty-nine. He introduced me to the
man. The man looked Chinese to me. He was sitting and reading
a magazine.

The man with me told his friend that he had adopted me like
an orphan and taken me out of the storm. The man behind the
desk spoke English quite well. He invited me to sit down, and
told me he had heard about me. I had been introduced to him
as Arlene Grant. He asked me where I had been, and obviously
T couldnt tell him the truth. He offered me tea, but I declined.
He insisted, however, that I have a drink. I pointed out that I
212 Tue CIA Doctors

had own downstairs at the table. He suggested I have a fresh

one and asked me what I was drinking. I told him vodka on the
rocks. He served a fresh drink. He talked a great deal about San
Francisco and how wonderful it was that the American woman
was free to travel and do things.

I don't know what was in that drink but I suddenly became very
dizzy. He asked me what was wrong, and I told him that I was
dizzy and hot. He asked me ifI wanted to relax, but I told him
I had to leave because I had to catch a plane. I thought I was
going to be sick, and I told him that. He called in a woman who
took me to the ladies room. It looked more like an infirmary to
me than a ladies room. There were two beds in the room. There
was a bathroom, but the beds were in a little room separated
from the toilet by a curtain. I was drenched with sweat, and
very weak. The woman, who was Chinese and spoke very little
English, told me that she would take care of my clothes. The
sweat was pouring from me, and I could feel my heart beating
a mile a minute. I was wearing a suit, and she asked me to give
her my jacket. Even the shoulders of my jacket were wringing
with sweat. I took off my skirt, jacket and blouse and handed
them to the woman. She said she would bring me a gown, and
suggested I lie down on the bed. I did and waited for her, but she
didn t come back. She had also taken my shoes. My foot began to
ache in the spot where I had broken it a few years before. I was
wearing an Ace bandage on it as I often did when I traveled.

A man came into the room. He introduced himself as a doctor.

Right behind him was the man who had given me the drink in his
coffee. The doctor told me I looked terrible. I must have because
my hair was soaking wet. I said I thought something had been
put into my drink, and the man became very offended. The man
introduced to me as a doctor took my pulse. He seemed very
professional, and he looked into my eyes. He told the other man
that I was going to sleep and that I needed rest. The doctor had
a much heavier Chinese accent than the other man.

I asked them what had happened to me. The doctor said he

didn tknow but asked if I had ever had malaria. I agreed that
Thad, but said that this was not malaria and I knew that it wasn t.
He assured me that Iwould shake and get chills, just like malaria.
I asked him for my pocketbook, and told them that I had to get
the plane back to the United States. They brought my pocketbook
 Case Histories: CAnpy JONES 213

to me, and when I looked into it I knew someone had gone

through it. I began to become very frightened.

The doctor asked if I felt sick to my stomach. I said that I did,

and he began to pull the covers off me to examine my stomach.
I told him not to. My sheets and pillowcase were soaking wet,
and the doctor suggested I get into another bed so that they
could change this one. I refused to move. A woman entered the
room and grabbed my arms and literally dragged me out of one
bed and into the other. Iwas embarrassed at only having my bra
and pants under the gown. Someone asked me what was wrong
with my foot, and I told them that I had tripped.

The man who had given me the drink asked me who I had seen
while I was in Taiwan. I could barely answer because I was so
sleepy. Suddenly, the doctor gave me a shot in the arm. He tried
to roll me over on the bed, and although I tried to fight him, I was
too weak to resist. He told the woman to pull me over, which she
did. I suddenly was afraid I was going to be murdered right there.
They had me on my stomach and examined my buttocks, and the
doctor commented that I hadnt received any injections there.

My voice was growing very weak. The man told the doctor to let me
sleep it off, and said he didn t think Iknew anything. He then asked
me where the papers were. I told him that I didn t have any papers.
He asked me who I had given the papers to. I didnt answer, and
the men left the room. The woman asked me ifI wanted to sit up,
but I was so weak I couldnt manage it, and my muscles felt like
jelly. The woman tried to pull me up by my arms, and although I
wanted to hit the woman, I couldn t muster the strength.

The woman pinched me, and asked me where the papers were.
She kept pinching me all over my body. She eventually began
to pinch my breasts, and I fell back on the bed from the pain.
She kept pulling me up, and every time she did, she continued
to pinch me viciously. I felt myself passing out, and I believe
T actually did black out. The woman left the room and I tried to
get up, but Isimply fell on the floor. I tried to reach up to pull the
sheet down over me but I couldnt raise my arm. The last thing
I remember was trying to crawl underneath the bed.

I must have been out for a long time, and when I woke up I was
again in the bed. The doctor came in and gave me a shot in my
214 Tue CIA Doctors

other arm. I stopped perspiring, and I feel into a deep, deep

sleep, waking up the next day. My clothes were in the room and
had all been cleaned. I never saw that woman again. A younger
girl came into the room, asked me how Ifelt and gave me some
orange juice. I was afraid to drink anything, but asked the girl
for some water. When she brought the water, I made her drink
some first before I would take it. She also brought me coffee,
which I had her taste first. The girl told me I better hurry if Iwas
going to make my flight home. She could barely speak English.
The girl said I'd had a bad dream and had been very sick.
I pulled up the sleeve on my gown and looked at my arms. There
was injection mark on each one.

The girl left the room, and when I tried to get up, I had to grab
a chair to support myself on my wobbly legs. I used the chair
like a crutch to move across the room. I locked the door, got
dressed, rinsed out my mouth in the bathroom, washed my face
and looked in the mirror. I don’ t think I’d ever seen myself look
quite so terrible. I realized that I was not wearing the black wig
any longer, and discovered it lying on the other bed.

After I was cleaned up and dressed, I unlocked the door and went
to the staircase. I looked down and saw there were people having
drinks at small tables. They didnt pay any attention to me as I
started to come down, but then I tripped and tumbled down the
entire staircase. People ran over and picked me up and put me ina
chair. I told them I was all right and had just had a fainting spell.

Someone drove me to the airport and Iflew home. I immediately

went to see Gilbert Jensen and told him about the incident.
He seemed very concerned and wanted to see my arms. My
breasts were all black and blue from being pinched, but I refused
to show them to him.

This account by Candy Jones is the only published description of

an ARTICHOKE interrogation. Whether it was conducted by the CIA
or a foreign intelligence service, is unknown. Whether it is fact or fiction
is unknown. It is possible that there was another personality behind Arlene
Grant who was carrying classified information, and it could be that the
purpose of the interrogation was to contact that level of her personality
system. Whatever the historical facts, the account provides the subjective
flavor of such interrogations.
 Case Histories: CANpy JONES 215

The last intelligence contact reported in The Control of Candy Jones

occurred on July 3, 1973. Candy and Long John Nebel received a message
from Japan Airlines that a ticket was being held for her on Japan Airlines
flight 5, for the sixth of July, leaving Kennedy Airport for Tokyo, with
an open ticket on to Taipei. She never made the trip. The message said
that the booking had been made by “Cynthia.” Cynthia was the code name
of an actual female OSS operative, whose real name was Amy Elizabeth
Thorpe'*’, but Thorpe died on December 1, 1963, so could not have been
involved in the Japan Airlines booking. The Cynthia who made that
booking in 1973 could have been an individual or an operation using the
code name Cynthia.

During their hypnotic work, Candy Jones and Long John Nebel uncovered
suicide programming implanted by Dr. Jensen. Candy was to have gone
to the Paradise Beach Hotel in the Bahamas and jumped off a cliff there.
The trip was canceled because of their wedding on December 31, 1972.

The book closes with the impression that Arlene Grant was still involved
in intelligence activities on a limited scale at the time of writing,
in 1976. If Candy Jones actually was a CIA Manchurian Candidate
courier, documentation of that fact must be on file somewhere
in intelligence archives. The mind control techniques she describes are
similar to those used by the ARTICHOKE team, Bjorn Neilsen, leaders
of destructive cults, and interrogators around the world.
 21

SIRHAN SIRHAN

Sirhan Sirhan, a Palestinian Arab refugee, shot Robert Kennedy in the

pantry of the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles at 12:15 A.M. on June 5,
1968. Kennedy was at the hotel as part of his campaign for the Democratic
Presidential nomination. He had just won the California primary that
evening. The shooting was observed by many witnesses, and Sirhan was
wrestled to the ground and disarmed immediately. He was found guilty of
first-degree murder at trial.

The opinion of expert witness Dr. Bernard L. Diamond is that Sirhan

acted alone while in a self-induced trance state. In an interview with Dr.
Diamond, the following exchange occurred'"*:

Harris: Is there a clear division in him between two States

of consciousness, a controlled cool state and a
dissociated state of violence, fear and rage?
Diamond: _ Yes, in the hypnotic state he can relive childhood
horrors; he can remember writing in the notebook and
he can reproduce the automatic writing; he remembers
the killing and also remembers his experiences under
hypnosis. He can remember none of these things when
he is not in hypnosis.
His mind is truly split, with part of his life on one side
and part on the other.

For this book, the assumption is that Sirhan Sirhan was a self-created
Manchurian Candidate at the dissociative disorder not otherwise specified
(DDNOS) level. The dissociated assassin state did not have a fully formed
separate identity, and therefore the clinical diagnosis would be DDNOS
instead of multiple personality disorder. Sirhan Sirhan corresponds to
the auto-hypnotic sub-pathway of the factitious pathway to dissociative
 CAsE Histories: SIRHAN SIRHAN 217

identity disorder I describe in the second edition of my textbook?**. He was

a self-created assassin, but not consciously so.

For this book, I will ignore conspiracy evidence concerning the girl in
the polka dot dress, the number of entry holes in Robert Kennedy and
the surrounding walls and door jambs, possible contact between Sirhan
Sirhan and William Jennings Bryan, technical consultant on the movie The
Manchurian Candidate, and other reasons to suspect that Sirhan Sirhan
may have been controlled by someone*”. Roger LaJeunesse, the FBI agent
in charge of the Sirhan investigation, is quoted'* as saying, “The case is
still open. I’m not rejecting the Manchurian Candidate aspect of it.”

When he was a child in Jerusalem, Sirhan Sirhan was traumatized by

the war and especially by several bombings. On one occasion a soldier
was blasted to pieces near the Sirhan home. Young Sirhan Sirhan saw the
soldier’s foot hanging from a church steeple. His mother described him as
going pale, being unable to move for a while, and fainting in response.

On another occasion a bomb went off across the street from the Sirhan home
(it might have been a mortar shell). Bystanders thought Sirhan had been hit.
When his mother brought him into their home, Sirhan was, in his mother’s
words, in a trance state: “When we got in, he was just - gone - blacked out.”
He was very pale, his fists were clenched, and he had not fainted.

Another time when he was seven, Sirhan saw a nine-year old girl
who was bleeding profusely from the knee from shrapnel. He fainted.
These “faints” were actually dissociative episodes because his body would
not go limp. During some of the spells his eyes would be open. Some days
he would “faint” twice, especially if he ever saw any blood on the street
after a bombing.

Mrs. Sirhan said of her son, “One night, living in Old Jerusalem, I tole
him and he was cold like stick. More than any of his brothers, he had less
blood and more fear.”

In the spring of 1948, when Sirhan was four, a group of Zionist commandos
attacked a British radio station located above the Sirhan home. They
dynamited the upper floor and converted the family bathroom into a
machine-gun nest, while the family retreated to the basement. Another time,
Sirhan was found screaming because a bucket of water he was carrying had
a hand floating in it. Besides describing the trauma of being in a refugee
camp, Sirhan’s mother also recounted serious beatings of him by his father.
218 Tue CIA Doctors

Six months after the family emigrated to America, Sirhan’s father, Bishara
Sirhan, returned to Jerusalem alone, taking with him the money that had
been earned by Sirhan’s mother and brothers since they arrived on January
12, 1957. The physical abuse of Sirhan by his father was corroborated by
an independent witness, Ziad Hasheimeh, who knew the family.

Mrs. Sirhan is quoted as saying’ (pp. 204):

In the street the boys shout and kick away a stuffed soccer ball.
The ball squirts away from the pack. They chase it and leave
Sirhan standing in a kind of trance. Later they return and Sirhan
is still standing and staring. They take him home where he
remains for several days.

Sirhan Sirhan experienced severe war trauma, physical abuse, abandonment

by his father, and the stress of refugee camp and moving to America as
a child. His mother describes frequent dissociative states occurring prior
to age ten. He was highly hypnotizable when examined by Dr. Diamond.

Sirhan Sirhan initially admired Robert Kennedy and saw him as a

defender of the politically oppressed and poor, with whom he undoubtedly
identified. This changed when Kennedy became identified with the Israeli
enemy who bombed and killed the Arabs. Kennedy stated his intent to send
fifty jet bombers to Israel in late May, 1968. Although Sirhan may not
have known about the fifty bombers until after the assassination, Kennedy
became aligned with the Jewish enemy in his mind, and probably with the
father who abandoned and betrayed him, and returned to Jerusalem. Robert
Kennedy died on the anniversary of Israel’s victory in the Six-Day War,
which ended with an Israeli attack on Egyptian airstrips on June 5, 1967.

Sirhan learned self-hypnosis from mail order materials he obtained from

the Rosicrucians. He attended a meeting of the Akhvaton Chapter of the
Ancient Mystical Order of Rosae Crucis in Pasadena on May 28, 1968 and
signed their guest book. He had been studying their materials for some
time before that. From these materials Sirhan learned techniques for self-
hypnosis and automatic writing that he practiced for hours.

Sirhan’s notebooks were introduced as evidence at trial. They contained

many pages of trance writing that are obviously disturbed. Single pages
include many different hand writing styles and repetitions of dissociated
fragments of language. In the notebooks he writes repeatedly about
shooting Robert Kennedy. One page includes numerous repetitions of,
 Case Historigs: SIRHAN SIRHAN 219

“R.F.K. must die,” “Robert F. Kennedy must be assassinated,” and “Robert

F. Kennedy must be assassinated before 5 June 68.” These are followed by
references to, “please pay to the order of” and cash payments to Sirhan.

The assassination was definitely premeditated, but only within a dissociated

state. My expert opinion, if I were testifying in such a case, would be
that the self-induced dissociative state is irrelevant. It is not grounds for
diminished criminal capacity. Just as clinical patients with dissociative
identity disorder (multiple personality disorder) are held responsible for
the actions of all their alter personalities, being a self-created Manchurian
Candidate should not diminish one’s criminal responsibility. This is so
despite the real amnesia in such cases.

Dr. Diamond demonstrated Sirhan’s high hypnotizability many times in

audio taped sessions with a variety of witnesses. On one occasion, he
introduced a post-hypnotic suggestion that on his signal Sirhan would start
climbing on his cell bars like a monkey. Sirhan did that in response to the
post-hypnotic signal, then explained his behavior with the rationalization
that he was getting some exercise. When confronted with an audiotape of
Dr. Diamond’s implantation of the post-hypnotic instruction, for which
Sirhan was amnesic, Sirhan stated that Dr. Diamond was trying to trick him.
He insisted that he had decided on his own to climb the bars for exercise.

This kind of rationalization for obedience to post-hypnotic suggestion is

typical of the highly hypnotizable individual. Kaiser'*? presents evidence
that the political motivation Sirhan claimed for the assassination was a
post-hypnotic rationalization, one that occurred after the shooting.

The major trance technique Sirhan used was staring at candles and mirrors
for long periods of time. This is an important detail because there were
lights and mirrors in the area of the Ambassador Hotel where Sirhan stood
immediately before shooting Robert Kennedy. In combination with four
Tom Collins drinks, the lights and mirrors probably helped trigger Sirhan
into his dissociated assassin state.

At about 10:30 P.M. on June 4, 1968, Mrs. Mary Grohs, a teletype operator
for Western Union was working in the Colonial Room of the Ambassador
.
Hotel when she saw Sirhan “stare fixedly” at her teletype machine
Kaiser'“? (pp. 531) quotes her as saying:

Well, he came over to my machine and started staring at it. Just

staring. I'll never forget his eyes. I asked him what he wanted.
220 Tue CIA Doctors

He didnt answer. He just kept staring. I asked him again.

No answer. I said that ifhe wanted the latest figures on Senator
Kennedy he’d have to check the other machines. He still didnt
answer. He just kept staring.

Mrs. Grohs did not testify at trial and told Kaiser that the police had
instructed her not to say anything about the incident. This would be
expected of investigators and prosecutors who feared that such information
would support an insanity defense. It is only necessary to reject, suppress
or discredit such information if one assumes that amnesia is grounds for
diminished criminal responsibility or an insanity defense.

Dr. Martin Schorr, an expert witness for the prosecution, stated at trial
that Sirhan had two distinct personalities, which dissociated under stress.
He compared Sirhan to “Jekyll-Hyde” and Eve White-Eve Black of The
Three Faces of Eve*”. Dr. Schorr said that Sirhan was “unaware of the
killer in himself, but is aware of his own ambivalence.”

Dr. Simson-Kallas, who examined Sirhan at San Quentin prison after

his conviction, concluded that Sirhan had multiple personality and had
been programmed by someone else, but his grounds for this conclusion
are unclear. Although he never interviewed Sirhan directly, Dr. Herbert
Spiegel, who interviewed Candy Jones, reviewed extensive case material
provided to him by assassination researchers William Turner and John
Christian*’. Dr. Spiegel concluded that Sirhan was highly hypnotizable
and not suffering from schizophrenia. On this point, he agreed with Dr.
Simson-Kallas.

Many of the expert witnesses in the Sirhan case, including Dr. Diamond
and the prosecution psychiatrists, concluded that Sirhan’s thought
processes were always organized and coherent outside the dissociated
trance state. In the 1960’s, the term schizophrenia was overused and
used loosely by American psychiatrists. There is no reason to think that
Sirhan Sirhan would receive a diagnosis of schizophrenia if interviewed
with the more scientific and reliable diagnostic procedures of the early
twenty-first century.

The prosecution expert witnesses included Dr. Seymour Pollack. He did

his psychiatry training at the New York Psychiatric Institute, where Harold
Blauer was killed with an injection of U.S. Army mescaline in 1953. Dr.
Pollack recommended at trial that Sirhan be sent to the medical facility
at Vacaville State Prison, where drug research was conducted under
 Case Histories: SIRHAN SIRHAN 221

MKSEARCH Subproject 3, and where Donald DeFreeze was contacted

by Colston Westbrook. MKSEARCH ran from 1964 to 1972, the time
period of the Sirhan trial and DeFreeze’s imprisonment at Vacaville.

Sirhan Sirhan was a self-created Manchurian Candidate. He carried out

an actual assassination. He illustrates the point that the term Manchurian
Candidate could be expanded to include self-created variants. The
self-created assassins help us to understand the mind of the Manchurian
Candidate; one might think of them as naturally-occurring analogs.
 3a

Mark DAvip CHAPMAN

Mark David Chapman, the man who shot John Lennon, was born at Harris
Hospital in Fort Worth, Texas on May 10, 1955. His father, David Curtis
Chapman, was a staff sergeant in the Air Force. His mother, Diane, was
a homemaker. Shortly after Mark’s birth, his father left the Air Force and
moved the family to Indiana. There he worked for American Oil Company
and took a degree in engineering at Purdue. From Indiana, the family
moved to Decatur, Georgia where Mark’s father worked in the credit
department at American Oil. After two years, the family was transferred to
Roanoke, Virginia where Mark’s sister, Susan Jill, was born. She is seven
years younger than Mark.

Like Sirhan Sirhan, for the purposes of this book Mark David Chapman
is assumed to be a self-created Manchurian Candidate level assassin.

From Virginia, the Chapman family moved back to Georgia. It was

there that Mark first became aware of the Little People inside his mind.
Chapman’s biographer, Jack Jones!” (p. 115) quotes Mark describing his
father as living “by very rigid patterns, doing the same things day after
day. He was very meticulous, very unemotional.... I don’t recall that my
father ever hugged me or told me he loved me.... He was just a shell who
swallowed everything. And then, when it finally came out, God help you.”

According to Mark, his father beat his mother regularly. Mark also recalls
his mother coming into his bed at night to escape her husband. He recalls
physically interfering when his father was beating his mother. When his
parents separated, Mark believes, his father cut his mother out of much of
their joint marital property.

While Mark was in prison for the murder of John Lennon, from 1981
to 1992, his father never visited him once. During that period David
 CAsE Histories: Mark Davip CHAPMAN 223

Chapman was married twice, and suffered a series of heart attacks and
a stroke, from which he recovered.

There is no evidence that Mark was ever sexually abused. In a 1987

interview in People magazine, his mother minimized the amount of conflict
and spousal abuse in her home. It does seem that Mark’s childhood was
traumatic. His early years were filled with loneliness, emotional neglect by
his father, a rigid unemotional home atmosphere, and hypersensitivity to
taunting and rejection by other children. Mark felt like an empty nobody,
except that he was full of anger.

To fill up the emptiness, to create a sense of power and control in his

life, to escape from the outside world, and to create secure attachment
figures for himself, Mark created an inner world in which he was the boss.
He followed primarily the neglect pathway to a dissociative disorder not
otherwise specified I describe in my textbook**. His biographer quotes
him as saying'” (pp. 122):

The Little People adored me. I got my respect and adulation

from an imaginary source, rather than confronting the kids and
the things that hurt me and earning it onmy own. When I got really
angry about something, I would take it out on the Little People.
Sometimes ifsomebody had hurt me at school or Iwas angry with
my father, I would get revenge by killing some of the Little People.
Thad a button on the arm of the couch in the den. When Ipushed it,
it would blow up the houses where the Little People lived.
Sometimes I would kill hundreds or thousands of them.
Then, after I calmed down later, I would apologize. They would
always forgive me.

was
Mark Chapman sang Beatles songs to the Little People. His problem
the
that his surface self had no real identity, despite his interactions with
first transfo rmation in surface identity
Little People. It was a shell. The
smoked
occurred after Mark started taking LSD at age fourteen. He also
and ninth
marijuana and sniffed glue. Over the summer between eighth
t,” a student
grades he changed from being “aloof, solicitous, and clean-cu
a drug head.
government representative and YMCA counselor, to being
was psyched elia.
This was a sudden religious conversion. The “religion”
the circus. His brief
In March, 1970, Mark ran away from home to join
s did not bring
stay on the beach in Florida with hippies and drug abuser
school, and on Octobe r 25, 1970
happiness. He returned home to high
224 THE CIA Doctors

attended a religious retreat with other teenagers. This sowed the seeds of
his next transformation.

In the summer of 1971, while on vacation at his grandmother’s home in

Ormand Beach, Florida, Mark’s wallet was ransacked by a group of hippie
friends. Chapman described his reaction to this event as follows (pp. 149):

And Iremember, when Irealized that my buddies had gone through

my wallet, feeling the lowest I had ever felt. I felt like nobody.
Like nothing. Nothing at all. . . at some point I lifted my hands
and I said, ‘Jesus, come to me. Help me.’ And that was my time
of true spiritual rebirth.

It was not a true rebirth. It was just another change in persona. There was
no depth to the rebirth. Mark David Chapman’s spiritual problem, his
emptiness and rage, was not solved. It was merely glossed over temporarily.
On return to high school for his junior year, Mark was completely
disconnected from his druggie identity of the previous two years. His
longtime friend, Miles McManus, said of Chapman’s transformation to
born-again Christian, “It was a true personality split.”

Shortly after his religious conversion to Christianity, Chapman began

to think of his idol John Lennon as a Communist and a blasphemer.
He would sing out loud to his friends, to the tune of John Lennon’s song,
Imagine, “Imagine John Lennon is dead.”

After transforming John Lennon into the enemy, Chapman began to

worship the pop singer Todd Rundgren. Prior to killing John Lennon
on December 8, 1980, Chapman left a copy of The Ballad of Todd Rundgren in
his hotel room. Lennon and Rundgren feuded in public while Chapman was
in high school - at one point, John Lennon called Rundgren “Todd Runtgreen.”
Lennon was already being transformed from beloved idol into murder victim
in Chapman’s mind while he was in high school. This transformation parallels
the devaluation of Robert Kennedy in the mind of Sirhan Sirhan.

Chapman’s Christian fundamentalism was fleeting, like his other identities

and enthusiasms. Soon it was replaced by an obsession with Todd
Rundgren. The next shift in identity was triggered by work Mark did as
a counselor and assistant program director at the South De Kalb County
YMCA from 1970 to 1975. The children called him “Captain Nemo.”
This became his new identity. Everyone in the YMCA thought Chapman
was an excellent counselor.
 Case Histortes: Mark Davip CHAPMAN 225

In 1975 Mark went to Beirut, Lebanon with the YMCA’s international program.
He was evacuated after several weeks due to the war conditions there. He
got a job instead at the YMCA resettlement camp for Vietnam refugees at
Fort Chaffee, Arkansas. It was in 1975, after his first experience with sexual
intercourse, that he began masturbating up to seven times per day.

For his first twenty years, Chapman was aware of a dissociated internal
child who was not one of the Little People. While the fake adult persona
experimented with drugs, Christianity, masturbation and being Captain
Nemo, the little child became the inner container for all Chapman’s
anger and resentment. He, the child, eventually became the killer of John
Lennon. Chapman’s account of the process is as follows (pp. 57):

My child was always conflicting with my fake adult, my phony

adult that I had erected around it.

All that rage came spilling out and I killed the hero of my
childhood. All the rage at the world and in my myself and in my
disappointments and disillusions. All those feelings I kept pent
up, feelings that the child couldnt handle... but I didn t, like a
child, know how to kill anybody. So I summoned the forces of evil
to do it, to help me do it. I did what I thought you could do to get
the evil forces. You chant and you take your clothes off, You get
angry and you say horrible things. I had to pump up to aoutes

The adult was just a front for an act of evil that was carried
out by achild. It was a childs anger, a child’s jealousy, a childs
rage. But the adult was so undeveloped, he didnt know what
to do with it.

The adult was all surface, anyway. It was a front. It couldnt

handle anything. It diverted everything to the child, and the
child put it in his black toy box, because he couldnt handle
adult feelings either.

He would, the adult would take each feeling and say some words
box
and then give it to the child. The child would put it in the toy
he never opened, except to put something new in it.

The child would play with his new toys. But one day he opened
that
the box to put something new inside, he came across a toy
hero, but
he had played with years ago. It had once been his
phony
it wasnt the same. He showed it to the fake adult, the
226 Tue CIA Doctors

adult.... Then the adult knew what to do. And they conspired
together, the child and the child's fake adult, to kill a hero. To
kill the phony. To kill phoniness. To take some kind of a stand for
the first time in our lives. To do something. To do something real.
I was going to stamp out phoniness....

Then John Lennon got out of the limousine. He had something

in his hands. Some cassette tapes. The child looked at his hero
- his broken toy - and his hero looked back at him. It was a
hard look. The child was sure that his hero recognized him from
earlier in the day, when he signed the album. Neither one smiled.
Nobody said a word. There was dead silence in my brain and
John Lennon walked past me.... His back was to the child and
the voice said: Do it! Do it! Do it! Do it! Do it!

I aimed at his back. I pulled the trigger five times. And all hell
broke loose in my mind.

It was like everything had been stripped away then. It wasnt

a make-believe world anymore. The movie strip broke.

Mark David Chapman was diagnosed by the psychiatrist who examined

him in jail as schizophrenic. He was actually suffering from dissociative
disorder not otherwise specified, and was a self-created Manchurian
Candidate assassin. Chapman’s inner word became real when he pulled the
trigger five times, because then it had a real effect in the outside word.

In the spring of 1976, Chapman went to a fundamentalist college in

Lookout Mountain, Tennessee called Covenent College. He dropped out
in the spring semester and returned to De Kalb County YMCA, like he
returned home after failing to create a new circus identity as a teenager.

Shortly after returning home, Chapman suffered another identity collapse

(pp. 168): “And then, when my YMCA identity fell apart, when I was
stripped of that is when the clouds really started getting dark and I slipped
into an abyss that ended in murder, of someone I didn’t even know.”

Despondent, Chapman went to Hawaii to kill himself in 1977, but his

spirits lifted so he returned home to pursue his relationship with his
girlfriend, Jessica Blankenship. When this relationship failed, he returned
to Hawaii in May. Soon he tried to kill himself by carbon monoxide
poisoning, using his car. The attempt was foiled because the hose he had
connected to his exhaust pipe melted.
 Case Histories: MArK Davin CHAPMAN 227

Chapman was admitted to Castle Memorial Hospital, a Seventh Day

Adventist facility, on June 21, 1977 where he received a diagnosis of
depression. During that admission the psychiatrist discovered nothing
about the Little People, the inner child, or the dissociated phony adult.
In 1977, virtually all psychiatrists would have missed all of that, or
misinterpreted it as schizophrenia.

After discharge on July 5, 1997 Chapman moved in with the Reverend

Peter Anderson and his wife, to whom he had been introduced by Dennis
Mee-Lee from Castle Memorial Hospital.

On July 6, 1978 Chapman took a hastily planned trip to Japan,

Hong Kong, Thailand, India, Iran, Israel, Switzerland, England, Georgia
and then back to Hawaii. He was met at the airport on August 20, 1978 by
his girlfriend, Gloria Abe. They became engaged in early 1979 and married
on June 2, 1979. Mark worked at the hospital again but was fired in late
1979 due to hostility towards co-workers and excessive perfectionism. At
this point, he started talking to the Little People again, for the first time
since his adolescence.

Early in 1980, Chapman began to think more intently about killing

John Lennon. He also explained the Little People to his wife, Gloria.
One night Gloria awoke to hear what seemed like two voices shouting
and arguing about killing John Lennon, but Mark was the only other
person in the house.
g
During 1980, Chapman put himself in trance while sitting naked listenin
ic manner and
to Beatles songs on headphones. He did this in a ritualist
is very
called upon Satan to give him power to kill John Lennon. This
and
similar to the trance exercises Sirhan Sirhan performed with mirrors
himself.
candles, in order to create a dissociated assassin state within
as a self
It is curious that Dr. Bernard Diamond diagnosed Sirhan Sirhan
n to be
created multiple personality, but considered Mark David Chapma
similar.
schizophrenic, when the mental processes of the two are so
help him plan
During 1980 Chapman called on the Little People to
Lennon was carefully
and carry out the murder. The killing of John
inner world
premeditated by the phony adult. Mark David Chapman’s
led at a high
was not chaotic, disorganized or psychotic; it was control
to mount an insanit y defense
level of precision. Chapman rightly refused
who consid ered
even when encouraged to do so by defense psychiatrists
him schizophrenic.
228 Tue CIA Docrors

Chapman described his Little People this way (pp. 289):

But anyway, that’s what it was: a board and people were formed
into committees. It’s exactly like I had when the Little People
returned before I killed John Lennon. One committee worked on
myfinances. And every night or once a week they would give me
these reports on how we were doing. And these were all highly
trained, efficient people. I even sensed their personalities.
One of them even had a name. He was like the chief of staff.
He was very aloof and efficient. I would often see him sitting
by the window alone in the boardroom, just looking out the
window and thinking. We had on the board the equivalent of like
a military general, who was head of the defense department,
a defense committee and the financial committee, the relationship
committee. Just maybe five or six committees that worked there
to help me and I would turn to them and they would tell me what
to do. Of course they were answerable to me, but they would
often give me advice.

The Little People did not participate in the murder of John Lennon.
In fact they actively tried to talk the phony adult out of it, without success.
When the phony adult talked to the Little People, including Robert, his
most trusted advisor, the phony adult’s face would be displayed on a
video screen in the inner boardroom. This is typical of the inner worlds
of people with dissociative identity disorder or dissociative disorder not
otherwise specified’ 7° 7°. So is referring to oneself as “we” or “us,”
which schizophrenics do not usually do.

After discussion with “Mr. President,” the phony adult, about the plan
to kill John Lennon, the Little People maintained their integrity by
departing (pp. 237):

One by one, beginning with his defense minister, the Little

People rose from their seats and walked from the secret chamber
inside the mysterious mind of Mark David Chapman. Alone in
his dangerous world at last, abandoned even by the endlessly
forgiving Little People whom he had created within himself, the
face of Mark David Chapman faded from the screen.

The Little People and the murderous inner child had evolved into much
more than inner fantasies. They had their own separate, dissociated
 Case Histories: MArK DAvip CHAPMAN 229

feelings, motives and points of view. They monitored and interacted with
the outside world, took executive control of the body, made decisions
and carried out internal actions independently of the control of the phony
adult. They feared his retaliation, but they did not bend to his will.

Chapman went to New York twice in late 1980, the first time for
reconnaissance, the second to carry out the murder in front of the Dakota
apartments late on the evening of December 8. Afterwards, in jail, in 1981,
Robert returned to the phony adult when he was awaiting trial (pp. 279):

Robert briefly explained that he could reconvene the government

to try to help Chapman cope with the aftermath of the tragedy
that he had allowed the small, Evil One inside him to create.
Chapman considered the offer, but decided against it. He was
too ashamed, he said.

During his imprisonment, Chapman became possessed by demons, a not

uncommon occurrence in people with dissociative disorders. The demons
went away in response to exorcisms conducted by Chapman alone and
by Chapman and a prison minister in 1985. The demons must have been
disavowed, angry parts of his mind.

Mark David Chapman was not a full Manchurian Candidate because

out
there was no amnesia and because he was self-created. He did carry
an assassination, though. He was not schizoph renic - if he had been
correctly diagnosed at Castle Memorial Hospital in 1977, and provided
skilled psychotherapy, John Lennon might be alive today.
identity
By the time he killed John Lennon, Chapman had transformed his
one
‘nto Holden Caulfield from The Catcher in the Rye’. This was but
permanent
more in a long series of transformations of identity, none
Chapman are
or successful. The psychological processes of Mark David
another example
closely related to those of Sirhan Sirhan; he provides
of the self-created Manchurian Candidate assassin .
IV. CONCLUSIONS
 sangsoo,
Nghe by

= (EM The eto:

aeaihinrnaa Od a ix
stad shite were: Seeftoently basin Ky
) ei et —_ jute tenttua. veheourih
= ‘Semartsd cee ai rat
(* wore’ (2) Welge fable 10)
eel ovat eve ste bial ian arts tory wT PA (ress
Tw? i, my wy Rui ol ofryal aycileie iat
Ap £93 joes"

means PR ewast 5 heir babes tgapil Sites |

S 2
ar th .

Te Sic \ Tay oes i u my t

- —a ;
?; “
 23
[IATROGENIC MULTIPLE
PERSONALITY DISORDER

As I describe in my 1997 textbook?*, there are four pathways to

multiple personality disorder, now officially named dissociative identity
disorder by the American Psychiatric Association: (1) childhood abuse;
(2) childhood neglect; (3) factitious; and, (4) iatrogenic. Iatrogenic means
created by the therapist. The same four pathways may result in partial or
incomplete forms of multiple personality called dissociative disorder not
otherwise specified.

Dissociative identity disorder may arise as (1), a natural response

to severe, chronic childhood abuse, which may include any combination
of physical, sexual, emotional and verbal abuse. It may be a response
to (2), severe, chronic childhood neglect. It may be (3), a factitious
disorder, that is, the symptoms may be self-created by a person who wants
to get into the patient role. Finally, (4), the disorder may be iatrogenic,
which means created by a doctor or therapist. In civilian therapies,
iatrogenic dissociative identity is created unwittingly and is malpractice,
while in Manchurian Candidate Programs it is created on purpose.

Civilian iatrogenic dissociative identity disorder is grounds for a

successful malpractice lawsuit: this fact alone establishes that the
Manchurian Candidate Programs were harmful, unethical and a violation
of human rights. They were designed to create an enduring psychiatric
disorder, which is the opposite of what doctors are supposed to do under
the Hippocratic Oath and the Nuremberg Code.

Sirhan Sirhan and Mark David Chapman correspond to the factitious

pathway, while Palle Hardrup, Candy Jones and Patty Hearst correspond
to the iatrogenic pathway.
 CONCLUSIONS: IATROGENIC MULTIPLE PERSONALITY DISORDER 233

Controversies concerning the percentage of multiple personality cases

that are due to the different pathways have been analyzed in my other
writings?* 75° 7°. In clinical work, I rarely encounter pure factitious
or iatrogenic cases. Instead, most cases contain elements of all four causal
pathways, in ratios that vary from case to case.

The reality of iatrogenic multiple personality and the reality of the

Manchurian Candidate prove each other. If iatrogenic multiple personality
actually occurs, and individuals in such cases experience real but
iatrogenic amnesia, auditory hallucinations and posttraumatic stress
disorder, then the disorder has been created unwittingly by incompetent,
misguided therapists. If therapists can create multiple personality disorder
unintentionally, then a skilled mind control doctor should be able to create
a Manchurian Candidate on purpose. The therapies in which multiple
personality is created unwittingly should mimic the conditions and
techniques used by Palle Hardrup, Bjorn Neilsen, Donald DeFreeze and
BLUEBIRD/ARTICHOKE doctors to create Manchurian Candidates.
actual
Inversely, if Manchurian Candidates are real and have been used in
and post-
operations, and if their locking mechanisms, amnesia barriers
ence
hypnotic suggestions present a serious barrier to counter-intellig
would expect iatrogen ic cases to occur
detection and penetration, then one
in therapies that mimic the conditions of mind control.
Candidates
Additionally, ifiatrogenic multiple personality and Manchurian
neousl y under
are real, then cases should arise naturally and sponta
control programs.
conditions that mimic misguided therapies and mind
adults with power
The fundamental condition is inescapable control by
grated ways, at times
and authority who behave in contradictory, uninte
This is the classic good
kind and protective, at others abusive and hateful.
experience of children
cop-bad cop method of interrogation. It is also the
in abusive, traumatic and neglectful families.

arose spontaneously in
If cases of multiple personality disorder never
t Manchurian Candidates
abusive and neglectful families, I would expec
not expect to encounter
to be difficult or impossible to create, and I would
I would conclude that the
iatrogenic cases of multiple personality disorder.
t split off new identities
human mind just doesn’t work that way, and doesn’
extremely rare cases.
under difficult circumstances, except perhaps in
depend on the core features of
All four pathways to multiple personality rsal
the condition, amnesia and dissociated executive control, being unive
234 Tue CIA Doctors

aspects of normal human psychology, a view for which I present the

evidence and logic in my other writings**?. I am not trying to prove
anything about iatrogenic dissociative identity disorder in this chapter.
My goal is to explain why the Manchurian Candidate programs could help
us better understand clinical dissociative disorders.

In the course of my work as an expert witness, I have encountered five

cases of relatively pure iatrogenic multiple personality disorder. In each
case I have reviewed medical records, interviewed the person directly,
and administered a battery of self-report, computer-scored and structured
interview measures, and in several I analyzed the opinions, affidavits and
testimony of the defendants. In one case, I listened to audiotapes of therapy
sessions. Additionally I have attended workshops and talks by some of the
defendants and reviewed their published writings.

The conclusion that each of the five cases was iatrogenic was reached in
several ways. Each litigant was making that claim. In all five cases, there
was no evidence of a dissociative disorder existing prior to therapy in the
medical records or in the histories I took. There was abundant evidence
of treatment techniques and boundary violations that mimicked the mind
control techniques used by destructive cults, Bjorn Neilsen, Donald
Defreeze, Gilbert Jensen, and BLUEBIRD/ARTICHOKE doctors.

Subsequent to retracting their multiple personality and false memories,

all five litigants experienced spontaneous stable remission of their multiple
personality disorder without any therapy designed to achieve that goal.
The multiple personality melted away quickly once the litigants escaped
the control of their therapists.

I compared the five iatrogenic cases to twelve cases I judged to be

examples of the childhood abuse and neglect pathways to multiple
personality disorder. Each of these twelve individuals had participated in
specific psychotherapy for multiple personality for a period of years and
had reached stable integration according to criteria accepted in the field**.
None of the childhood trauma pathway cases had retracted her diagnosis
or trauma history.

At the time of interview, the two groups did not differ on any of the
measures I used. These included the Dissociative Experiences Scale,
the Dissociative Disorders Interview Schedule, the Structured Clinical
Interview for DSM-III-R (SCID), the Millon Clinical Multiaxial
Inventory II and III, the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression,
 CONCLUSIONS: LATROGENIC MULTIPLE PERSONALITY DISORDER 235

the Symptom Checklist-90-Revised, and the Beck Mood Inventory.

Four of the iatrogenic subjects also completed the posttraumatic stress
disorder section of the Diagnostic Interview Schedule. All these measures
are commonly used in the field and are referenced and discussed in my
writings**® 8) *?.

The two groups did not differ on their lifetime psychiatric profile on
the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM III-R. They did not differ
on demographic features or childhood histories of physical and sexual
abuse as reported on the Dissociative Disorders Interview Schedule,
the text of which is available in my textbook”** and on my web page
at www.rossinst.com. The iatrogenic cases had retracted much of their
trauma, but their non-retracted trauma histories were still substantial.

Dissociative symptoms prior to diagnosis of the multiple personality

were mild in intensity and low in frequency in the iatrogenic cases;
the dissociative symptoms appeared to be components of other disorders
ent
such as depression and bulimia. The iatrogenic patients’ involvem
in the mental health system prior to the iatrogeni c therapy was minimal.
health
In contrast, the childhood onset cases had long, complicated mental
chronic,
histories prior to diagnosis of their multiple personality, including
complex dissociative symptoms.
of bipolar mood
In the five iatrogenic cases, pre-existing diagnoses
depres sive disorde r in the other
disorder were made in three, and major
disorde r were present in
two. Self-defeating and/or dependent personality
were positiv e for
all five cases. Three of the four iatrogenic cases tested
PTSD was caused by
posttraumatic stress disorder, and in each case the
false memories and the trauma of therapy.
of massive overutilization
The iatrogenic cases provided extreme examples
ions. As I describe in a
of treatment techniques and boundary violat
mimicked the mind
composite case in my textbook", the treatments
and by the mind control
control techniques used by destructive cults2*’,
. The treatments included
doctors who created Manchurian Candidates
as two years which imposed
prolonged inpatient admissions lasting as long
food deprivation; repeated
conditions of sensory deprivation, sleep and
e world; control of information;
trance induction; isolation from the outsid
drugs.
and altered states of consciousness due to
as Satanic and all doubts about
The patients’ families of origin were defined
the false memories of Satanic
the reality of the multiple personality or
236 Tue CIA Doctors

ritual abuse were defined as symptoms of cult programming or resistance

to treatment. The treatment team had a hierarchical organizational
structure with a charismatic leader at the top, just like destructive
cults. The treatment violated the methods and principles I recommend
in my book, Satanic Ritual Abuse: Principles of Treatment™®, and it did so
to an extreme degree.

Boundary violations by the therapists ranged from minor problems

to sexual involvement. There was excessive personal disclosure
by therapists, and the patients often knew the names of therapists’ spouses
and children. The personal beliefs of the therapists about “the cult,” and
the therapists’ fear and paranoia, were well known to the patients. In many
cases, the treatment plan was modified to protect the therapist and patient
from the cult. Mail was opened by hospital staff and reviewed for secretly
implanted triggers. Control of the patient’s life space, thoughts, beliefs,
behaviors and interactions was extensive or complete for prolonged
periods of time.

Serious medical problems were ignored or interpreted as cult programming.

For instance, a pneumonia was said to be an attempt to sabotage therapy; an
extreme elevation in blood pressure during a voluntary physical restraint
session was not treated; a purulent discharge went untreated for a week
while being interpreted as the workings of a cult alter personality; and the
importance of other medical problems was minimized. Serious untreated
medical problems included multiple sclerosis, epilepsy, hypothyroidism,
an abscessed tooth, and hypertension.

The medical records were extremely unusual. There were no target

symptoms or problems that could be treated in an acute setting. The charts
were full of comments about the cult, programming, Satanic holidays
and the like. These were reported as facts, not allegations of the patient,
and were the primary concern of the staff. Stabilization, return to the
outside world, building daily coping skills, employment, and the quality
of outside relationships all took second place to the cosmic battle with
the powers of evil, as represented by the cult, the cult alter personalities,
and the cult programming. There was no evidence that any of the Satanic
ritual abuse was real.

The five cases show that the threshold for creation of iatrogenic multiple
personality is set very high. The degree of control and social influence
required to create an iatrogenic case of multiple personality is comparable
to the brainwashing conditions required by destructive cults, Communist
 CONCLUSIONS: [ATROGENIC MULTIPLE PERSONALITY DISORDER 237

Chinese interrogators, and creators of Manchurian Candidates. An

hour or two of outpatient therapy per week is not enough. In the five
iatrogenic cases I reviewed as an expert witness, there was massive
over-involvement of the therapist and massive over-utilization of standard
treatment techniques. In the most severe cases, total control of the patient
was exerted in an inpatient environment for months or years.

Creating a Manchurian Candidate requires intrusion into the subject’s

life space on the scale experienced by Palle Hardrup and Patty Hearst.
GH. Estabrooks said that months of training were required, even though
subjects had been carefully selected.

I have also served as an expert witness for the defense in iatrogenic

multiple personality cases. In several of these cases I judged the complaint
of iatrogenic multiple personality to be fake. I call this condition false false
memory syndrome. These people do not really have iatrogenic multiple
personality; they are faking it. In these cases, there was a prolonged
history of faking all kinds of medical conditions prior to the factious
multiple personality arising. The conditions of extreme social influence
and control by the therapist were absent.
and now
The plaintiffs in these cases had faked multiple personality
deceptive
were suing for damages, blaming the therapist for their own
story was fake; the informa tion
behavior. It is possible that Candy Jones’
Candy Jones’ case
necessary to make a decision about causal pathway in
the Freedom
is contained in still-classified documents not available under
of Information Act.
was declassified
If more information about the Manchurian Candidate
this would help me in my
by the CIA and other intelligence agencies,
availa ble Manchurian
clinical study of multiple personality disorder. The
1970’s. It is time, I think,
Candidate documents were declassified in the
chapter of The CIA
for another round of declassification. I close this
Doctors with a request for more documents.
 24
THE REALITY OF THE
MANCHURIAN CANDIDATE

What does it mean to say that the Manchurian Candidate is real? “Real” or
childhood-onset dissociative identity disorder is never literally real. There
is never really more than one person there. According to the diagnostic
rules of the American Psychiatric Association’, psychiatric diagnoses
must be based on observed behaviors and reported symptoms. This is true
for all psychiatric diagnoses. Multiple personality disorder is an observed
behavior. The person with multiple personality acts as if he or she has
different people inside who take turns being in control of the body. This is
a behavior, not a literal fact.

The causal pathway of the multiple personality is not relevant to making

the diagnosis by American Psychiatric Association rules. Multiple
personality, on the one hand, is never literally real. On the other hand,
one “really” has multiple personality if one exhibits the behavior of
switching and amnesia, unless the condition is being consciously faked,
in which case the diagnosis is factitious disorder. By American Psychiatric
Association rules, multiple personality is equally “real” if the causal
pathway is childhood abuse, childhood neglect or iatrogenic. Therefore
a Manchurian Candidate has “real” multiple personality.

The clinical reason to be interested in etiological pathway is not to

decide if a case is “real” or not, but to help in treatment planning. The
controversy about “real” versus iatrogenic multiple personality is based on
a misconception. The disorder is never literally or concretely real, which
is why it can be treated with psychotherapy. Despite the fact that it is not
literally real, multiple personality can have very real consequences. There
are no better examples of this fact than Mark David Chapman and Sirhan
Sirhan. The separate identities and amnesia barriers in multiple personality
 ConcLUSIONS: THE REALITY OF THE MANCHURIAN CANDIDATE 239

are symptoms, not literal facts. When I speak of an amnesia barrier,

for instance, I realize that there is no physical wall inside the mind.

People actually do find themselves in strange locations, unaware of how they

got there, because of multiple personality. These things really happen. Study
of the Manchurian Candidate helps us understand the sense in which multiple
personality disorder is real. The amnesia barriers, locking mechanisms, and
layers of personalities in the Manchurian Candidate actually do provide a
barrier to counter-intelligence penetration, as G. H. Estabrooks described.
Like the Manchurian Candidate, the person with iatrogenic multiple
personality actually experiences the symptoms of the disorder, and actually
has dissociative identity disorder by American Psychiatric Association rules.

Consider the hypnotized patient in the middle of gallbladder surgery.

The patient is awake, alert and reporting no pain or discomfort. His pulse,
blood pressure, muscle tension, and all other physiological measures are
normal. What does it mean to say that the pain control isn’t “real,” that the
person is “only hypnotized?” Nothing.

Likewise, a debate about whether Manchurian Candidates are “real” is

meaningless. What matters is whether the Manchurian Candidate can
escape detection and, if caught, whether the classified information he or
she holds can be hidden from interrogators. Similarly, for the traumatized
child, what matters is whether the multiple personality works as a way to
cope with trauma, not whether it is literally real.

In the interests of national security, it is important that the CIA and military
intelligence agencies have mind control programs in place. This is true,
for one reason, because mind control methods are being used by leaders
of destructive cults, dictators and terrorists. There is nothing wrong with
the intelligence agencies seeking the assistance of physicians in such
programs. The problem is the conflict between the National Security Act
and the Hippocratic Oath.

To date, organized medicine has behaved as if this conflict does not exist.
That needs to change. The doctors who create Manchurian Candidates
need to be governed not just by the National Security Act, but also by
the Hippocratic Oath. How this conflict should be resolved, and how it
should be regulated by civilian, organized medicine, is uncertain The
problem requires study and discussion. Whatever the outcome of such
will always need an effective, functioning intelligence
discussion,we
community. The CIA stands between me and Gulag.
240 Tue CIA Doctors

The Manchurian Candidate is fact, not fiction. The degree of control

and coercive persuasion required to create a Manchurian Candidate sets
the threshold for creation of iatrogenic multiple personality disorder
at a high level.

Study of the Manchurian Candidate leads to the conclusion that creation of

iatrogenic multiple personality requires much more control and influence
than is possible in one or two hours of outpatient therapy per week. When
the necessary degree of control and influence is missing, the causal pathway
to multiple personality is more likely to be childhood abuse, childhood
neglect, or factitious. The relevance of the Manchurian Candidate to
clinical psychiatry is the light it sheds on pathway differentiation. That
is one reason I have studied the Manchurian Candidate for thirteen years,
despite attacks on me in medical journals” !*', books*"*, and magazines’,
and on CBC and BBC television.

There have been extensive human rights violations by American

psychiatrists over the last 70 years. These doctors were paid by the
American taxpayer through CIA and military contracts. It is past time for
these abuses to stop, it is past time for a reckoning, and it is past time for
individual doctors to be held accountable.

The Manchurian Candidate Programs are of much more than “historical”

interest. ARTICHOKE, BLUEBIRD, MKULTRA and MKSEARCH are
precursors of mind control programs that are operational in the twenty
first century. Human rights violations by psychiatrists must be ongoing
in programs like COPPER GREEN, the interrogation program at Abu
Ghraib prison in Iraq. Such programs must be carried out within CIA
units like Task Force 121 (The Dallas Morning News, December 1,
2004, p. 1A). Information pointing to ongoing human rights violations by
psychiatrists is available in publications like The New Yorker (see article
by Seymour M. Hersh, May 24, 2004). Yet the indifference, silence,
denial, and disinformation of organized medicine and psychiatry continue.
One purpose of The CIA Doctors: Human Rights Violations By American
Psychiatrists 1s to break that silence.
CONCLUSIONS: THE REALITY OF THE MANCHURIAN CANDIDATE 241
ITV. REFERENCES
 A; eas Ae 5 a : -

puetaaaee Pet hax

ae é ipo Eien

witty tn Tie Bh eatin oil

AceWh eke 0) Gite eyTineot) OG
Dh tooke aher ieee mT Aygaat A ret
<a Vale)
Paar fhe Leo a os) a
Yt vs mice’ oye! A Fires’ S
a layer 7 ate PAIL jun

= ’ ey 5 , j
maka Ls » j ’

arr) , 2.9 e any yh 2

_ mae v oy

pannel ar a ~ | ea
i CS. Hl _— : J A , ’ : vy
Sages are bs

“eT
Gh , A
244 Tue CIA Doctors

SENATE HEARINGS AND GOVERNMENT REPORTS

Biomedical and Behavioral Research, 1975. Joint Hearings Before the

Subcommittee on Labor and Public Welfare and the Subcommittee on
Administrative Practice and Procedure of the Committee on the Judiciary,
United States Senate, Ninety-Fourth Congress, First Session on Human-
Use Experimentation Programs of the Department of Defense and Central
Intelligence Agency.

Biological Testing Involving Human Subjects by The Department of

Defense, 1977. Hearings Before the Subcommittee on Health and
Scientific Research of the Committee on Human Resources United States
Senate, Ninety-Fifth Congress, First Session on Examination of Serious
Deficiencies in the Defense Department's Efforts to Protect the Human
Subjects of Drug Research.
Final Report. Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments.
Pittsburgh: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1995.
Human Drug Testing by the CIA, 1977. Hearings before the Subcommittee
on Health and Scientific Research of the Committee on Human Resources,
United States Senate, Ninety-Fourth Congress, First Session.
Project MKULTRA, The CIA’s Program of Research in Behavioral
Modification. Hearings Before the Select Committee on Intelligence, and
Subcommittee on Health and Scientific Research of the Committee on
Human Resources, United States Senate, Ninety-Fourth Congress, Second
Session, 1977.
Quality of Health Care - Human Experimentation, 1973. Hearings Before
the Subcommittee on Health of the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare,
United States Senate, Ninety-Third Congress, First Session.
The Nelson Rockefeller Report to the President by the Commission on CIA
Activities. New York: Manor Books, 1975.
 REFERENCES 245

Books AND PAPERS

Abramson, H. The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy. New York: Josiah

Macy, Jr. Foundation, 1960.
Abramson, H. The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism.
New York: Bobbs-Merrill, 1967.
Acocella, J. The politics of hysteria. The New Yorker, April 6, 1998,
64-79.
Adey, W.R. Sensitivity of brain tissue to intrinsic and
environmental oscillating fields. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 38, 547, 1975.
Adey, W.R., Bawin, S.M. (Eds.). Brain Interactions with Weak
Electric and Magnetic Fields. Neurosciences Research Program
Bulletin, 15, 1-129, 1977.
Adey, W.R., Tokizane, T. (Eds.). Structure and Function of the
Limbic System. New York, Elsevier, 1967.
Adey, W.R., Bell, F.R., & Dennis, B.J. Effects of LSD-25, psilocybin,
and psilocin on temporal lobe EEG patterns and learned behavior in
the cat. Neurology, 12, 591-602, 1962.
Adey, W.R., Porter, R., Walter, D.O., & Brown, T.S. Prolonged
effects of LSD on EEG records during discriminative performance
in cat: Evaluation by computer analysis. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 18, 25-35, 1965.
Agee, P. Inside the Company. CIA Diary. New York: Bantam, 1975.
10. Allen, J.R., West, L.J. Flight from violence: Hippies and the green
rebellion. American Journal of Psychiatry, 125, 364-370, 1968.
American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical
Manual of Mental Disorders, Third Editon. Washington, D.C.
American Psychiatric Association, 1980.
U2 American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical
Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition. Washington, DC
American Psychiatric Association, 1994.
13: Ames,A. Aniseikonic glasses. In F.P. Kilpatrick (Ed.), Explorations
in Transactional Psychology (pp. 119-147. New York: New York
University Press, 1961.
14. Andreasen, N.A. Daniel X. Freedman, M.D. 1921-1993.
A Memoriam to a scientist in the service of the ill. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 151, 799-801, 1994.
246 Tue CIA Doctors

Anonymous. In Memoriam. Donald Ewen Cameron - 1901-1967.

Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 12, 475, 1967.
Author. Clues to biochemistry of schizophrenia: May lead to rational
therapy of disease. Factor, December, 1959, pp. 8-9.
Azima, H. Sleep treatment in mental disorders. Diseases of the
Nervous System, 19, 523-530, 1958.
Azima, H. Psilocybin disorganization. Recent Advances in Biological
Psychiatry, 5, 184-198, 1962.
Azima, H., Cramer, F.J. Effects of partial perceptual isolation
in mentally disturbed individuals. Diseases of the Nervous System,
17, 117-1225 1956;
20. Azima, H., Vispo, R.H. Imipramine: A potent new antidepressant
compound. American Journal of Psychiatry, 115, 245-247, 1958.
PAL Azima, H., Wittkower, E.D., & LaTendresse, J. Object relations
therapy in schizophrenic states. American Journal of Psychiatry,
115, 60-62, 1958.
PIPE: Azrin, N.H., Lindsley, O.R. The reinforcement of cooperation
between children. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51,
100-102, 1955.
235 Bain, D. The Control of Candy Jones. Chicago: Playboy Press, 1976.
24. Baldwin, M., Bach, S.A., & Lewis, S.A. Effects of radio-frequency
energy on primate cerebral activity. Neurology, 10, 178-187, 1960.
oO Baldwin, M., Lewis, S.A., & Bach, S.A. The effects of lysergic acid
after cerebral ablation. Neurology, 9, 469-474, 1959.
26. Bamford, J. The Puzzle Palace. Inside the National Security Agency,
Americas Most Secret Intelligence Organization. New York:
Penguin Books, 1982.
Pi. Barker, E.T., Buck, M.F. LSD ina coercive milieu therapy program.
Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 22, 311-314, 1977.
28. Barker, E.T., Mason, M.H. Buber behind bars. Canadian Psychiatric
Association Journal, 13, 61-72, 1968.
ao Barker, E.T., McLaughlin, A.J. The total encounter capsule.
Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 22, 355-360, 1977.
30. Barker, E.T., Mason, M.A., & Wilson, J. Defence-disrupting therapy.
Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 14, 355-359, 1969.
Sih Bender, L. Children’s reactions to psychotomimetic drugs. In D.H.
Efron (Ed.), Psychotomimetic Drugs, pp. 265-271. New York:
Raven Press, 1970.
 REFERENCES 247

2: Bender, L., Faretra, G., & Cobronik, L. LSD and UML treatment
of hospitalized disturbed children. Recent Advances in Biological
Psychiatry, 5, 84-92, 1962.
a2. Berkhout, J., Walter, D.O., & Adey, W.R. Autonomic responses
during a replicable interrogation. Journal of Applied Psychology,
54, 316-325, 1970.
34. Berlin, L., Guthrie, T., Weider, A., Goodell, H., & Wolff, H.G.
Studies in human cerebral function: The effects of mescaline and
lysergic acid on cerebral processes pertinent to creative activity.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 122, 487-491, 1955.
35. Blake, A.F. To ‘sleep:’ perchance to kill? Providence Evening
Bulletin, May 13, 1968.
36. Blum, W. The CIA. A Forgotten History. London: Zed Books, 1986.
of. Boslow, H.M., Kohlmeyer, W.A. The Maryland defective
delinquency law: An eight-year follow-up. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 119, 118-124, 1963.
38. Bowart, W. Operation Mind Control. New York: W.W. Norton, 1978.
ous Bower, T. The Paperclip Conspiracy. The Hunt for the Nazi
Scientists. Boston: Little Brown and Company, 1987.
40. Bradley, P.B., Elkes, J.B. A technique for recording the electrical
activity of the brain in the conscious animal. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 5, 451-458, 1953.
41. Brauchi, J.T., West, L.J. Sleep deprivation. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 171, 11-14, 1959.
42. Breutsch, W.L. Translation of Wagner-Jauregg, J. The history of
the malaria treatment of general paralysis. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 151, 231-234, 1994.
43. Brown, A.C. Wild Bill Donovan. The Last Hero. New York: Times
Books, 1982.
44. Brussell, M. Why was Patty Hearst kidnapped? Paranoia Annual,
1, 97-112, 1974/1996.
45 Budiansky, S., Goode, E.E., & Gest, T. The cold war experiments.
U.S. News and World Report, January 24, 1994, pp. 32-38.
46. Bursten, B., Delgado, J.M.R. Positive reinforcement induced by
intracerebral stimulation in the monkey. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 51, 6-10, 1958.
47. Cahill, B. New ‘personalities’ made to order. Montreal Gazette,
June 18, 1956.
248 Tue CIA Doctors

48. Cahill, B. Psychic driving: repeated statements may influence

glands. Toronto Globe and Mail, October 31, 1956.
49. Cahill, B. “Two month sleep, shock new schizophrenic cure’,
Montreal Gazette, September 2, 1957
50. Cameron, D.E. Red light therapy in schizophrenia. British Journal
of Physical Medicine, 10, 11, 1936.
eis Cameron, D.E. Psychic driving. American Journal of Psychiatry,
112, 502-509, 1956.
ae. Cameron, D.E. Production of differential amnesia as a factor in the
treatment of schizophrenia. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 1, 26-34,
1960.
e)ek Cameron, D.E., Lohrenz, J.G., & Handcock, K.A. The depatterning
treatment of schizophrenia. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 3, 65-76,
1962.
54. Cameron, D.E., Levy, 1., Ban, T., & Rubenstein, L. Repetition
of verbal signals in therapy. In J.H. Masserman (Ed.), Current
Psychiatric Therapies: 1961 (pp. 100-111). New York: Grune &
Stratton, 1961.
DO: Cameron, D.E., Levy, L., Rubenstein, L. & Malmo, R.B. Repetition
of verbal signals: Behavioral and physiological changes. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 115, 985-991, 1959.
56. Case, R.G. Goodbye, Mr. Estabrooks! Syracuse Herald American,
January 6, 1974.
Sah Chess, S. Lauretta Bender, M.D. 1899-1987. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 152, 436, 1995.
58. Chodoff, P., Mercer, E. A response to psychiatric abuse. In E.
Stover, E.O. Nightingale (Eds.), The Breaking of Bodies and Minds.
Torture, Psychiatric Abuse and the Health Professions (pp. 223-
228). New York: W.H. Freeman, 1985.
39. Chorover, $.L. From Genesis to Genocide. The Meaning of Human
Nature and the Power of Behavioral Control. Cambridge: The MIT
Press, 1979.
60. Clare, A. Medicine Betrayed. The Participation of Doctors in
Human Rights Abuses. British Medical Association, London: Zed
Books, 1992.
61: Cleghorn, R.A. D. Ewen Cameron, M.D. F.R.C.P. [C]. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 97, 984-985, 1967.
62. Cohen, B.D., Luby, E.D., Rosenbaum, G., & Gottlieb, J.S. Combined
Sernyl and sensory deprivation. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 2, 345-
348, 1961.
 REFERENCES 249

63. Cohen, B.D., Rosenbaum, G., Dobie, S.I., & Gottlieb, J.S.
Sensory isolation: Hallucinogenic effects of a brief procedure.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 129, 486-491, 1959.
64. Cohen, ‘BD., Rosenbaum, G., Luby, E.D., & Gottlieb, J.S.
Comparison of phencyclidine (Sernyl) with other drugs. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 6, 395-401, 1962.
65. Collins, A. Jn The Sleep Room. The Story of CIA Brainwashing
Experiments in Canada. Toronto: Lester & Orpen Dennys, 1988.
66. Condon, R. The Manchurian Candidate. New York: Jove Books,
1959/1988.
67. Davis, E. Illusion-producing drug now on black market. Atlanta
Journal, July 13, 1962.
68. Deckert, G.H., West, LJ. Hypnosis and _ experimental
psychopathology. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 5, 256
2161 963.
69. Delgado, J.M.R. Evaluation of permanent implantation of
electrodes within the brain. Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 7, 637-644, 1955.
70. Delgado, J.M.R. Electronic command of movement and behavior.
Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences, 21, 689-699,
1959. |
ins Delgado, J.M.R. Prolonged stimulation of brain in awake monkeys.
Journal of Neurophysiology, 22, 458-475, 1959.
(ox Delgado, J.M.R. Emotional behavior in animals and humans.
Psychiatric Research Reports, 12, 259-266, 1960.
aS: Delgado, J.M.R. Social rank and radio-stimulated aggressiveness in
monkeys. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 144, 383-390, 1967.
74. Delgado, J.M.R. Limbic system and free behavior. In W.R. Adey &
T. Tokizane (Eds.), Structure and Function of the Limbic Sytem, pp.
48-68. New York: Elsevier, 1967.
Ja! Delgado, J.M.R. Physical Control of the Mind. New York: Harper
& Row, 1969.
To. Delgado, J.M., Mark, V., Sweet, W., Ervin, F., Weiss, G., Bach-
Y-Rita, G., & Hagiwara, R. Intracerebral radio stimulation and
recording in completely free patients. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 147, 329-340, 1968.
la. Demarr, E.W., Williams, H.L., Miller, A-L, & Pfeiffer, C.C. Effects
in man of single and combined oral doses of reserpine, iproniazid,
and d-lysergic acid diethylamide. Clinical Pharmacology and
Therapeutics, 1, 23-30, 1960.
250 Tue CIA Docrors

18: Ditman, K.S., Moss, T., Forgy, E.W., Zunin, L.M., Lynch, R.D.,
& Funk, W.A. Dimensions of the LSD, methylphenidate and
chlordiazepoxide experiences. Psychopharmacologia, 14, 1-11,
1969.
793 Einspruch, B.C. Review of Stranger Than Fiction: When Our Minds
Betray Us, by Feldman M.D., Feldman, J.M., & Smith, R. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 279, 1918-1919, 1998.
80. Elkes, J. Some effects of psychotomimetic drugs on the experimental
animal, and in man. Neuropharmacology. Transactions of the Third
Conference (pp. 205-295). Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation, 1957.
81. Ellason, J.W., Ross, C.A. Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory
II follow-up of patients with dissociative identity disorder.
Psychological Reports, 78, 707-716, 1996.
82. Ellason, J.W., Ross, C.A. Two-year follow-up of inpatients with
dissociative identity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154,
832-839, 1997.
83. Estabrooks, G.H. Man the Mechanical Misfit. New York: MacMillan
Company, 1941.
84. Estabrooks, G.H. Hypnotism. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1943.
85. Estabrooks, G.H. Spiritism. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1947.
86. Estabrooks, G.H. (Ed.). Hypnosis: Current Problems. New York:
Harper & Row, 1962.
87. Estabrooks, G.H. Hypnosis comes of age. Science Digest, April,
1971, 44-50.
88. Estabrooks, G.H., Gross, N.E. The Future of the Human Mind. New
York: E.P. Dutton, 1961.
89. Faden, R.R. Final Report. Advisory Committee on Human Radiation
Experiments. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office,
1995.
90. Farber, I-E., Harlow, H.F., & West, L.J. Brainwashing, conditioning,
and ddd (debility, dependency, and dread). In R. Ulrich, T. Stachnik,
& J. Mabry (Eds.), Control of Human Behavior, pp. 322-330.
Glenview: Scott, Foresman and Company, 1966.
Die Faretra, G, Bender, L. Autonomic nervous system responses in
hospitalized children treated with LSD and UML. Recent Advances
in Biological Psychiatry, 7, \-8, 1964.
yes, Feldman, M.D., Feldman, J.M., & Smith, R. Stranger Than Fiction:
When Our Minds Betray Us. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric
Press, 1998.
 REFERENCES 251

93. FJ.B. D. Ewen Cameron 1901-1967. American Journal of

Psychiatry, 124, 168-169, 1967.
94. Frankel, F.H., Orne, M.T. Treatment of anxiety and panic disorders:
Strategies of relaxation, self-control, and fear-mastery. Task Force
on the Treatment of Anxiety Disorders (pp. 2007-2009). Washington,
DC: American Psychiatric Association, 1989.
JB Frazier, H. Uncloaking the CIA. New York: The Free Press, 1975.
96. Freedman, D.X. Effects of LSD-25 on brain serotonin. Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 134, 16-166, 1961.
OF: Freedman, D.X. Psychotomimetic drugs and brain biogenic amines.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 119, 843-850, 1963.
98. Freedman, D.X., Giarmin, N.J. LSD-25 and the status and level of
brain serotonin. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 96,
98-107, 1962.
29. Fremont-Smith, F. Preface. In H. Abramson (Ed.), The Use of LSD
in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism, pp. xv-xvi. New York: Bobbs-
Merrill, 1967.
100. Frohman, C., Luby, E.D., Tourney, G., Beckett, P.G.S., & Gottlieb,
J.S. Steps towards isolation of a serum factor in schizophrenia.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 117, 401-408, 1960.
101. Fulcher, J.H., Gallagher, W.J., & Pfeiffer, C.C. Comparative lucid
intervals after amobarbital, CO2, and arecoline in the chronic
schizophrenic. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 78, 392-395,
1957.
102. Galanter, M. Cults and New Religious Movements. Washington,
DC: American Psychiatric Press, 1989.
103. Gaylin, W.M. Joel S. Meister, and Robert C. Neville. Operating on
the Mind. The Psychosurgery Conflict. New York: Basic Books,
1975:
104. Gilbert, G., Wagner-Jauregg, T., & Steinberg, G.M. Hydroxamic
acids: Relationship between structure and ability to reactivate
phosphate-inhibited acetylcholinesterase. Archives of Biochemistry
and Biophysics, 93, 469-475, 1961.
105. Gillmor, D. J Swear By Apollo. Dr. Ewen Cameron and the CIA
Brainwashing Experiments. Montreal: Eden Press, 1987.
106. Goldberger, L. Cognitive test performance under LSD-25, placebo
and isolation. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 142, 4-9,
1966.
107. Goldby, S. Experiments at the Willowbrook State School.
The Lancet, April 10, 749, 1971.
252 Tue CIA Doctors

108. Goldstein, L., Murphree, H.B., & Pfeiffer, C.C. Quantitative

electroencephalography in man as a measure of CNS stimulation.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 107, 1045-1056, 1963.
109. Goldstein, L., Murphree, H.B., Sugarman, A.A., Pfeiffer, C.C.,
& Jenney, E.H. Quantitative electroencephalographic analysis of
naturally occurring (schizophrenic) and drug-induced psychotic
states in human males. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 4,
10-21, 1963.
110. Hanley, J., Zweizig, J.R., Kado, R.T., Adey, W.R., & Rovner,
L.D. Combined telephone and radiotelemetry of the EEG.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 26, 323-
324, 1969.
fit Harriman, P.L. The experimental induction of a multiple personality.
Psychiatry, 5, 179-186, 1942.
(WiPZ Harriman, P.L. The experimental production of some phenomena
related to multiple personality. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 37, 244-255, 1942.
RSE Harriman, P.L. A new approach to multiple personalities. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 13, 638-643, 1943.
114. Harris, T.G. Sirhan B. Sirhan. Psychology Today, 3, 48-55, 1969.
LWSe Hearst, P. Patty Hearst. Her Own Story. New York: Avon Books,
1982.
16: Heath, R.G. Electrical self-stimulation of the brain in man.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 120, 571-577, 1963.
a7 Heath, R.G. Factors altering brain function and behavior in
schizophrenia. Psychiatric Research Reports, 19, 178-191, 1964.
118. Heath, R.G. Pleasure and brain activity in man. Deep and surface
electroencephalograms during orgasm. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 151, 3-18, 1972.
119: Heath, R.G. Modulation of emotion with a brain pacemaker:
Treatment for intractable psychiatric illness. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 165, 300-317, 1977.
0: Heath, R.G., Guerrero-Figueroa, R. Psychotic behavior with
evoked septal dyrythmia: Effects of intracerebral acetylcholine and
gamma aminobutyric acid. American Journal of Psychiatry, 121,
1080-1086, 1965.
U2. Heath, R.G., John, $.B., & Fontana, C.J. Stereotaxic implantation
of electrodes in the human brain: A method for long-term study and
treatment. EEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 23, 296-
304, 1976.
 REFERENCES 253

P22. Heath, RG., Monroe, R.R., & Lief, HI. The integration of
psychiatric and psychoanalytic training at Tulane: A ten-year review.
Journal of Medical Education, 36, 857-874, 1961.
M23. Heath, R.G., Martens, S., Leach, B.E., Cohen, M., & Angel, C.
Effect on behavior in humans of the administration of taraxein.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 114, 14-24, 1957.
124. Heath, R.G., Martens, S., Leach, B.E., Cohen, M., & Feigley,
C.A. Behavioral changes in nonpsychotic volunteers following the
administration of taraxein, the substance obtained from serum of
schizophrenics. American Journal of Psychiatry, 114, 917-920,
1958.
125. Heims, S.J. The Cybernetics Group. Massachusetts: The MIT
Press 3091
126. Hinkle, L.E., & Wolff, H.G. Communist interrogation and
indoctrination of “enemies of the state.” Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 76, 115-174, 1956.
aR Hinkle, L.E., Kane, F.D., Christenson, W.N., & Wolff, H. Hungarian
refugees: Life experiences and features influencing participation
in the revolution and subsequent flight. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 116, 16-19, 1959.
128. Hinkle, L.E., Plummer, N, Metraux, R., Richter, P., Gittinger, J.W.,
Thetford, W.N., Ostfeld, A.M., Kane, F.D., Goldberger, L., Mitchell,
W.E., Leichter, H., Pinsky, R., Goebel, D., Bross, I.D.J., and Wolff,
H.G. Studies in human ecology. American Journal of Psychiatry,
114, 212-220, 1957.
129: Hoagland, H. Donald Ewen Cameron 1901-1967. Recent Advances
in Biological Psychiatry, 10, 321322, 1967.
130. Hoch, PH. Remarks on LSD and mescaline. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 125, 442-444, 1957
hea Hoch, P.H., Cattell, J.P, & Pennes, H.H. Effects of mescaline and
lysergic acid. American Journal of Psychiatry, 108, 579-584, 1952
132. Hoffer, A. A program for treatment of alcoholism: LSD, malvaria
and nicotinic acid. In H. Abramson (Ed.), the Use of LSD in
Psychotherapy and Alcoholism, pp. 343-406. New York: Bobbs-
Merrill Company, 1967.
133. Hoffer, A., Osmond, H. the adenochrome model and schizophrenia.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 128, 18-35, 1959.
134. Howard, J. Margaret Mead. A Life. New York: Simon and Schuster,
1984.
254 THE CIA Doctors

135; Hunt, L. "Secret Agenda. The United States Government, Nazi

Scientists, and Project Paperclip, 1945 to 1990. New York:
St. Martin’s Press, 1991.
1o0: Hunter, E. Brain Washing in Red China. The Calculated Destruction
of Men’s Minds. New York: Vanguard Press, 1951.
lave Huxley, A. Brave New World. New York: Harper, 1932/1998.
138. Hyde, H.M. Room 3603. The Story of the British Intelligence
Center in New York During World War II. New York: Farrar, Straus
and Giroux, 1962.
139. Hyde, H.M. Cynthia. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1965.
140. Jeffreys-Jones, R. The CIA and American Democracy. New York:
Yale University Press, 1989.
141. Jones, JH. Bad Blood. New York: The Free Press, 1981.
142. Jones, J. Let Me Take You Down. Inside the Mind of Mark David
Chapman, The Man Who Shot John Lennon. New York: Villard
Books, 1992.
143. Kaiser, R.B. R.F.K. Must Die. A History of the Robert Kennedy
Assassination and Its Aftermath. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1970.
144. Kallman, F.J. Review of psychiatric progress 1947. Heredity and
eugenics. American Journal of Psychiatry, 105, 448-451, 1948.
145. Kallman, F.J. Review of psychiatric progress 1948. Heredity and
eugenics. American Journal of Psychiatry, 105, 497-500, 1948.
146. Keith, J. Secret and Oppressed. Banned Ideas and Hidden History.
Portland, OR: Feral House, 1993.
147. Kelly, G.A. A Theory of Personality. The Psychology of Personal
Constructs. New York: W.W. Norton, 1955.
148. Kessler, R. Inside the CIA. Revealing the Secrets of the World’
Most Powerful Spy Agency. New York: Pocket Books, 1992.
149. Kety, S.S., Woodford, R.B., Harmel, M.H., Freyhan, F.A., Appel,
K.E., & Schmidt, C.F. Cerebral blood flow and metabolism in
schizophrenia. The effects of barbiturate semi-narcosis, insulin
coma and electroshock. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 27, 476
483, 1948.
150. Kiev, A. (Ed.). Magic, Faith and Healing. New York: Collier-
Macmillan, 1964.
Lod. Knapp, A.G., Anderson, J.A. Theory of categorization based on
distributed memory storage. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
10, 616-637, 1984.
 REFERENCES 255

152: Kochakian, C.P. Hopkins class is told of drugs. Baltimore Sun,

September 9, 1970.
153: Krugman, S. Experiments at the Willowbrook State School. The
Lancet, May 8, 966-967, 1971.
154. Krugman, S., Giles, J.P, & Hammond, J. Infectious hepatitis.
Evidence for two distinctive clinical, epidemiological, and
immunological types of infection. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 200, 365-373, 1967.
195: Lane, M. Plausible Denial. Was the CIA Involved in the Assassination
of JFK? New York: Thunder’s Mouth Press, 1991.
156. Lapon, L. Mass Murderers in White Coats. Psychiatric Genocide in
Nazi Germany and the United States. Springfield, MA: Psychiatric
Genocide Research Institute, 1986.
at Lawrence, L. Were we Controlled? The Assassination of President
Kennedy. New Hyde Park, New York: University Books, 1967.
158. Lee, M., & Shlain, B. Acid Dreams. The Complete Social History
of LSD: The CIA, the Sixties, and Beyond. New York: Grove
Weidenfeld, 1985.
159. Lewis, B.M., Sokoloff, L., Wechsler, R.L., Wentz, W.B., & Kety,
S.S. Determination of cerebral blood flow using radioactive krypton.
Report No. NADC-MA-5601 (pp. 1-34). Johnsville, PA: U.S. Naval
Air Development Command, Feb. 20, 1956.
160. Li, C-L., Baldwin, M. Implanted electrodes in the human brain.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 13, 464-
466, 1961.
161. Lief, H.I., Lief, V.F., Warren, C.O., & Heath, R.G. Low dropout rate
in a psychiatric clinic. Archives of General Psychiatry, 5, 200-211,
1961.
162. Lifton, R.J. Home by ship: Reaction patterns of American
prisoners repatriated from North Korea. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 110, 732-739, 1954.
163, Lifton, R.J. Thought reform of Chinese intellectuals: A psychiatric
evaluation. Journal of Social Issues, 3, 5-20, 1957.
164. Lifton oebd: Chinese Communist ‘thought reform:”
Confession and re-education of western civilians. Bulletin of the
New York Academy ofSciences, 33, 626-644, 1957.
165. Lifton, R.J. Psychiatric aspects of Chinese Communist thought
reform. Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry, Symposium
No. 4, 234-249, 1957.
256 Tue CIA Doctors

166. Lifton, R.J. Thought Reform and the Psychology of Totalism. Chapel
Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1961.
167. Lilly, J.C. Factors used to increase the susceptibility of individuals
to forceful indoctrination: Observations and experiments. Group for
the Advancement of Psychiatry, 3, 89-90, 1956.
168. Lilly, J.C. Mental effects of reduction of ordinary levels of physical
stimuli on intact, healthy persons. Psychiatric Research Reports,
5, 1-9, L956
169: Lilly, J.C. Dolphin-human relation and LSD. In H. Abramson (Ed.),
The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism, pp. 47-52. New
York: Bobbs-Merrill Company, 1967.
170: Lilly, J.C. Programming and Metaprogramming in the Human
Biocomputer. New York: Julian Press, 1967.
1d Lilly, J.C. The Deep Self: Profound Relaxation and the Tank
Isolation Technique. New York: Warner Books, 1978.
12s Lipton, M.A. The relevance of chemically-induced psychoses
to schizophrenia. In D.H. Efron (Ed.), Psychotomimetic Drugs,
pp. 231-239. New York: Raven Press, 1970.
173. Litman, R.E., West, L.J. Research on violence: The ethical equation.
‘In N. Burch & H.L. Altshuler (Eds.), Behavior and Brain Electrical
Activity, pp. 525-539, 1975.
174. MacLean, J.R., MacDonald, D.C., Ogden, F., & Wilby, E. LSD
25 and mescaline as therapeutic adjuvants. In H. Abramson (Ed.),
The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism, pp. 4070429.
New Yorl: Bobbs-Merrill Company, 1967.
is. Malamud, W., Overholser, W. Multidisciplinary research in
schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 114, 865-872, 1958.
176. Malamud, W., Hoaglund, H., & Kaufman, I.-C. A new psychiatric
rating scale. Psychosomatic Medicine, 8, 243-245, 1946.
Ly: Malitz, S. The role of mescaline and DO lysergic acid in psychiatric
treatment. Diseases of the Nervous System, 27, 39-42, 1966.
178. Malitz, S. Paul Hoch, 1902-1964. American Journal of Psychiatry,
[535 1B29R1996.
Lo; Malitz, S., Esecover, H., Wilkens, B., & Hoch, PH. Some
observations on psilocybin, a new hallucinogen, in volunteer
subjects. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 1, 8-17, 1960.
180. Malmo, R.B., Smith, A.A., & Kohlmeyer, W.A. Motor manifestations
of conflict in interview: A case study. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 52, 268-271, 1956.
 REFERENCES 257

181. Mandell, A., West, L.J. Hallucinogens. In A.M. Freedman & HI.
Kaplan (Eds.), Human Behavior: Biological, Psychological, and
Sociological, pp. 480-491. New York: Athenium, 1967.
182. Mangold, T. Cold Warrior. James Jesus Angleton: The CIA’s Master
Spy Hunter. New York: Published by Simon & Schuster, 1991.
183. Mark, V.H., & Ervin, F.R. Violence and the Brain. New York:
Harper & Row, 1970.
184. Marks, J. The Search for the Manchurian Candidate. New York:
W.W. Norton, 1988.
185. Marrazzi, A.S. An experimentalist looks at psychiatry. Recent
Advances in Biological Psychiatry, 7, 143-161, 1965.
186. Marrazzi, A.S., Meisch, R.A., Pew, W.L., & Beiter, T.G. Quantified
LSD effects on ego strength. Recent Advances in Biological
Psychiatry, 2, 197-207, 1959.
187. McHugh, P.R., Smith, G.P. Negative feedback in adrenocortical
response to limbic stimulation in Macaca Mulatta. American Journal
of Physiology, 213, 1445-1450, 1967.
188. McHugh, P.R. Resolved: Multiple personality disorder is an
individually and socially created artifact. Journal of the American
Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 957-959, 1995.
189. McHugh, P.R. Foreword. In A. Piper, Hoax and Reality. The
Bizarre World of Multiple Personality, pp. 1x-x. Northvale, NJ:
Jason Aronson, 1997.
190. Meiers, M. Was Jonestown a CIA Medical Experiment? Lewiston:
Edwin Mellen Press, 1988.
LoL Merskey, H. Multiple personality disorder and false memory
syndrome. British Journal of Psychiatry, 166, 281-283, 1995.
17. Minsky, M. The Society of Mind. New York: Touchstone, 1985.
193: Moan, C.E., Heath, R.G. Septal stimulation for the initiation of
heterosexual activity in a homosexual male. Journal of Behavior
Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 3, 23-30, 1972.
194. Monroe, R.R., Heath, R.G., Mickle, W.A., & Llewellyn, R.C. Correlation
of rhinencephalic electrograms with behavior. A study on humans
under the influence of LSD and mescaline. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 9, 623-642, 1957.
1958 Moore, J. Canadian psychiatrists develop beneficial brain-washing.
Weekend Magazine, 5, 40, 1955.
196. Moore, M. Winfred Overholser, M.D. President 1947-1948. A
biographical sketch. American Journal of Psychiatry, 105, 10-14, 1948.
258 Tue CIA Doctors

197. Morehouse, D. Psychic Warrior. The True Story of the CIA’

Paranormal Espionage Programme. Michael Joseph, 1996.
198. Morganfield, R. LSD tested at Baylor’s med school. Houston
Chronicle, October 1, 1994, pp. 29.
LSD) Moss, T. ESP over long distance. Proceedings of the 11"
Parapsychology Conference, Freiberg, Germany, p. 176-196, 1968.
200. Moss, T. ESP effects in “artists” contrasted with “non-artists.”
Journal of Parapsychology, 33, 57-69, 1969.
201. Moss, T. Telepathy in the waking state. In R. Cavanna (Ed.),
International Conference on Methodology in Psi Research, pp. 121
142. New York: Parapsychology Foundation, 1970.
202. Moss, T., Gengerelli, J. The effect of belief on ESP success.
In J.B. Rhine (Ed.), Progress in Parapsychology, pp. 152-169. North
Carolina: Seeman, 1971.
ZOS2 Moss, T., Johnson, K. Is there an energy body? Osteopathic
Physician, 39, 27-43, 1972.
204. Moss, T., Schmeidler, G. Quantitative investigation of a “haunted
house.” Journal of the American Society of Psychical Research, 62,
399-410, 1968.
209: Moss, T., Hubacher, J., & Gray, J. Skin vision and telepathy in a blind
subject. Proceedings, Parapsychology Association. Edinburgh,
1972.
206. Moss, T., Paulson, M., Chang, A., & Levitt, M. Hypnosis and ESP: A
controlled experiment. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 13,
46-56, 1970.
207. Murphree, H.B., Pfeiffer, C.C., Goldstein, L., Sugerman, A.A.,
Jenney, E.H. Time-series analysis of the effects of barbiturates on
the electroencephalograms of psychotic and nonpsychotic men.
Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 8, 830-840, 1967.
208. Myers, W.A., Heath, R.G. Cannabis sativa: Ultrastructural changes
in organelles of neurons in brain septal region of monkeys. Journal
of Neuroscience Research, 4, 9-17, 1979.
209; Narabayashi, H. Stereotaxic amygdalotomy for behavioral and
emotional disorders. Brain Nerve (Japan) 16 800-804, 1964.
Zs Naylor, D. Mind Control. Los Angeles: ZM Productions, 1998.
ule Nemeroff, C.B. Morris A. Lipton, M.D., Ph.D. 1915-1989.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 941-942, 1999.
2123 Nickson, E. The Monkey Puzzle Tree. Toronto: Alfred A. Knopf, 1994.
 REFERENCES 259

213: Ofshe, R., Watters, E. Making Monsters. False Memories,

Psychotherapy, and Sexual Hysteria. New York: Charles Scribner’s,
1994.
214. Ofshe, R.J., Singer, M. Attacks on peripheral versus central elements
of self and the impact of thought reforming techniques. Journal of
Cultic Studies, 3, 3-24, 1986.
213: Orne, M.T. The potential uses of hypnosis in interrogation.
In A.D. Biderman (Ed.), the Manipulation of Human Behavior
(pp. 169-215). New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1961.
216. Orne, M.T. Antisocial behavior and hypnosis: Problems of control
and validation in empirical studies. In G.H. Estabrooks (Ed.),
Hypnosis: Current Problems (pp. 137-192). New York: Harper &
Row, 1962.
217. Orne, M.T. Hypnotically induced hallucinations. In L.J. West (Ed.),
Hallucinations (pp. 211-219). New York: Grune & Stratton, 1962.
ze. Orne, M.T. Can a hypnotized subject be compelled to carry out
otherwise unacceptable behavior? Jnternational Journal of Clinical
and Experimental Hypnosis, 20, 101-117, 1972.
219. Orne, M.T. Psychotherapy in contemporary America: Its
development and context. In D.X. Freedman (Ed.), American
Handbook of Psychiatry, Volume 5, Treatment (pp. 1-33). New York:
Basic Books, 1975.
220. Orne, M.T. The significance of unwitting cues for experimental
outcomes: Toward a pragmatic approach. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 364, 152-168, 1981.
wae Orne, M.T., Bates, B.L. Reflections on multiple personality disorder:
A view from the looking glass of hypnosis past. In A. Kales (Ed.),
Mosaic of Contemporary Psychiatry in Perspective (pp. 247-260).
New York: Springer-Verlag, 1992.
222) Orne, M.T., Dinges, D.F., & Orne, E.C. On the differential diagnosis
of multiple personality in the forensic context. International Journal
of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 32, 118-169, 1984.
2a! Orme, M.T., Dinges, D.F., Orne, E.C., & Evans, FJ. Voluntary
Self-Control of Sleep to Facilitate Quasi-Continuous Performance.
Fort Detrick, MD: U.S. Army Medical Research and Development
Command. (NTIS No. AD-A102264), 1980.
224. Orne, M.T., Kihlstrom, J.F., Evans, F.J., & Orne, E.C. Attempting to
breach posthypnotic amnesia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 89,
605-616, 1980.
260 Tue CIA Doctors

Zant Orne, MT. Pettinati, M.H., Evans, F.J., & Orne, E.C. Restricted use
of success cues in retrieval during posthypnotic amnesia. Journal of
abnormal Psychology, 90, 345-353, 1981.
226. Osmond, H. A comment on some uses of psychotomimetics in
psychiatry. In H. Abramson (Ed.), The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy
and Alcoholism, pp. 430-433. New York: Bobbs-Merrill, 1967.
22a Osmond, H., Cheek, F., Albahary, R., & Sarett, M. Some problems in
the use of LSD 25 in the treatment of alcoholism. In H. Abramson (Ed.),
The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism (pp. 434-457, 1967.
228. Ostfeld, A., Benjamin, B., Gittinger, J., Goldberger, L., Kane, F.O.,
Leichter, H.J., Metraux, R., Mitchell, W.E., Pinsky, R.H., Richter, P.,
Thetford, W.N., Hinkle, L.E., & Wolff, H.G. Factors relative to the
occurrence and distribution of illness in a homogeneous population
of ostensibly healthy individuals. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 124, 405-412, 1956.
2295 Overholser, W. Presidential address. American Journal ofPsychiatry,
105, 1-9, 1948.
230. Overholser, W., Elkes, J. A collaborative research program between
Saint Elizabeth’s Hospital and National Institutes of Mental Health.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 116, 465-466, 1959.
PieAl Overholser, W., Werkman, S.L. Etiology, pathogenesis, and
pathology. In Schizophrenia: A Review of the Syndrome (pp.82-106).
New York: Logos Press, 1958.
232. Pam, A. Biological psychiatry: Science or pseudoscience? In C.A.
Ross & A. Pam (Eds.), Pseudoscience in Biological Psychiatry (pp.
1-84). New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1995.
25% Pasternak, D. Wonder weapons. U.S. News and World Report, July
7, 1997, pp. 38-46.
234. Penfield, W., Baldwin, M. Temporal lobe seizures and the technic of
subtotal temporal lobectomy. Annals of Surgery, 136, 625-634, 1952.
Zoo Persinger, M.A. Elicitation of “childhood memories” in hypnosis-
like settings is associated with complex partial epileptic-like signs for
women but not men: Implications for the false memory syndrome.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 78, 643-651, 1994.
236. Pfeiffer, C.C. Parasympathetic neurohumors: Possible precursors
and effect on behavior. Jnternational Review of Neurobiology, | 5
195-244, 1959.
pF 0k Pfeiffer, C.C., Jenney, E.H. The inhibition of the conditioned
response and the counteraction of schizophrenia by muscarinic
 REFERENCES 261

stimulation of the brain. Annals of the New York Academy of

Sciences, 96, 753-764, 1962.
238i Pfeiffer, C.C., Smythies, J.R. (Eds.). International Review of
Neurobiology. New York: Academic Press, 1959.
229. Pfeiffer, C.C., Groth, DP, & Bain, J.A. Choline versus
dimethylyaminoethanol (Deanol) as possible precursors of cerebral
acetylcholine. Recent Advances in Biological Psychiatry, 1, 259-
271, 1958.
240. Pfeiffer, C.C., Goldstein, L., Munoz, C., Murphree, H.B., & Jenney,
E.H. Quantitative comparisons of the electroencephalographic
stimulant effects of deanol, choline, and amphetamine. Clinical
Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 4, 461-466, 1963.
241. Pfeiffer, C.C., Murphree, H.B., Jenney, E.H., Robertson, M.G.,
Randall, A.H., & Bryan, L. Hallucinatory effects in man of
acetylcholine inhibitors. Neurology, 9, 249-250, 1958.
242. Pinard, G., Young, S.N. McGill University, Department of
Psychiatry 50" anniversary. Journal of Psychiatric Neuroscience, 4,
141-142, 1993.
243. Piper, A. Hoax and Reality. The Bizarre World of Multiple
Personality Disorder. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson, 1997.
244. Plum, F. Harold G. Wolff 1898-1962. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 135, 283-285, 1962.
245. Prange, A.J., Breese, G.R., Jahnke, G.D., Martin, B.R., Cooper,
B.R., Cott, J.M., Wilson, I.C., Alltop, L.B., Lipton, M.A., Bissette,
G., Nemeroff, C.B., & Loosen, P.T. Modification of pentobarbital
effects by natural and synthetic polypeptides: Dissociation of brain
and pituitary effects. Life Sciences, 16, 1907-1914, 1975.
246. Prince, M. Indigenous Yoruba psychiatry. In A. Kiev (Ed.), Magic,
Faith and Healing (pp. 84-120). New York: Collier-Macmillan, 1964.
247. Prince, M. The Dissociation of a Personality. New York: Oxford
University Press, 1905/1978.
248. Prince, R. The Central Intelligence Agency and the origins
of transcultural psychiatry at McGill University. Annals of the
Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada, Volume 28,
Number 7, 407-413, 1995.
249. Prouty, F. JFK. The CIA, Vietnam, and the Plot to Assassinate John
F. Kennedy. New York: Birch Lane Press, 1992.
250. Reiter, PJ. Antisocial or Criminal Acts and Hypnosis: A Case Study.
New York: Charles C. Thomas, 1958.
262 Tue CIA Doctors

Zola Regis, E. The Biology of Doom. The History of America’s Secret

Germ Warfare Project. New York: Henry Holt, 1999.
Uae: Rinkel, M., Hyde, R.W., Solomon, H.C., & Hoaglund, H. Clinical
and physio-chemical observations in experimental psychosis.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 111, 881-895, 1955.
pine) Rockwell, D.H., Yobs, A.R., & Moore, M.B. The Tuskeegee study of
untreated syphilis. The 30" year of observation. Archives of Internal
Medicine, 114, 792-798, 1964.
254. Rogers, C.R. A study of psychotherapeutic change in schizophrenics
and normals: the design and instrumentation. Psychiatric Research
Reports, 15, 51-60, 1962.
200. Ross, C.A. The Osiris Complex. Case Studies in Multiple Personality
Disorder. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1994.
206; Ross, C.A. Satanic Ritual Abuse. Principles of Treatment. Toronto:
University of Toronto Press, 1995.
252 Ross, C.A. Multiple personality disorder and false memory
syndrome. British Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 263-264, 1995.
258. Ross, C.A. Dissociative Identity Disorder. Diagnosis, Clinical
Features, and Treatment of Multiple Personality, Second Edition.
New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1997.
Zo) Ross, C.A. | Subpersonalities and multiple personalities: A
dissociative continuum? In J. Rowan & M. Cooper (Eds.),
The Plural Self. Multiplicity in Everyday Life (pp. 183-197).
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 1999.
260. Ross, C.A. Dissociative disorders. In T. Millon, P. Blaney, & R.
Davis (Eds.), Oxford Textbook of Psychopathology. New York:
Oxford University Press, in press.
261. Rosvold, H.E., Delgado, J.M.R. The effect of delayed-alternation test
performance of stimulating or destroying electrical structures within
the frontal lobes of the monkey’s brain. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 49, 365-372, 1956.
ZO2R Salinger, J.B. Catcher in the Rye. New York, Bantam Books, 1964.
ZOD) Sands, S.L., Malamud, W. A rating scale analysis of the clinical effects
of lobotomy. American Journal of Psychiatry, 106, 760-766, 1949.
264. Saltzberg, B., Burch, N.R. Period analytic estimates of moments
of the power spectrum: A simplified EEG time domain procedure.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 30,
568-570, 1971.
 REFERENCES 263

265. Saltzberg, B., Heath, R.G. Electroencephalographic waveform

analyses and data compression: Computer technics. Bulletin of the
Tulane Medical Faculty, 25, 255-265, 1966.
266. Saltzberg, B., Heath, R.G., & Edwards, R.J. EEG spike detection
in schizophrenic research. Digest of the Seventh International
Conference on Medical and Biological Engineering (pp. 266).
Stockholm, August 1967.
267. Saltzberg, B., Lustick, L.S., & Heath, R.G. Detection of focal depth
spiking in the scalp EEG of monkeys. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 31, 327-333, 1971.
268. Saltzberg, B., Burton, W.D., Barlow, J.S., & Burch, N.R.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 61, 89-93,
1985.
Oo. Saltzberg, B., Burton, W.D., Burch, N.R., Ewing, C.L., Thomas,
D.J., Weiss, M., Berger, M.D., Jessop, E., Sances, A., Walsh, P.R.,
Myklebust, J., & Larson, S.J. Evoked potential studies of the effects
of impact acceleration on the motor nervous system. Aviation,
Space, and Environmental Medicine, 54, 1100-1110, 1983.
270. Saltzberg, B., Burton, W.D., Burch, N.R., Fletcher, J., & Michaels, R.
Electrophysiological measures of regional interactive coupling.
Linear and non-linear dependence relationships among multiple
channel electroencephalographic recordings. International Journal
of Bio-Medical Computing, 18, 77-87, 1986.
241: Saltzberg, B., Heath, R.G., Fortner, C.M., & Edwards, R.J.
Coded stimulation of the eighth nerve as a means of investigating
auditory memory. Recent Advances in Biological Psychiatry, 10,
240-248, 1967.
IES Sarbin, T.R. On the belief that one body may be host to two or more
personalities. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental
Hypnosis, 43, 163-183, 1995.
215. Sargant, W. Battle For the Mind. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1957.
274. Sarwer-Foner, G.J. On the mechanisms of action of neuroleptic
drugs: A theoretical psychodynamic explanation. The Hassan Azima
Memorial Lecture. Recent Advances in Biological Psychiatry,
6, 244-257, 1963.
Zoli Savage, C.W., Harman, W., Savage, E., & Fadiman, J. Therapeutic
effects of the LSD experience. Psychological Reports, 14, 111-120,
1964.
276. Schachter, D.L. Searching for Memory. The Brain, The Mind, and
the Past. New York: Basic Books, 1996.
264 Tue CIA Doctors

20:18 Scheflin, A. Freedom of the mind as an international human rights

issue. Human Rights Law Journal, 3, 3-63, 1982.
278. Scheflin, A.W., & Opton, E.M. The Mind Manipulators. New York:
Paddington Press, 1978.
Pais) Schein, E.H. Epilogue: Something new in history? Journal of Social
Issues, 13, 56-60, 1957.
280. Schnabel, J. Remote Viewers: The Secret History of Americas
Psychic Spies. New York: Dell, 1997.
281. Segal, J. Correlates of collaboration and resistance behavior among
U.S. army POWs in Korea. Journal of Social Issues, 13, 31-40, 1957.
282. Shapiro, S. Experiments at the Willowbrook State School.
The Lancet, May 8, 967, 1971.
283. Shor, RE. On the physiological effects of painful stimulation
during hypnotic analgesia: Basic issues for further research. In
G.H. Estabrooks (Ed.), Hypnosis: Current Problems (pp. 54-75).
New York: Harper & Row, 1962.
284. Shor, R.E., Orne, M.T. (Eds.). The Nature of Hypnosis: Selected
Basic Readings. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1965.
285. Siegel, R.K., West, L.J. Hallucinations. Behavior, Experience, and
Theory. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1975.
286. Silva, F., Heath, R.G., Rafferty, T., Johnson, R., & Robinson, W.
Comparative effects of the administration of taraxein, d-LSD,
mescaline, and psilocybin to human volunteers. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 1, 370-376, 1960.
Zoi) Simpson, C. Blowback. The First Full Account of Americas
Recruitment of Nazis, and its Disastrous Effect on Our Domestic and
Foreign Policy. New York: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1988.
288. Simpson, C. The Splendid Blonde Beast. Money, Law, and Genocide
in the Twentieth Century. New York: Grove Press, 1993.
209. Singer, M. Cults in Our Midst. The Hidden Menace in Our
Everyday Lives. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1995.
hea): Singer, M.T., Ofshe, R. Thought reform programs and the production
of psychiatric casualties. Psychiatric Annals, 20, 188-193, 1990.
Zou. Smith, R.H. OSS. The Secret History of America’s First Central
Intelligence Agency. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.
EYE. Smith, R.J. The Unknown CIA. My Three Decades with the Agency.
New York: Berkeley Books, 1989.
 REFERENCES 265

pies Sokoloff, L., Perlin, S., Kornetsky, C., & Kety, S.S. Effects of
lysergic acid diethylamide on cerebral circulation and metabolism in
man. Federation Proceedings, 15, 174, 1956.
294. Sokoloff, L., Perlin, S., Kornetsky, C., & Ketya SiS:
The effects of d-lysergic acid diethylamide on cerebral circulation
and over-all metabolism. Annals of the new York Academy of
Sciences, 66, 468-477, 1957.
295. Spiegel, H. Foreword. In D. Bain, The Control of Candy Jones
(pp. ix-xi). Chicago: Playboy Press, 1976.
296. Spiegel, H. , Spiegel, D. Trance and Treatment. New York: Basic
Books, 1976
29§ Stevenson, W. A Man Called Intrepid: The Secret War. New York:
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976.
298. Stover, E. & Nightingale, E.O. The Breaking of Bodies and
Minds. Torture, Psychiatric Abuse, and the Health Professionals -
New York: W.H. Freeman, 1985.
290: Tapscott, M. DOD, intel agencies look at Russian mind control
technology, claims. Defense Electronics, July 13, 1993, pp. 17.
300. Thigpen, C.H., Cleckley, H.M. The Three Faces of Eve. New York:
McGraw-Hill, 1957.
301. Thomas, G. Journey into Madness. The Secret Story of Secret CIA
Mind Control and Medical Abuse. New York: Bantam, 1989.
mA a Troy, T.F. Wild Bill and Intrepid. Donovan, Stephenson, and the
Origin of the CIA. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1996.
303. Turner, W. & Christian, J. The Assassination of Robert F: Kennedy.
The Conspiracy and the Coverup. New York: Thunder’s Mouth
Press, 1993.
304. Tyhurst, J.S. Individual reactions to community disaster. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 107, 764-769, 1951.
30D: Tyhurst, J.S., Richman, A. An evaluation of the clinical significance
of reserpine. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 122,
492-497, 1955.
306. Valentine, D. The Phoenix Program. New York: Avon Books, 1990.
307. Vankin, J. Conspiracies, Crimes, and Coverups. Political Manipulation
and Mind Control in America. New York: Paragon House, 1991.
308. Volkman, E. & Baggett, B. Secret Intelligence. The Inside Story
of America’s Espionage Empire. New York: Berkeley Books, 1989.
309. Vonderlenns RA, Clark, T., Wenger, O.C.,. & Heller, J.R.
Untreated syphilis in the male Negro. A comparative study
266 Tue CIA Doctors

of treated and untreated cases. Journal of the American Medical

Association, 107, 856-859, 1936.
B10: Wasson, R.G. Soma: Divine Mushroom of Immortality. San Diego:
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1973.
_ Watson, R., Glick, D., Hosenball, M., McCormick, J., Murr, A.,
Begley, S., Miller, S., Carroll, G., & Keene-Osborn, S. America’s
nuclear secrets. Newsweek, December 27, 1993, pp. 14-18.
SIZ. Weberman, A.J. & Canfield, M. Coup D’Etat in America. The CIA
and the Assassination of John F. Kennedy. San Francisco: Quick
American Archives, 1992.
313. Weinstein, H. Psychiatry and the CIA: Victims of Mind Control.
Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press, 1990.
314. Weissman, M.M. Daniel X. Freedman, MD August 17, 1921 to
June 3, 1993. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 665-668, 1993.
oh ey West, L.J. United States Air Force prisoners of the Chinese
communists. Methods of forceful indoctrination: Observations and
interviews. Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry Symposium,
4, 270-284, 1957.
316. West, L.J. Brainwashing. In A. Deutsch (Ed.), The Encyclopedia of
Mental Health, Volume 1, pp. 250-257. New York: Franklin Watts,
1963.
Dlaie West, L.J. Sensory isolation. In A. Deutsch (Ed.), the Encyclopedia
of Mental Health, Volume 1, pp. 1837-1841. New York: Franklin
Watts, 1963.
S18: West, L.J. Hypnosis in medical practice. In H.I. Lief, V.F. Lief, &
N.R. Lief (Eds.), The Psychological Basis of Medical Practice, pp.
510-520. New York: Harper & Row, 1963.
B10: West, L.J. Monkeys and brainwashing. In H. Harlow (Ed.),
Psychiatric Spectator, 2, 21-22, 1964.
320). West, L.J. Psychiatry, “brainwashing,” and the American character.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 120, 842-850, 1964.
SAE West, L.J. Dissociative reactions. In A.M. Freedman & HI.
Kaplan (Eds.), Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, pp. 885-889.
Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins, 1967.
Daze West, L.J. Psychobiology of racial violence. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 16, 645-651, 1967.
3238 West, L.J. Campus unrest and the counter culture. The Academy,
14, 7-8, 10-11, 1970.
 REFERENCES 267

324. West, L.J. Contemporary cults: Utopian image, infernal reality.

The Center Magazine, 15, 10-13, 1982.
2D: West, L.J. Cults, liberty, and mind control. In D.C. Rapoport & Y.
Alexander (Eds.), The Rationalization of Terrorism, pp. 101-108.
Frederick, MD: Alethia Books, University Publications of America,
1982.
526. West, L.J. Persuasive techniques in contemporary cults. In M.
Galanter (Ed.), Cults and New Religious Movements, pp. 165-192.
Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press, 1989.
BZ). West, L.J., Allen, J.R. Hippie culture. Psychiatric Spectator, 5, 8-9,
1968.
B26. West, L.J., Martin, P. Pseudo-identity and the treatment of personality
change in victims of captivity and cults. In S.J. Lynn & J.W.
Rhue (Eds.), Dissociation. Clinical and Theoretical Perspectives,
pp. 268-288. New York: Guilford, 1994.
a2). West, L.J., Singer, M.T. Cults, quacks, and nonprofessional
psychotherapies. In H.I. Kaplan, A.M. Freedman, & B.C. Sadock
(Eds.), Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, pp. 3245-3258.
Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins, 1980.
330. West, 1J.- Pierce, C.M., & Thomas, W.D. Lysereic acid
diethylamide: Its effects on a male asiatic elephant. Science, 138,
1100-1103, 1962.
B31. Westbrook, C.R. The Dual Linguistic Heritage of Afro-Americans.
M.A. Thesis, Berkeley: University of California, Berkeley, 1971.
BPs Wheat, R.P., Zuckerman, A., & Rantz, L.A. Infection due to
chromobacteria. Archives of Internal Medicine, 88, 461-466, 1951.
B33) Winn, D. The Manipulated Mind. London: The Octagon Press, 1983.
334. Wolff, H.G. Factors used to increase the susceptibility of individuals
to forceful indoctrination: Observations and experiments. Group for
the Advancement of Psychiatry, 3, 123-129, 1956.
LTV. APPENDICES
 APPENDIXA
G.H. EsTABROOKS DOCUMENTS

JCHN EDGAR HCOVER

DIRECTOR

Federal Burear of Jumestigation

July 12, 1939.

Dr. G. &. Estabrooks

Placement Sureau
Colgate University
Hamilton, New York

Dear Dr. Estabrocks:

Permit me to ackmowledgsa recaint of your

letters of Jume 19th and 27th and July 6th, 1939.
I read with great interest the hypothesis mich you
put forts concerning the sinking of submarines. I
realize, of course, that you are only suggesting
things that could concsivably happen upon the basis
of your experiments and the acperimentation of others
and that you are not suggesting that such a situation
rg a OD Np eedNop eorem suouarine
disasters.

I aporeciate your interest in forwarding

these theories to me and your letters are being
retained in file for possible future reference in
commection with the general subject mattar of hymmotisn.

Sincerely yours,

| re
 APPENDIX A: G.H. Estasrooks DocuMENTS 271

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE

FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION

WASHINGTON 23, D.C.

March 7, 1962

Dr. G. EH. Estabrooks

Department of Psychology
Colgate University
Hamilton, New York

Dear Dr. Estabrooks:

Your letter of February 27th, with enclosures, has

been received, and it was good of you to advise me of the symposium

you have scheduled. [ appreciate your inviting us to participate;

however, the pressure of official business will not permit me to

designate a representative to attend.

qos
Sincerely yours,
ep? Tue CIA Doctors

WAR DEPARTMENT
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY
WASHINGTON, DB. C.

Out Mark if /er

Date: peormary 20, 1942
Name Geor_@ if. Bstabrociks

NATURE OF ACTION: ixcented Appointment Appropnacea:

Dare of Birth:
Effective Date:

|
Position | Sxpert Consultant co the
Secrotary of War without
_ Ae & Salary| other compensation, with
tae caiment of actual
Bureau vramsportatian smenses
and not to exceed $10
Ory, Unie per Gee in lieu of
subsistence and other:
Stacica | expenses.

Payroll
Devartmencal
.| oF Fieid

By ordee of theSecretary of War 8 re

 APPENDIX A: G.H. EsTABROOKS DOCUMENTS 273

COORDINATOR OF INFORMATION
WASMANETON,
3. <.

Januarr 27, 1942

=
re
ee

processor ©. 4 secaorcos
Denartment of Pspceaclogr
Colgate University
Eamilton, Hew York

Deer “rofesscr Zst2brooks:

Ye are very willing, indeed, to ezamine your plans

om the nossizility of azplrine hypnotism te certain
proolems of modern warfare. in rour previous letter
to Colonel Donovan you mentioned some detailed
plans you have worked out. I would sugeest that you
forward. them to us and hove that you will not hesi-
tate to go into the technical details mecessary for
us to studs your orenosal.

Sincerelr yours

we
Robert C. Trvon, Chief
Psychology Dirision
274 Tue CIA Doctors

countsy weere they would set the dogs on we if I happeued to turn up alone.

ee Seen Hope to see you at the APA. My best regards

to

Sincerely yours,

G. H. Estabrocks
 APPENDIX A: G.H. EsTABROOKS DOCUMENTS 275

Colgace University Symposium on Hypnosis

Ee
teen
wae

APRIL 1 - 2, 1960
HAMILTON, N. Y.

PROGRAM
Friday, April 1, 9 A. M., Symposium opens, welcomed by the Dean or
President. Matters of business. Opening address by G. H. Estabrooks, Chairman.
(10 minutes).

G) 9:30 A. M. — E.R. Hilgard, “Lawfuiness with Hypnotic Phenomena.”

10:30 A. M. — Coffee break
(Zj11:00 A. M. — R. E. Shor, “Physiological Responses to Painful Stimulation.”
12:30 P. M. — Lunch - Colgate Student Union
2} 1:30 P. M. —*B. E. Gorton, “Currene Status of Physiologic Research in
ee Hypnosis.”
“x€/2:30 P. M. — Seymour Fisher, “Problems ia laterpretation and Controls in
ss Hypnotc Research.”
_~ = 3:30 P. M. — Coffee break
J°—"4:00 P. Mi — L. R. Wolberg, “The Efficacy of Suggestion in Clinical
Situations.”
5:30 P. M. — Reception by the University
7:00 P. M. — Dinner
£S) 8:00 P. M. — M. T. Orne, “Antisocial Behavior and Hypnosis: Problems of
ne Control and Validation in Empurical Studies.”
SATURDAY, APRIL 2
7 9:00 A. M. — ME. Wright, “Hypnosis and Rehabilitation.”
H 10:00 A. M. — G. H. Estabrooks, The Militacy Implications of Hypnosis —
Methods of Research
11:00 A. M. — Coffee break
vs
Oa 11:30 A. M. — M. H. Erickson, “Basic Psychological Processes in Hypnotic
> Research.”
12:30 P. M. — Lunch.
£77 ;00 P, M. — Panel Discussion
ati P. M. — Reception by the Department of Psychology
7:00 P. M. — Dinner - Smorgasbord
Freaing — Informal program to be arranged.
 APPENDIX B
BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE DOCUMENTS

ARTICHOKE DOCUMENT

7 January 1953

Outline of Special H Cases

In all of these cases, these subjects have clearly demonstrated that they
can pass from a fully awake state to a deep H controlled state via the
telephone, via some very subtle signal that cannot be detected by other
persons in the room and without the other individual being able to note
the change. It has been shown clearly that physically individuals can be
induced into H by telephone, by receiving written matter, or by the use of
code, signals, or word and that control of those hypnotized can be passed
from one individual to another without great difficulty. It has also been
shown by experimentation with these girls that they can act as unwilling
couriers for information purposes and that they can be conditioned to a
point where they can believe a change in identity on their part even on
the polygraph.

ADDITIONAL NOTES
1 We know the man was unconscious during sleep because you could
touch your fingers to his eyes without response.
2 He could not possibly have lied during the (even if he were
a pathological liar). Everything he said during that state was true
to him: If anything he thus said were actually false to fact, it would
show him to have been mistaken, or psychotic not lying!
3. The Subject maintained an honestly friendly attitude toward us -
due to his amnesia. If this has since changed, it would have been
due to one thing only - someone having told him that we extracted
information from him. I hope and pray that this has not happened.
 APPENDIX B: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE DOCUMENTS
277,

4 From a medical point of view, Subject was definitely under total

effect from the medication. In my opinion, he was not faking, acting
or any combination thereof.
There was no indication, physically or mentally, that Subject had been
“conditioned” either by H processes or via administration of drugs by
another agency prior to our interrogation.
278 Tue CIA Doctors

TO : Director of Security

Mi : Denuty Director of Security

VIA : Qrief., Security Research dias
fROH:

SUBJECT: ‘Report of ARTICHOKE Operations, 20:+0 23 January 1955.

1. Between Thursday, 20 January, an? Sunday. uary 1955, the

3 SO ARTICUCIE Team conducted a special operations
a of team memters and particinabin; case
orficers oL che , the ARTICHONE operation was successCul.
Details follow: e fee
.

2, It should te neted ab this point shat tecause tiese operations

ware the firs. ANTICIUCKS operations undertaken in the United States tne
full names of those participating are omited from this renort and will
not be revealed without censent of the Security Office. Firs’ names,
titles or pseudonms will be used throughout this report.

3. In view of the highly sensitive nature <2 the wtPICHCas tech-

niques and in view of She fact that this was the ¢ Cirst aSTICitke opsracion
aarried out in the United States. the oneraticn was conducted
E This safe heuse is
“far renoved from surrounding ue@ignvors in a larg? tract of lana and is
thoroughly isolated. A limited and Security-cleared incuschgid staff main-
tained functions of the house and messing was ty ccosit'in ial
Actual ARTICHCKE operations vcre, as usual, carried out ina specpay arca
on the second floor of the house and neither the housuhold staff nor the
Me@wore yermitted in the area during any of the processing. ool
Division furnished one Securit; Officer during che entire period of the
oneration So act as special guard and to handle any unususl situations
whigheeuase duri:ny the operation. ‘his guard is tcreinafter referred to
as Fin shis Meport.

b. For matber of record, %t should he neted that the Subject was

ack a confinement problem and has been, at all times, Lully; cooperative.
Uuard derail was nob present in connection with che Subject except in a
general sensa.
~
. 3.
3 Technical mfters in the case were handled entirel> by the |
:
Hf en
#5,/FSD under the versenal supervision of ope full tape recordiars
wer? mate of the entire case and tapes are to be turned over to the var-
ticinaling Division in the immediate cuture. It should be noted that
 APPENDIX B: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE DocuMENTS 279

eee -— -

“. Tate
during this particular Grcralion, a special
device wag used in comection
with the recorline. This devier, which ia easily conccalable.werized
remarkdhle efficiency am! at no time curing with
the enbire recordins was there
any break due.tatechiical failure. It should also be notert that a con.
alex tuo-uay transaitthing-receiving writ was ajain used in this ANTICcioK
oreration.

§. Cover fer the actual onsraticn followed stancard orecedurs.

the
Subject was informed in general terms that before being sent
for furthar
wort, it was necessary that certain tests be myie on him chisicalky and
nsychologically for cur protection as well a3 his. Hence ) a complete
mhysical and psychiatric/nsycholesical excmination was required. Subject
readily accepted this medical cover and the ARTICIUKE technique ‘vas intro~
duced easily and with full consent of the Subject,

THE CASE

7. Prior to the actua® commencement of ARTICIIOKS operations, a

mumcer er conferences had been held with she varions participating ner-
sennel involved. ALL hands had ceen briefed and procedures had becn
Worked cut; a general time schedule was Prepared and oceratins instructions
for aRTIciChs were issued.

and Sase Officer

aes qo wats

Pe
Sng a covert car, Subject was tacen to che
§ arriving there at approximately 9:30 Pil. Frier to this,
“iat <5, curing the day of Thursday, 20 J *, the technical aquinment
had been cheezed sul and instalined ani nad arrived at the covert
arca ab aporossc :CO Fli for cnerati eerurneses. Gs nravricus
_arramseament . the Mas nicked uo b: at approsisately 9:20 Fi?
was Grought to tue safe house at 10:50 Fil.

Qo oilOres, afve> tha arrival of a nreliminass: conterence

becan at aonrominately 11:10 PH with che Suejecz,
a At 11:23 2%, the Subject, Fae
Melis ic cle Orerabions area and a few ruiimtes laher ‘hl
Stakes 2 eencral inberrecaticn celative te subgect's baclasrou
interraraticn Laswed wnbil lzZte> shen all exeent hime. Suoject
lcft the crerations room. Tare veeording was cut off at tig time.

- 1D... AS a vogult ef this iniorvs 2" RRP Stic ‘hat ontiject's

: J
PARA Vik PApsLeoi Sartpbeom ans ceod. a Venroiortl iat Ll ier se as a, yet
sizg LE0/CO. Vecter alse cenmened lie tad nobler an inereace) amount of sal:
after a drink of whisky and altnough there tias seme nervousness present, it

z Ss = r

a -=
. ° a.
280 Tue CIA Doctors

—=a*

waz nob-axcessive ted he had ;tiven Subject Lee mraz Phenebarbi-

tal to nce in assisting the Sub ject.to sleep and it was later Penton ms She
Subject? had salen these prior to going to-slecp.

u. Subject.

ause of this successful penetration and becayse of the axtremely hich

quality of information witch the Subject was obtaining, the case is regarded
as mass gensitive and immortant by the particinating Livision. Since the
Subjoct's dafernatden had baen checked and crosc-checksd many tines by the
operating ©Division's case officers, the bivision was of the uniform opinion
that the Subject was fully lecitimate and fuwllir cooperating with cur efforts.
They, however, desired ALTICIICIZ to rive added assurances te the Subjieet's
story and to lielp them cetermine absolute suitability for further use of the
Subject in his work, for the record, it should be noted that no polyrash
peck swaas Nad Seen atplied in this case since a chysical exatination in
by anpareantly a cleared slysician, hed indicated too ruch
So ior successiul polyzraoh testing.

12. FPellowinz established salterns and uslivt médical cover as ex-

plained above, th Sevan the physical-psychological examination at
19:00 ali on Lie serning of Friday, 21 January. This cxaminatia +3 rg
witil 1:00 Pti when an heur was taken for lunch. Ab 2:00 pr
again continued a general i 2 of the subject wit sélns uscd,
as before touch. as interpretor. This examination. lasted mitil 2:00 Fi
dhea i the Pirst medicsl session and a portable nolyc- 20h
was talet ui ya cr the purpose of polygraph testing.
13. Sevweens
st OOrPiman

ay 5300 Ti, all werk coneluded for the day.

Ui. On datuctiaz, 22 Jaqsrs 18s. Subject ae breakfast with

waa
eats AG
am.
3:35 ADs;
so eee
i
agit ;
gree
Rorived at the wale
house unt at 9:45 All, | Mercives. At 10:35 atiy the
Subject, again with ¥ aGtSIE. Is inverpretor, was exanined bricfly by
 APPENDIX B: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE DOCUMENTS
281

Le" Inmciictely fellecin: the conclusion af tie ARTIGICKS treatments,

2 gamers) conference was hels ith sl] bands peegenl oni LE was azrned at
Mis tite that forvier AETICHWYES breatrents uyre wuecessarc: thas results
were cenclusive and that in view of the Cubject's importance, additional sort
with chemicals ‘tr uitit the techaique micht posuibly antagonize tke Subject
and, hene?, would be unwarranted and unuise. :
1é. Followiay the conclusion of the yeneral discussion. al] teeiieal
arparavus vas vesioved from the premises and all marhicifatirg personel ox-
cent Tect the area aCter tad checked the cubject,
is. Cn Swiday, 23 January end hetween 12:CO neon and anproxinately
1:50 Ph, thé Teaturned to the safe nouse ad again re-examined the
physical and mental condition cf the Subject. At this time, the Subject
momerted he had slept fairly wall but he had a nersistent headache. the
mointed oni that the headache tas 2 natural couscquence of ths
“exarusuition™ and it would gradually disappear. In addition, tt
wrete a prececrirtien to be picked 1 in another name ilich ves for Suture
us2 ef tae Subject as a general sedative.
<
ao. “ak SSO ‘otSE arrcineis) >, 2c. the sain house
and Subject “as turnec ever fer hanctiing ta case officers of tlie participating
Division.

COVLUS ICUS

fl. tu the eminien of the AnTICUChKE team, {be operation wag rrefitable
and stuceessiui. In this case, the Subject was aware thal he had seen given
ceztain tyres ef seluticns tut as to uv Ne oad heen piven_oe aucunts civen
he had no kmewledise. Cheeks made by, mud later PME v-caccnc:
indicated tiat the sutject, allheugh not Saving seecific amnesia Lor the
AQTICUONS treatment, neverthelass was cemelebely confused and memery was
Tague sc) fauiss. this vajueness aud Cailure ci memory vias inbensitied Qe
il:e4 explanation that the subject bad been dreaminy-~an orinicn «mist
2& appears the Sutject shared, av least in cart.

>
Pros 2
‘

SPECIAL CCIGENTS i
22. The work of she case efiicers of the rarticirating Division in
ennmrection iti this case was excertionallr Yiois understaiding ant
aroreezation ef khe ALTICHOME techniques was actremely helpful,

\
~ ai. the Avcit..
o—-, <¢ , Pa
Than wishes
en oar ica
sa comet
“p ?
ese key
eonreré andline of the surpert Sanction at the ae nai ubvielr
greatly assisted in the development of the Aut TChUnL worl.

Ci
282 THe CIA Doctors

‘
.
On 7. Jaumary 1253, between. 11:00 Ali and 12:00 neen, the writer
a MORGANE Lico ae)STE the special case. p—
triefed the writer in detail and answered pertinent questions directca
to him by at the cenclusion cf the briefing
22nd, <e3rd and ehth
stated he still preferred
% serkine He also insisted
that hi. me not neni i jay statscever he did nok vant
any leaks in this matter. The writer aivised coh Se a
he felt that as far as Security was cencerned, those dates were ali right
and it was preposed the svbject be breuch the evening of
Thursday, 20 January :rith the vol vor Mapinnuing possibly Fricay, the
cist. The wetter also : > a his Ceelines in rears to
the use cl TaN for elal 4 work an steted he
theusht that wctle be inberestin, © and stated he vewlé be willing tc assist
in cennection weenthis if necessary. ihe weiter infarmed
he woull brieS day evening ati and sheck mim out as to
availability for the clst,. 22nd, cira as. required.

2. Ina subsequent conversation_in the writer's car, ib was a

between the virlter cui » if would te necessary for sox
he diseuss the mal.ter with “gtabedt he had to se
fer another reason ang he us ey fiysaver, the cmibter crates he
ChowstG Teas Ser ue salkedt with ‘are... eawnnection with
bri ae 3 nd thd sheuld be present nen SR: briefed,
sr) \

3. Th was agrecd that«J iene hricl in ee.

that teennical details such as S rane, etc. could be oritted
frem the sLove centioned briefiniz: hovevsr, this V4 We Jofl to the
diseretion of tb is,cu weated that. veb in teuch
with» ilonday and werk out, cetails regerdins
the briefing of cen:

7 January 049)
v
 APPENDIX B: BLUEBIRD AND ARTICHOKE DOCUMENTS
283

=>

On G April 195k, Tuesday, SI and H experimentation

S€arcz Was carried on and rt=
1) with the £0 lus Gubjects.
“ present: - Histo (iRaaia ee
addition to tessrs.
etanded in
a, consultant capacity
: :
The session opened with a slow induction for all hands and
Shen a subsemient reindyetian for [i i enable lier
Teconstruct ta
a strange dream sha tad ad Lie previous veek. This
Was Successrul, altiicugh in the, awake stata she could remember ao
details. : * ue mais" (ease
The majqn eenortment of the evening was them canducted
as
Solaews: Mis as Saker 79 Room 23 under full hypnesis
and sie wag ins.iucted ov the weiter that sie would fing 2 Secret
Gecument in or on lir. sa dese in his room. She vas
vole she was to conceal tis documens next to lier person and then
“Seturn to Reem 2l (operacion's room), pour hecself a drink of uatar
which she-would find on the bookcase aid streth out on the sofa,
face dowr and so inta 2 deep sleep.” She was instructed she vould
Nes awaken under amy circumstances. She war told site would ony
‘awaken if sameons whispered to her 2 specific code Work and
would
recal, acthing excertsleeging on the couch. <ic= corned
‘the emtire test in cract detail as outlined atove and itad 20 sub}
sequant memery wmatscever of any of this activity.

rene siecmerinent SRR ss taien so the sam zoom

bys id she sos cola that a serson, whom she isd newur
sven, Nad Zaxen a Secret docummt from tiie Agency. <ie was lola that
this persen or the suspected person had been :iven 2 dene and sas
-unconscicus on <1e Sofa ia oom Zl. She was told she waz to enter
whe To0m and lind She document «wiich would srocably be on she azerson
on tue sofa. ie wag jriven specific instauctions that che mo
=OCate She document. Sic was told if she Tound the document ta con]
seal it on iwr person and return to ream 23, sit in she chais and ee
&& sce inte a deen sleen. She was further soli she sold hare.
Ae memory of aiynhing except faliiay agleen sommiced
22 tmeeitic mtail and wu Sialaly disesvered one soe:ment in
siencer sleeve. SMM Ronccaicd she decumnt on
AS? Serco, ‘soured tg coom 2} “anu au once went inte a Geen sicen.
Subleesyents e was orawht back uta the speracions recom ana sne
“anc Weve awakened. Tne omseriment was carried off
te) SUCSSSaai sas eter ey ay, M1 ad antic amnesia

ra
284 Tue CIA Docrors

" tor the worte and could not even recall it-under iypnocis. <g>
ver, Was ahle te rememoer certain parts although some
ar har details seam vague. . : hate

~ This expuriment was. spacifically desimned ta see if 2 person

be disturted by an unknown gargen_se ie her and
if a,parsen of a sire retiring nature amch as © sould malice 2
. bedy search under typnesis of ancther sersen under byposets) Seth
" quastions appear to be answered in the affirmative sae this,
- ob course’, requires addicional wort. .

At the conclusion of this test, another stiort induction and PH

q--setiongs were ramoved at this time.with the exception that (iss
Es. chven 2.2% sugcestion suah non awakening sie vould have
ssi uncontralied desire ta sit i s lag and all pistes
upon entering the cars tan home, would cass into. Leen.
For matter cf recarrt, fr did not sit i Lap
and made overs effart ta nvola 30 doinr. Ustaiis 2 uGt.ktown
‘wity sha did not fcliow shrough on the aucrestion. insefar as sittiag
in the cars and soiny to sleen, svprmone ith the exception of iliss
spotided and agni id aot tespond to this
waistrucsion. tn oxpisitation of this cannot be mide at sresent aout
S | s0ssibly P sid not anprove of the idea of sitting in
es, Rap ana was refusing all su;mestians after the conclusion
ye performance. This as net bean checked outwill be ata
later tine.
 APPENDIX C
MKULTRA Contracts
AND SELECTED DOCUMENTS

The Table of MKULTRA contracts is not complete because some of

the information is still classified. The security status of some of the
investigators is unknown because it is not clearly stated in the documents.
The investigators were probably cleared at TOP SECRET in most or all
Subprojects for which security status is not stated.

The amount of money allocated to each Subproject is accurate most of the

time. Sometimes the amount is not clear from the documents and a bit of
guesswork is required. There are no major errors. The total amount of
money funded through MKULTRA was $5,155,623.81.
286 Tue CIA Doctors

MKULTRA Contracts
Sead, Funding :
Topic
Contractor | Status | Institution tenant

1 TOP Princeton 1953 $2,000.00 Study of Rivea

SECRET University Corymbosa

TOP Stanford 1953 $4,650.00 | Possible synergistic

Hamilton SECRET University action of drugs
which may be
appropriate for
use in abolishing
consciousness

3 George TOP Bureau of 1953 $8,875.00 Construction of

White SECRET Narcotics a safe house for
prostitution

Self- 1953 $4,132.27 Delivery of

Mulholland Employed substances in field
operations

TOP University 1956 | $12,139.65 Hypnosis

SECRET of Denver experiments
University of including recall
Minnesota of hypnotically
acquired
information by
very specific
signals

TOP Eli Lilly 1953 $5,000.00 To develop a

SECRET reliable U.S.
source of LSD

*/ TOP Office 1953 | $90,448.29 LSD

Abramson SECRET of Naval
Research/
Public Health
Service

Robert Hyde MOR Worcester 1953 | $39,500.00 LSD

SECRET | Foundation for
Experimental
Biology

Carl Pfeiffer TOP Emory 1953 | $20,889.00 Various

SECRET University/ sternutatory agents
University of on normal and
Illinois schizophrenic
human beings
10 | Robert Hyde TOP 1955 | $148,515.00 Predicting the
SECRET effects of LSD
1 TOP 1953 | $11,000.00 Abrus precatorius
aes
SECRET toxin
TOP 1953 $30,000.00 Erythrina
SECRET americana/Piscidis
erythrina testing
on dogs
alba | Camp Detrick | 1953 | $1,000.00 Purchasing of
materials/ ‘unusual
activities’
14 George MOR Bureau of 1953 $3,500.00 Construction of
White SECRET Narcotics a safe house for
prostitution
APPENDIX C: MKULTRA Contracts & SELECTED DOCUMENTS 287

te Funding Be ce
Amount ae
John Continuati
Mulholland Seneee -
—_lon) George Bureau of Construction of
White Narcotics a safe house for
prostitution
University LSD
of Denver metabolism
University of
Minnesota
_
—io.)
n
~ Manufacturing
LSD
19 Extension of
Subproject 4
yp0 Pedlow Nease Provide two
Chemical pounds of
Company, Inc. Yohimbine

Originally to
set up a secure
pharmacology
lab - converted
to a study of
interrogation of
‘returnees’

ie)bo
i) ves William TOP Montana State | 1953 $10,261.68 Peyote Studies
Boyd Cook SECRET College
23 TOP University of Chemical
Geschickter SECRET Richmond agents which
are effective in
modifying the
behavior and
function of the
central nervous
system

boSG Support for an

educational
meeting
- involved
Harold
Abramson and
Robert Hyde

2S) Alden Sears TOP University of | 1954 $12,360.85 Hypnotic

SECRET Minnesota techniques

26 | Carl Pfeiffer TOP University of | 1954 $4,781.92 Drugs which

SECRET Illinois may aid in the
treatment of the
schizophrenic
patient

27 Harold TOP Office 1954 $75,166.40

Abramson SECRET of Naval
Research
288 Tue CIA Doctors

TOP Emory Effects of central

SECRET University nervous system
depressant drugs
in animals and
man

Purchasing
material/
unusual activities’

Pedlow Nease Production of 2

Chemical kg of a rare
Company, organic chemical
Inc.

Harold Office Additional costs

Abramson of Naval for Subproject 27
Research

John Continuation
Mulholland of Subprojects
4,15,19
Geschickter
Fund

National 1954 $3,000.00 A project

Institute of involving
Health/ boarding a
Public Health freighter and
Service setting up a
meeting of
some kind with a
defector

$23,775.00 To provide and

grow certain
botanicals -
macuna/
rhyncosia
| ’ phaeseolides
Administration
of cholorprom-
azine, meratron,
serpentine,
bulbocapnine to
humans
EEaieer : =
39 TOP Ionia State 1955 $30,000.00 Drug testing on
SECRET Hospital prisoners/
Psychopathic sexual
Clinic psychopaths
including
interrogation with
hypnosis, LSD,
and marijuana
APPENDIX C: MKULTRA Contracts & SELECTED DOCUMENTS 289

ot yee rans Funding | ‘4

| contractor|
40 Harold TOP Office 1955 $41,600.00 Aerosols - blocking
Abramson SECRET of Naval of LSD action
Research
Public Health
Service

41 TOP Pedlow Nease 1955 $1,500.00 3-6-endoxy-3-

SECRET Chemical methylhexa-
Company, Inc. hydrophthalic
anyhidride
N-N-dimethyl-p-
phenylene-diamine
42 George TOP Bureau of 1955 | $127,110.00 Construction of
White SECRET Narcotics a safe house for
prostitution
43 Louis TOP University of | 1956 $20,800.00 Studies of
Jolyon West | SECRET Oklahoma dissociated states
44 TOP 1955 $16,864.64 Animal models of
SECRET psychoto-mimetics
- human drug testing
45 Charles National 1956 | $133,000.00 Development
Geschickter Institute of of materials and
Health techniques for
the production of
maximum levels
of physical and
emotional stress in
human beings

46 Harold TOP Public Health | 1953 | $185,650.00 Radioactive tagging

Hodge SECRET Service studies of LSD
and tetrahydro-
cannibinol
47 Carl TOP New Jersey 1955 $45,555.22 LSD testing
Pfeiffer SECRET | Neuropsych-
iatric Institute/
Emory
University/
Atlanta
Federal
Penitentiary

48 TOP Cornell 1955 | $270,696.00 Study of defector

SECRET University psychology

49 | Alden Sears TOP University of | 1956 $34,088.60 Hypnosis including

SECRET Denver hypnotizing
unwilling subjects

50 Camp Detrick | 1955 $500.00 Petty cash

fund related to
Subprojects 13
and 30

51 James TOP. University of 1957 $38,502.00 Synthesis and testing

Moore SECRET Delaware of compounds
from plants and
fungi/ ceremonial
mushrooms
290 Tue CIA Docrors

Contractor Institution ount

James Moore TOP University of | 1958 | $57,200.00 Synthesis and

SECRET Delaware consultation on
hallucinogens

nnWwW TOP 1955 $9,300.00 Literature review/

SECRET attend a meeting
on Russian and
U.S. psycho-
pharmacology

Nn- Cleared Office 1955 $62,400.00 A resonance

but of Naval - cavitation
level not Research model of brain
specified concussion -
experiments on
cadavers

Unwitting National 1956 $2,808.00 Testing

Institutes of psychoactive drugs
Health

56 TOP 1956 | $$31,616.00 Alcohol

SECRET intoxication and
metabolism

TOP George 1956 | $32,858.00 Sleep and

SECRET Washington insomnia studies,
University including effects
of sensory
deprivation

Gordon Unwitting National 1956 $2,080.00 An expedition

Wasson Philosophical to collect
Society hallucinogenic
J.P. Morgan mushrooms
and Co., Inc.

senn Unwitting | University of | 1956 $3,900.00 Drug testing

Maryland

TOP Human 1961 | $185,607.00 Lip reading/

SECRET | Ecology Fund graphology/a
report on “truth
drugs”
Harold Wolff Cornell 1956 | $138,961.74 Studies of effects
of stress on the
brain
a NO Maitland National 1956 $9,750.00 Stimulation
Baldwin Institutes of of monkey’s
Health brains by radio
frequencies
63 Robert Hyde Oe 1961 $5,580.00 Field observations
SECRET in bars concerning
alcohol and
psychoto-mimetics
onKK TOP 1956 $3,000.00 Drug procurement
SECRET
 APPENDIX C: MKULTRA Contracts & SELECTED DocuMENTS
291

Contractor Institution | Year Funding | . cee

Amount | ae
E
65 Cornell 1956 | $76,056.00 | Study of defector
University psychology/
formation of a
study group of
brainwashing
experts
Robert Hyde TOP Butler Hospital 1956 | $24,500.00 Effects of LSD
SECRET and alcohol
Health Center

University of | 1957 $2,000.00 Library searches

Indiana

Ewen Unwitting McGill 1957 | $38,180.00 The effects upon

Cameron University human behavior
of the repetition of
verbal signals
Rutgers 1957 $5,000.00 Sociology of
Stephenson University communism
Jay Hungarian
refugees
TOP Stanford 1960 | $158,117.93 Fatty acid
SECRET University narcosis/
mechanisms of
involuntary sleep
Stanford 1959 $9,600.00 Human drug
University testing - anti
interrogation
drugs

pies TOP 1957 | $43,037.38 Drug studies

SECRET
| 73 | Harris Isbell TOP Lexington 1957 $6,864.00 Hypnosis review
SECRET Kentucky - whether drugs
Narcotics can influence
Farm hypnotizability

74 | Carl Rogers TOP University of 1958 | $15,000.00 Biological -

SECRET Wisconsin correlates of
emotion in
psychotherapy
clients

The interaction of
personality factors
and psychotogenic
drugs
; oe a : =
76 Unwitting 1957 | $10,000.00 A study of anti-
authoritarian
behavior

Ti David TOP Educational 1957 | $20,000.00 A study using the

Saunders SECRET | Testing Service Myers-Briggs
to determine
personality types

Bacterial and 1962 | $70,000.00 Biological warfare

Pharmaceutical research and
Consultants, supply of micro-
Inc. organisms
292 Tue CIA Doctors

vundag

TOP H.J. Rand 1957 $1,000.00 To act as a cutout

SECRET Foundation for funding sensitive
research

Drug extraction and

identification from
human tissue
3 pal = ——
A study of
immigrant’s
adjustment
sel nd Bb = hii
itti University of | 1958 | $15,000.00 Adaptation of
Nijmegen refugees
Netherlands

TOP 1958 | $25,000.00 Handwriting

SECRET analysis

Martin Orne OR Harvard 1960 | $34,000.00 The nature of

SECRET University special states of
consciousness and
trance states

TOP Stanford 1958 | $1,040.00 Human blood

SECRET University group research for
identification of
agents

TOP Stanford 1958 | $43,734.08 Development

SECRET University of biological
response recorders
- polygraph/EEG

87 Johns Hopkins | 1958 | $3,808.00 Study of potent

University allergens
88 Unwitting Princeton 1958 } $5,000.00 An acculturation
University manual

Unwitting 1958 | $10,620.00 A study of

Hungarian refugees
Unwitting | Massachusetts | 1958 | $12,000.00 A study of how
Institute of to recruit foreign
Technology scientists as
intelligence agents
91 TOP Bio-Research, 1959 | $71,760.00 Drug studies on
SECRET Inc. animal models for
drugs useful to the
CIA based on results
of Subprojects 22,
44, 45, 46, 51, 53,
58, 62, 70

92 | John Carrol TOP Harvard 1959 | $22,716.62 | A teaching machine

SECRET University for
foreign languages
1959 | $14,820.00 Study of bacterial
and fungal toxins
IO}e Bio-Research, 1959 | $57,431.82 Brain stimulation
SECRET Inc. studies - remote
Panoramic control of animal
Research, Inc. behavior
APPENDIX C: MKULTRA Contracts & SELECTED DOCUMENTS 293

# | Contractor | Status Funding ie |

95 Charles TOP University of | 1959 $56,500.00
6 Study of cross-
Osgood SECRET Illinois cultural
meaning systems
George TOP Ohio State 1959 | $34,465.00 | Study of scholarly
Kelley SECRET University decision matrices
97 Carl Rogers OR University of | 1959 8
$8,750.00 Personality change
SECRET Wisconsin in psychotherapy
of schizophrenics
| Unwitting | Queen’s | 1959 | $9,735.00 Ideological
College conversion
/mass conversion

TOP Pennsylvania | 1959 | $23,984.00 Studies of drugs

SECRET State active in the
University central nervous
system

100 SECRET | Pennsylvania | 1960 | $271,677.92 Accumulation of

State pesticides in soil
University due to rockets and
chemical warfare
101 TOP 1959 $2,000.00 | Biologically active
SECRET materials

102 Muzafer Unwitting | University of | 1959 $5,750.00 Group psychology

Sherif Oklahoma of teenage gangs

103 Unwitting Children’s 1959 $1,900.00 Communication

International in 11-year old
A.B. Summer children without a
Kristofferson Villages, Inc. common language
104 SECRET | University of | 1959 $6,000.00 Isolation of
Houston growth factors that
greatly increase
bacteriological
growth useful
in time taken to
initiate subtle
sabotage

105 SECRET | University of | 1961 $4,160.00 Studies of ©

Wisconsin staphylococci

106 TOP Resources 1959 | $21,855.00 Stimulus -

SECRET | Research, Inc. response models
in biological
systems

107 WTOP American 1960 | $15,000.00 Grant for

SECRET | Psychological attending meetings
Association at foreign sites
Ecological factors
in a foreign
country
ccee time |e | + ne
109 TOP 1960 | $89,969.60 Drug development
SECRET of agents to
control human
behavior
294 Tue CIA Doctors

yes
110
|
ws[min[oe and Pharma-
di
Bacteriological | 1960 | $210,000.00 | Exotic pathogens

ceutical
Consultants,
Inc.

111 | HJ. Eysenck | Unwitting | University of 1960 | $14,000.00 Measurement of

London motivation

Unwitting | University of 1961 $6,056.66 Young children’s

DeFleur Indiana understanding
of occupational
roles

$3,000.00 Gas-propelled
sprays and
aerosols

COVERT | Butler Hospital | 1960 $11,280.00 Alcoholic

and personality
Health Center

Erik Allardt University of 1960 $4,085.50 Interaction of

Juhani Helsinki psychiatric
Mirvas patients with the
environment

1961 | $74,700.00 Chemical

processes/
chemical
procurement

National $7,790.00 Cultural

Institutes of influences as
Health brought to bear
on children by
families

Pennsylvania 1960 $5,000.00 Microbiology

State consultation
University

119 Saul Sells Unwitting | Texas Christian $6,370.00 Techniques of

University activation of the
human organism
by remote
electronic means

Raymond Unwitting McGill $13,850.00 Transcultural

University study of Yoruba
healing methods
1960 | $2,000.00 Brain studies in
cats/neurokinin
research

Unwitting Columbia $20,000.00 Black male

University college
stereotypes

St. Francis 1960 $6,500.00 Carbon Dioxide

Hamilton Memorial
Hospital, San
Francisco
APPENDIX C: MKULTRA Contracts & SELECTED DOCUMENTS 295

Amount
125 American 1960 $5,102.18 Differential
SECRET Psychological effects of
Association/ drugs on
National behavior
Institute of
Health/
Veterans
Administra-
tion Center,
Martinsburg,
West Virginia
Charles Fritz Unwitting University of $4,225.00 Disaster
Florida/ studies
National
Research
Council

Unwitting 1960 $7,490.00 Voting

behavior

128 $9,000.00 Rapid

hypnotic
induction in
simulated
and real
operational
settings

129 TOP George 1960 | $27,500.00 Bioelectric

SECRET Washington response
University patterns
Leler
University of
Georgia

William TOE Columbia 1960 | $13,750.00 Personality

Thetford SECRET University theory of
conversion
hysterics

Bureau of 1961 | $30,000.00 | Construction

Narcotics of a safe
house for
prostitution

Bacteriology
Studies

Unwitting 1961 | $22,000.00 | Physique and

intelligence

Un-witting - 1961 | $25,868.00 Skin

David reactions/
Saunders inflammation
(Sub-project
77) acted as
a consultant
under TOP
SECRET
Clearance
296 Tue CIA Doctors

: : Funding eae

136 Unwitting 1961 $8,579.00 Experimental

analysis of
extrasensory
perception

1961 | $2,000.00 Graphology

Unwitting | University of 1961 $17,898.00 Biomedical

Texas sensors
at Austin

Cleared Pennsylvania 1961 | $55,670.00 Viral infections

but level State - avian vectors
not University
specified

James TOP St. Francis 1965 $22,500.00 Human drug tests

Hamilton SECRET Memorial including cytomel
Hospital
San Francisco

TOP 1962 $7,500.00 Electric

SECRET stimulation of
the brain in cold-
blooded animals

University of 1963 | $41,429.44 Bacterial studies

Houston to stimulate
bacterial growth

$15,412.80
TOP 1963 $7,500.00 Anticrop systems
SECRET
including sugar
crops

1963 $8,806.72 Cross - tolerance

between
psychoto-mimetic
drugs

TOP 1963 $5,000.00

f Utilization of
SECRET professional
services of
contractor
149 George Bureau of $10,000.00 Realistic tests
White Narcotics of certain
development
items and
delivery systems
APPENDIX C: MKULTRA Contracts & SELECTED DocUMENTS 297

SO pS)
26 September 1955
MEMORANDUM FOR: THES RECORD

SUBJECT : MEULTRA Subproject 50

1. This memorandum is written to record the purpose of Sub-

project 50, thy reasons for establishing it, and the mechanics by
which it will be administersd.

2. The ve subproject has been created to continue the ‘Ved

support to ivision, which was previously furnished
dy Sudprejects 13 and 30, support will be over ard above the
yearly financial eee Project MKNAOMI and will fall into
two categories: (1) the-purchase of certain materials, supplies
and equipment where the use of other funds would cause. either.
excessive delay in operations or undue security hazards; and (2)
tae support of activities in which Agency sponsorship makes it
difficult for Division to obtain financial support from ENE
sources since “hose sources require an undasirable amount of fustie
fication.

3. The subproject has been created at the specific request

of Mr, QeBand with the approval of General in order to
correct undesirable administrative procedurea evident in the handling
of Subdprojects 13 and 30,

4. This sudgroject will be handled ad an imprest: fund with an

initial grant of $500.00, As expenses are incurred and upon
presentation of vouschered proof.of expenditure, subsequent ta
will be cade in the amounts expended. The cash on hand. or
receiptsof expenditure will total: $500;00 at all times, In-
structions to the Fund Custodian are-attached,

5, This is a contiming project with ne specific amount

earmarked per unit-time, Budget estimtes-will be based on ex-
perience:in subprojects 13 and-30,

6. Subproject 30 will be closed out and cash on hand will

be returned to Finance on receipt of the initial $500,00 grant,

Distribution:
Crig - TSs/@
1 = Chrono (5)

TsS/O mgieiel (26 September 1955)

d nn
298 Tue CIA Doctors

Date___@ November 1962 0

tia, ite, OT
T¥d, ba (-}
Branch__BB Category. ( )

Project Title ____ Made tom Classification__Sey Seeres

Project Crypto__MRURA Grorta Classification___Unelasei fied

Bede Projét Lagneer ~<a

Branch Project No

Contract No__Subproject # 7S
_
Task No Bode
= an

Type of Contract___MULSRA (Date Initiated

___Semtomber
1958

Cost___ $70,070 OO Compietion Date___Comrimatos 0

Status:
Current in sarrice and flecal ompttars.

REQUIRWG? SOURCE:
Generated by uodocuseanted requests frou DOP units
and divisions as well as cacassity for TSD to caintain e quick
delivery capability to neet anticipated furure operational needs.

eanetine
APPENDIX C: MKULTRA Contracts & SELECTED DocuMENTS 299

76-19
Ee. A
MEMORANDUM FOR: ‘TSE RECORD
SUBJECT : MEULTRA, Subproject No. 96

1. The purpose of this project is twofold: (1) the psychology

of personal constructs
as developed by Dr had successful appli-

Spin Sa Loni) abet dean dietcapa ipenns eos izes! ier Eeinniclon a geld <ped

this methodology to forwiga cultures and (2) Dr.QQqRMaccessibility

and acceptability toMgesychologists will uske it possible to
secure invaluable data oA cseorc attitudes and personslity
informatica on researchers. ¥D/OSI, A&E/CTR, and SOB/DDP have expressed
an interest in the results of this project and are willing to support it

with requirements and technical support.

en 3
2. De professor of psychology
SR. Be mn & fully cleared consultant to the Agency
for four years and bas demoastrated unusual sensitivity and perteptivity

to Agency needs, ee eee area of assessment

and the psycho-

logical aupert Qa lebas anexcellent, naticoal and inter

national prefeesicnal reputation. He id a menber: of
300 Tue CIA Doctors

| /VA-CF
IETS.

MEMORANDUM FOR; THE RECORD

SUBJECT : Project MKULTRA, Subproject No. 142

1, The purpose of this subproject is to provide funds to

support a small biological program of electrical brain stimulation

Go
involving some naw approaches to the subject ERE

The support allows for the rental of minimum space and equipment

and the part-time smploymest of a"pair of hands" te carry out the

work planned Ra ec
2. The reason for separating thie work financially from the

© other efforts Kn the Agency's behalf is to allow him

to engage in some very practical experiments at some poift in the

work which would present security problems if this offort were to

be handled in the usual way. Some of the uses proposed for these

particular animals would involve possible delivery systems for BW/CW

agents or for direct sxucutive action type operations as distinguished

from the eavesdropping application of Ee Me

3, As ?ndicative in the attached proposal and budget, the

total cost of this project for one year will not exceed $7, 500. 00.

Charges should be made against allotment number 2125-1390-3902.

15) ee function as cover and cutout for these

= ARR
 APPENDIX C: MKULTRA Contracts & SELECTED DocUMENTS 301

STB: Haff
«2Z<

4. Itia not anticipated that any permanent equipment will be

required for thiy subproject.

a » -«-:- a TOP SECRET clearance fox

Agency work,

uP
esearch Sranch

APPROVED FOR OBLIGATION

yices Division

Date: Bise2

Attachment:
Proposal and Budget

Distribution:
Original only

ICTVUIMOn DIIDIT hadi

DRIFTWOOD PUBLIC LIBRARY
aay Jk

N 97367
~F Cy
he Ls
302 Tue CIA Doctors

SUBJECT - tp PESject MKULTRA, Sibprojact ae

L aeoesiueaaratne, ee
anpport a emai Maleiscal corofcleetrical SRM stilton
8 Oo
oached (SO the subjact
by’

Tae support Se ARCA Famea Gia epacesaeTEAR

sndweparkSane ney Se “Wreazry
gat the

to engage in somesaryprectleal PSRs ‘at‘Sonne Ra Seo

work which would DFswent secoritf problems LO TMIS CGE WERE to

he handled inthe \irual

WEY SOUT OLS WEEE
proposedforthese NEST
particular aaimald Would involfe POweIDle GLVETY systeme {OFRW(CW |
type operations ersisuneusted
agents or for-diFQet aracutlve attics t
1 jciieger s.
tromtheeareadopr apyieiox 1 DTN i ee “

3, Aalndicative li the attachéd proposal aad budget, tha" 77

es ee.

00.
toral cost ofthis. project (oF Ge ywar- will Zoe axcvwsL $7,500; —»--—.
Char gee ‘should be Wide AyeiNBt~ alltment numbeF Cie fe hye

‘function as cover and cutout {or these-—-~_

APPENDIX C: MKULTRA Contracts & SELECTED DocuMENTS 303

APPROVED MOR OCBLIGATION ~—--———--——,

OF FUNDS::

‘ NS eet ne ee —

Proposal and Dud|Ue ee

eee eR To

Distribationt
304 Tue CIA Doctors

J¢A -AA,

PROPOSAL

It is proposed to carry out certain biological studies involving

to
electrical brain atimmlation of cold-blooded animals. In addition
the various theoreticzl reasons for such studies, it appears that certain
practical guidance systems involving more detailed behavioral control
of both positive and negative sorta May be possible than are presently
attainable in the warmi-blooded aaimals being invesdgated. If is also
possible that thesa simpler systems can accomplish the same opera-
tional goals with far less critical demands on the electronic parts of
the guidance and control system,

The work to be done will consist of literature search, experi-

mental placement of electrodes, observation of effects of stimulation
and collation of information regarding the behavioral effects of
stimulation in the various well defined areas, Biologically stable
preparations with defined stimulation propertiés will result from this
work,
 APPENDIX D
MKSEARCH Contracts

3 Aen Linked to

Maitland Baldwin National Institutes of Health

Bacteriological and 78, 110

Pharmaceutical Consults, Inc.

Vacaville State Prison 124, 140

ST
5 . An Unidentified Chemical 116, 146
Company

Charles Geschickter Georgetown University 23. 25426

Carl Pfeiffer New Jersey Neuropsychiatric 9, 26, 28, 47

Institute
 FUNDING FRONTS FOR CIA MIND CONTROL RESEARCH
>
oS

Human Ecology ——
(Coane
DocrTors IN THE NETWORK

Allen Dulles
Carl Rogers
APPENDIX E

Geschickter Fund
Hallucinogens
American Journal of
Daniel X. Freedman
Psychiatry Obituaries
Archives of General
Psychiatry Obituary
Lauretta Bender
mae?
—
 Denial
Candidate anchurian

BLUEBIRD/ARTICHOKE
Singer Margaret
FS
\
tiIntelligence
Military SS ae
Creation
Candidate Manchurian
eg Cae A tte
> Hopkins Cot
ns
McHugh
Paul
Iatr
= ogenic
APPENDIX E: Doctors IN THE NETWORK

Hospital
DID

Reed Walter

DENIAL
AND CREATION
- CANDIDATES MANCHURIAN
307
 BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANT RESEARCH

Sweet
Mark
-Harvard-
Frank

Ervin
Jose Delgado Army Intelligence
-Yale -
Tue CIA Doctors

Robert Heath
-Tulane-
Office of Naval Research
308
 APPENDIX F
MARTIN ORNE Cia AND MILitary CONTRACTS

Research Grants

Principal Investigator of contract number AF 49(638) - 72B from the Air Force
Office of Scientific Research for an Investigation of the Nature and Uses of
Hypnosis as a Control Technique, 19591962.

Principal Investigator of research contract number Nonr - 3952 (00) from the
Office of Naval Research for an Empirical Investigation of Basic Research
Problems in Hypnosis and Related States, 19621964.

Principal Investigator of research contract number AF-AFOSR-88-63 from the

Air Force Office of Scientific Research for a Scientific Investigation of Personality
Attributes of Good Subjects, 19621964.

Principal Investigator of research contract number DA-49-193-MD-2480 from the

United States Army Medical Research and Development command for Studies in
the Detection of Deception, 1963-1964.

Principal Investigator of research contract number DA-49-193-MD-2744 from

the United States Army Medical Research and Development Command for an
. Empirical Investigation of Trance Phenomena, 1966-1967.

Principal Investigator of research grant number AF-AFOSR-707-67 from the

Air Force Office of Scientific Research for an Empirical Investigation of the
Relationships between Sleep and Hypnosis, 1964-1971.

Principal Investigator of research contract number Nonr-4731(00) from the Office

of Naval Research for an Empirical Investigation of Basic Research Problems in
Hypnosis and Related States, 19641971.

Principal Investigator of research contract number DA-49-193-MD-2647 from the

Unites States Army Medical Research and Development Command for Studies in
the Detection of Deception, 1964-1971.

Principal Investigator of research contract number DADA17-71-C-1120 from

the United States Army Medical Research and Development Command for the
Empirical Investigation of Recovery from Fatigue, 1971-1979.

CIA MKULTRA Subproject 84

 APPENDIX G
JoLLy West C1A AND MILITARY CONTRACTS

Hospital Appointments

Chief, Psychiatry Service, 3700" USAF Hospital 1952-1956

Lackland Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas

Psychiatrist-in-Chief, University of Oklahoma 1954-1969

Consultant in Psychiatry, Oklahoma City Veterans 1956-1969

Administration Hospital

Consultant in Psychiatry, United States Air Force Hospital 1956-1966

Force Base, Oklahoma

Consultant in Psychiatry, Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital 1966-1967

Consultant in Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Center 1969-?

For Psycho-social Medicine at Brentwood, Los Angeles

Consultant in Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Hospital 1969-?

Sepulveda, California

National and International Appointments

Consultant, United States Air force Aero-Space Medical Center 1961-1966

National Advisory Committee on Psychiatry, Neurology, and 1968-1973

Psychology, United States Veterans Administration
Professional Services Subcommittee, 1968-1972,
Chairman, 1970-1972

Consultant to the Surgeon General, United States Army 1974-1977

Medical Research and Development Command

Member, United States Army Medical Research and Development 1974-1979

Advisory Panel
 APPENDIX G: JOLLY West Cia AND MILITARY CONTRACTS 311

Consultant, V.A. Health Care Committee, . 1975-1976

National Research Council, Division of Medical Sciences,
Assembly of Life Sciences

Regional and Local Appointments

Dean’s Committee, Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Hospital 1954-1969

Dean’s Committee, Wadsworth Veterans 1969-1989

Administration Medical Center

Dean’s Committee, Sepulveda Veterans 1970-1989

Administration Medical Center

CIA-MKULTRA Subproject 43.

 APPENDIX H
Ewen CAMERON DOCUMENTS

Partial List of Ewen Cameron Research Grants

From Canada’s Department of Health and Welfare

The Effect of Senescence $195,388.00

604-5-11 on Resistance to Stress 1950-1957

Research Studies on EEG $60,353.33

604-5-13 and Electrophysiology 1950-1957

$17,875.00
604-5-14 Support for a Behavioral Laboratory 1950-1954

Study of Personal and Social Aspects of $24,450.00

604-5-43 Retirement and Retirement Adjustment 1956-1958

$26,228.08
604-5-74 Study of Ultraconceptual Communication
1959-1963

A Study of the Effects of Nucleic Acid $18,000.00

604-4-76 Upon Memory Impairment in the Aged 1959-1963

A Study of Factors Which Promote

or Retard Personality Change in $57,750.00
604-5-432
Individuals Exposed to Prolonged 1961-1964
Repetition of Verbal Signals
 APPENDIX H: Ewen CAMERON DOocUMENTS 313

Dr. Ewen Cameron’s Notes On Linda Macdonald

From The Allan Memorial Institute

April 1
When seen a few days ago by Dr. Cameron, this patient showed a very unclear
mood. She claimed to be depressed but broke into apparently unmotivated
laughter. She showed grimacing in so far that she kept her eyes curiously sealed
and flickered them at times. She seemed quite non-logical in her thinking. From
this brief interview it would appear that there is a possibility that this patient
shows either an hysteria or a pseudoneurotic schizophrenia [an old term for
borderline personality disorder]. It does not appear to be a retarded depression.

We are continuing to work her up, and we are asking that special attention be paid
to her early parental home.

April 22
The patient said that she occasionally hears a voice talking insider her head.
She has difficulty in expressing hostility, and we are encouraging her to do this.
The diagnosis is not yet clear; we are still bearing in mind that the psychologists
suggest the possibility of underlying schizophrenia. We are carrying on with the
present psychotherapeutic approach in order to determine whether this is the
case... Recently the patient saw a movie in which the husband and wife started off
very happily together. Then the husband had an extramarital affair. The name of
the girl in the movie was Linda, just as the patient’s is. The patient became very
upset and came out complaining of back pain, but she refused to say that it had
any connection with the movie. This is also being explored.

July 4
Reviewing the EEG’ we find on March 29, 1963 (her admission EEG) that
there was no evidence offocal or cerebral damage or epileptiform activity. Fast
background rhythm was noted as being due to medication. On May 28, after she
had had 31 Page Russells and was on Largactil mgs 50 q.i.d., the EEG was very
irregular, showing generalized slow wave dysrhythmia.

July 16
She is quite turbulent. Her speech is very slurred. She shows no definite
evidence of delusional ideas. We are starting her on Artane 2t.i.d. today, and this
will be raised to Artane 5 t.i.d. in 48 hrs. if she tolerates this well. We are also
considering the possibility of raising her sleep medication. In view of the fact that
her EEG shows an increase in epileptiform activity, we are going to reduce the
ECT to every second day.
314 Tue CIA Doctors

July 23
She is not incontinent. Her gait is rather lurching. She is not really concerned with
dressing herself at the present time. She is able to feed herself. We do recognize
that she is gradually coming out. She knows that she is Linda Macdonald. She
cannot recognize her own bed and keeps crawling into others.

September 5
In working over her case on April 5th 1963, the psychologists felt that the general
impression was that of a notable hysterical overlay to an early schizophrenic
pathology. Our examinations of her clinically, however, have failed this far to
show any evidence of schizophrenia. Due to the dangers of neglecting a possible
schizophrenia, we put her through intensive therapy. This is now eventuating in quite
a good recovery, though with an indication of mild instability in the last day or so.

September 12
She has had a repeat psychological testing. The results, of course, to some extent
are influenced by the organic changes produced by the electroshock. Thus far no
evidence of a thought disorder can be noted.
 APPENDIX H: Ewen CAMERON DOcUMENTS 315

Nursing Notes On Linda Macdonald

From The Allan Memorial Insitute

Nursing notes for March 28 - April 11, and May 29 - August 14, 1963 were not
forwarded to Linda Macdonald by the Allen Memorial Institute for an unknown
reason. Some of the photocopied handwriting is difficult to read, which I have
indicated with square brackets.

April 14
When nurse went to wake her up found her crying. Patient stated she felt this
coming on for several days and she didnt know why. She said nothing further.
Came out on the ward in the afternoon and joined in bingo game and ward party.
Much brighter.

April 15
Played cards with husband in early P.M., laughing and talking. Later entertained
patient in [?room] playing her guitar. Showed them new chords that her husband
had taught her.

Telling other patients how when she was young she had always felt as thought she
was adopted. Her brother and sister were like her parents - but not her. She was
the black sheep and acted accordingly. Although her father never understood her,
she felt that he truly loved her in his own way. Socializing well. Teaching young
female patient how to play the guitar.

April 17
Sleeping before dinner. Eager to go to dance downstairs - Participated actively
and seemed to enjoy herself. Later played her guitar and sang with a group of
other patients. Tea and toast and retired.

April 18
Has difficulty getting to sleep - wandered about the day room for a while
- persuaded to go to bed and leave her light on as patient stated she was afraid
of the dark. Smoked a cigarette and then noted she turned off her light and was
asleep.

April 19
At 7 P.M. patient appeared to experience psychotic breakdown when nurse
entered room patient was lying on bed, staring at the ceiling and did not respond
to questions. When light was switched on patient blinked, appeared to become
markedly anxious and began to scream loudly - she jumped from bed, began
banging her head against the wall and whimpered continually - “Dont touch
316 Tue CIA Doctors

me” - on approach she screamed “Dont touch me” and flung herself on the floor
and began to whimper once again.

After injection patient said she heard a voice saying to her, “They’re going to
frighten you.” While patient was dozing she was heard saying - “I’m amess” - “I’m
so mixed up” - “I hit Alex” -I’ve never hit anyone in my life except my husband and
my kids.” Patient remained in bed rest of evening, dozing on and off.

April 20
Dressed in a rather juvenile manner, knee socks, flat shoes etc. Saw children
this A.M. - very pleased to see them. After visit spent long period singing
accompanying herself on a guitar. Came out to dining room later in afternoon
- talked about music etc.

Dressed in wool skirt and knee socks, playing rummy with a young female patient
before supper. Manner flippant and loud and quite gay. Attended the movie and
for the first hour, laughed and appeared to be enjoying it. Grew quite upset after
a little domestic scene had been presented, where the young husband comes home
drunk and accuses the wife of infidelity. The girl's name in the movie was Linda.
Ms. Macdonald left abruptly complaining of headache and backache. Lying in
bed with sunglasses on obtained relief from heating pad. Stated “I dont know
what I’m going to do if I dont leave here without curing this backache.” Ten
minutes later was up in the dining strumming her guitar and singing, seeming to
have completely forgotten her pains. In one of the happier scenes in the movie she
had pointed at the young married couple and said “That's Tom and me all over.”

April 21
Gay euphoric manner. Visited by husband and went out for coffee. Manner
unchanged upon return. Laughing uproariously and joking and teasing other
patients. Asked nurse about depatterning. “It’s all thats left for me I guess. But I
don t want to forget my children. They are the one good thing in my [?life].”

April 22
Seen by Dr. Briones [the intern] at 5:30P.M. Anxious to go to dance and afraid
that her appointment with the doctor will coincide with the dance. “I know I’m
here to get help, not to go to dances but it makes me angry when my appointments
coincide with the dance.” Attended dance and enjoyed it thoroughly. Said to the
nurse earlier in the evening “I’ve heard that they havent diagnosed me yet. I’ve
been here a month and they dont know whats wrong with me yet?” Went on to
say, “I never avoid conflicts Imove headlong into them. But none of my wild little
escapades have seemed to solve anything. Perhaps this is my escape from my
problem. I really want to show my true self to the doctors. I want to know myself
as I really am.”
 APPENDIX H: Ewen CAMERON DOocUMENTS 317

April 24
Apparently had a talk with one of the other female patients ’ ministers. Later seen
by Dr. Briones. Returned to ward looking extremely downcast. Nurse asked how
it had gone and Ms. Macdonald replied very sarcastically “It went marvelously
well, thank you.” Later she appeared out on the ward dressed charmingly, ready
for the dance. Talked with nurse and a group offemale patients. Stated about
interview with Dr. Briones “There was a complete lack of communication. I
guess it was my fault. But I’m not going to let anything he has said upset me or
spoil my evening.” She continued to chat gaily discussing art, flowers and other
miscellaneous subjects with the nurse. Enjoyed the dance and later entertained a
group ofpatients with her guitar and singing.

April 25
ECT#I.PR DT.0.T.MA 400 x 6 GM Seizure. [I dont understand all this
notation, but it means that she had a grand mal seizure subsequent to her first
shock treatment]

Quite apprehensive about treatment. Stated ifshe knows exactly what things are
all about does not mind but was told only that she would have a needle and come
straight back upstairs. On return to ward showed no confusion - asked the nurse
her husbands name but had no trouble remembering anything else. Complained
of headache and started to cry “because of the headache”.

May 2
Quite drowsy but no other physical complaints. No memory loss. Stated she
hoped she would recover from the effect of the second

E.C.T. in time to attend the dance tonight. Stated her husband would be coming
to see her tomorrow night and she would be glad to see him.

May 3
Spent morning strumming guitar and later making sandwiches for party tonight.
Mood cheerful, stated she was eager to get her treatments over with - “I dont
mind the headaches and sore jaw, Ijust want to get them finished.”

May 3
Visited by husband and went downstairs with him. Does not appear confused,
although has forgotten some recent events. Outside walking and on swings.
Inquiring about sleep room.

May 9
Patient is aloof, seldom speaks but at times exhibits sudden interest. Post ECT
had [?] and watched with interest as nurse persuaded a confused patient to
318 Tue CIA Doctors

take her meds. Tried to help but said nothing. Smiles when eyes met [?] over
patient's head.

Did not dress today, spent time on ward watching TV. Sits or lies watching
T.V. and seems drowsy. When nurse approached she woke up, sat up, smiled,
laughs appropriately but says little. Plays cards and picks one string of
her guitar but when asked to play a key does not seem to comprehend.
6 P.M. ECT#IO TD.7 MA 400x 6

May 11
Patient post ECT knew name and city only. Believed she was in hospital having
had her first child. Is quite, content to sit on fringe of activities. Answers only
direct questions and then only in monosyllables and sometimes just stares.
Unable or unwilling to follow directions but cooperative with supervision.
Retired without difficulty.

May 12
Following ECT this PM patient was oriented to name only. She smiles but doesnt
answer when spoken to and is content to sit watching other patients in room for long
periods. Cannot follow directions and when attempts are made in help her or give pills
becomes quite negativistic. Spent much time in room and needs much supervision.

May 13
Post ECT she was very confused, oriented only to name Needed much direction
about ward and assistance in bathing and dressing. Facies expression [this means
a blank expression]. Spent most of day in ICU.

May 14
Disoriented in all spheres [doesnt know who she is, where she is, or the date]
following E.C.T. Eventually remembered name only. Eats well with assistance.
No anxiety shown over memory loss. Facies blank, passive. Slept for one hour
this afternoon then remained lying in bed.

May 16
Facies expressionless and patient confused. Answers to name “Linda” only.
Mumbles incoherently and responds only to direct commands slowly. She needs
complete direction about ward and complete physical care. Watches other
patients on ward. While walking down hall she noticed an open cupboard door,
she stopped to close it and continued walking slowly. Manages to feed self.

May 19
Facies flat. Disoriented in all three spheres but looks up when first name is called.
Incontinent of urine once only this A.M. Voided this P.M. Needs help bathing
 APPENDIX H: Ewen CAMERON DOCUMENTS 319

and with eating and drinking. Did some doodling with pencil and paper
but
concentration is very poor. Verbalizing very little and when she does speech
is
very slurred and slow. Gait a little unsteady and patient needs physical support.
A little negativistic at times. Intake 1200 cc.

May 20
Facies remain quite blank, patient remained in ICU - sitting with other patients
almost mute - stating “no” to certain directions. Very slow moving - however
patient can feed self once started by nurse. No incontinence. Taking fluids well.
Intake 600 cc. Output x 2.

May 22

ECT 26 TD 0.7 MA 400 x6 GM Seizure. Facies quite blank. Patient

disoriented to name, place, and time. When asked her age she replied, “Oh isnt
that lovely.” Manages to eat and drink when shown. Needs complete direction
although she walks much better today. Sits staring at other people. Was found
smoking cigarette in day room. Had lunch in ICU. Mumbles incoherently.

Memory span short. Did not accept reassurance or explanation wanting to phone
her husband constantly “I dont see why I cant phone, how can he look after
my five children?’ Borrowing dimes from other patients on ward looking up her
number in phone book but could not remember when she went to dial ,talking to
nurse this evening about past saying she went to [?] in Ottawa relating how she
met her husband and that she has five children very concerned about how her
husband would cope with children, short memory span but quite insistent abut
_ phoning, settles down after Largactil 100 mg. Retired early.

May 24
More aware of her surroundings still third stage. Answering simple questions
with short simple word answers knows her first name is “Linda” voiding and
eating well spending most of time in ICU distinguishing simple objects such as a
pen, points to her guitar when asked about it.

May 25
Very good P.M. activity for most part of P.M., played bridge with other patients,
pleasant and cheerful on approach, still needs reassurance that what she is doing
is right, no somatic complaints.

May 26
Still quite negativistic and resisting direction. However she is very cooperative
in taking medications. Intake and output is good. Oriented only to name. F.acial
expression very blank. Holding her hands up and looking at them - pulling on her
fingers. Settled early.
320 Tue CIA Doctors

August 17
Friendly and cheerful. Somewhat worried over memory loss, but accepts
reassurance very well, Questioned medications. Socializing well with other
patients. Requires quite a bit of direction and reassurance.

August 18
Cheerful all day. Socializing well. Dressed somewhat untidily. Still has quite
a bit of memory loss but accepts reassurance well. Spoke of looking forward to
discharge in the future. Visited by husband and went for a walk with him. Very
pleased to see him.

August 20
Fairly good P.M,; socializing well with other patients; played cards for long
periods, still seeking constant reassurance in attempts to reeducate herself.
Fairly concerned over memory loss.

August 25
Returned to ward about 6 P.M. accompanied by husband; said she had
a wonderful weekend and is looking forward to next weekend already.

August 26
Good evening. Very enthusiastic about arranging singing group on the ward.
Mixing with the other female patients and displaying protectiveness towards one
other female patient. Attended the dance and took an active part. Mood appears
elevated and patient [laughing?]. Talking continually. Relates on a superficial
level. Neat in appearance. Speaks optimistically about returning home.

September 3
Good evening. Memory loss evident but patient is not disturbed by this. Spent
long periods talking and playing cards with other female patients. Cheerful and
pleasant on approach, smiling often and talking a great deal.

September 5
Socializing with any patient. Still conversed and appeared less talkative giving
the other member of the group to talk. Group with other 4 female patients and
when approached by a male patient she started a nice joke and burst everybody
into laughter. Went to the dance. Talked much after she came from the dance and
other patients complained that Ms. Macdonald is a loud person and always talk
much talked more of her appreciation about other patients who are good dancers
stated she enjoyed dancing too but she enjoyed more watching good dancers.
Anxious to go on weekend tomorrow with husband.
 APPENDIX H: Ewen CAMERON DOCUMENTS 321

September 8
In from weekend, accompanied by husband. Appeared cheerful relating well.
Stated she saw her children and some in-laws whom she had not meet
last
weekend. Claims she had much enjoyment than the last weekend. Watched the
“Ed Sullivan Show” in the T.V. and enjoyed the show very much with a group of
patients and staff: Grouped with other patients after tea time till 10 PM. Seemed
to be conversing well at a normal level. Not so talkative as the previous days.

September 10
ECTI02

Sept
 APPENDIX I
AGENTS TESTED ON HUMANS BY THE U.S. ARMY,
INCLUDING VIRUSES, BACTERIA, VACCINES
AND MIND CONTROL DRUGS

List Of Agents Used On Human Volunteers

U.S. Army Medical Research Institute Of Infectious Diseases
Fort Detrick, Fredrick, Maryland 21701

12 August 1975

1958 - 1962
Tularemia Vaccine
Rift Valley Fever Vaccine
Venezuelan Equine Encephalomyelitis Vaccine
Western Equine Encephalitis Vaccine
Yellow Fever Vaccine

1963 - 1967
Tularemia Vaccine
Venezuelan Equine Encephalomyelitis Vaccine
Bacterial Endotoxin
Q Fever Vaccine
Antibiotic Therapy
Sandfly Fever
Low Dose Cortisol Administration
Plague Vaccine
Yellow Fever Vaccine
Eastern Equine Encephalitis Vaccine
 APPENDIX I: AGENTS TESTED ON HUMANS BY THE U.S. ARMy...
323

1968 - 1973
Yellow Fever Vaccine
Eastern Equine Encephalitis Vaccine
Sandfly Fever
Tularemia
Chloromycetin®
Generic Preparation of Choloramphenicol
Venezuelan Equine Encephalomyolitis Vaccine
Adenovirus Vaccine
Western Equine Encephalitis Vaccine
Venezuelan Equine Encephalomyelitis Immune Globulin
Rift Valley Fever Vaccine
Chikungunya Vaccine
Plague Vaccine

No volunteer studies since 1973

324 Tue CIA Doctors

1955-1959 1960 to March 1962 !

a wR I ae
EAITT8 a VX

BA 1476 ae ee GB oe

i a BZ

(ice i eros ThA

[a ia De
ee
i (ewes
ee Ss
aN
Ine wa
Dae ooenc
YP ianesinttiyiene
a
eee ; Seco Barbitol

ern Dibulaline
APPENDIX I: AGENTS TESTED ON HUMANS BY THE U.S. Army...
325

. March 1962 to PRESENT

GB Dexadrine

GB « PAN
G D
iC G
EA 3580/VX/PAM PAH Ethanol c Valium
CAR 302, 034 APH c PAM Heparin

P28
THA
H
V OM leeds
SIeoMTS ee
Se
Homatropine
Methyl! Atropine
AmyI Nitrate

McN-JR-4929 Benactyzine
Benac/Atropine
Benac/TMB4
 APPENDIX J
OTHER CIA DOCUMENTS

PARTICIPANTS
Conference on d-Lysergic Acid Diethylamide (LSD-25)

PAUL H. HOCH, Charman

Department of eereninnny, Columbia University, spollese of Physicians and Surgeons
New York, N. Y
HAROLD A. ABRAMSON, Editor
The Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, and the State Hospital
Central Islip, N. Y.
GREGORY BATESON
Ethnology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital
Palo Alto, Calif.
ARTHUR L. CHANDLER
Psychiatric Institute of Beverly Hills
Beverly Hills, Calif.
SIDNEY COHEN
Neuropsychiatric Hospital, Veterans Administration Center
Los Angeles, Calif.
JONATHAN 0. COLE
Psychopharmacology Service Center, National Institute of Mental Health
National Institutes of Health
Bethesda, Md.
HERMAN C. B. DENBER
Research Division, Manhattan State Hospital
Columbia University, College of Physicians and Surgeons
New York, N. Y.
KEITH S. DITMAN
Department of Psychiatry, School of Medicine, University of California Medical Center
Los Angeles, Calif.
BETTY G. EISNER
1334 Westwood Boulevard
Los Angeles, Calif.
MORTIMER A. HARTMAN
Psychiatric Institute of Beverly Hills
Beverly Hills, Calif.
MOLLIE P. HEWITT
The Biological Laboratory
Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.
ABRAM HOFFER
Psychiatric Services Branch, Department of Public Health
Regina, Sask., Canada
CECELIA E. JETT-JACKSON
Medical Department, Sandoz Pharmaceuticals
Hanover, N. J.
 APPENDIX J: OTHER CIA DocuMENTS 327

SOLOMON KATZENELBOGEN
5312 Pooks Hill Road
Bethesda, Md.
GERALD D. KLEE
Department of Psychiatry, Psychiatric Institute, University of Maryland School of Medicine
Baltimore, Md.
HENRY L. LENNARD
Bureau of Applied Social Research, Columbia University
New York, N. Y.

SIDNEY MALITZ
Department of Experimental Psychiatry, New York State Psychiatric Institute
New York, N. Y.

ROBERT C. MURPHY, JR.

Waverly, Penn.

GWENDOLYN J. NEVIACKAS
The Biological Laboratory
Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.
T. T. PECK, JR.
Psychiatric and Public Health Departments, San Jacinto Memorial Hospital
Baytown, Tex.
RONALD A. SANDISON
Powick Hospital
Near Worcester, England

CHARLES SAVAGE
Center for Advanced Study in Behavioral Sciences
Stanford, Calif.
C. H. VAN RHIJN
Men's Department, Mental Hospitals “Brinkgreven” and “St. Elizabeths Gasthuis”’
Deventer, Netherlands
JOHN R. B. WHITTLESEY
Alcoholism Research Clinic
Department of Psychiatry, UCLA Medical Center
Los Angeles, Calif.
LOUIS J. WEST
Department of Psychiatry, Neurology, and Behavioral Sciences
University of Oklahoma School of Medicine
Okiahoma City, Okla.

THE JOSIAH MACY, JR. FOUNDATION

FRANK FREMONT-SMITH, Medical Director
ELIZABETH F. PURCELL, Assistant for the Conference Program
328 Tue CIA Doctors

REGISTERED PARTICIPANTS

THE SECOND INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE

ON THE USE OF
LSD IN PSYCHOTHERAPY

May 8th-May 1oth, 1965

AFFILIATION

(U.S.A.)
Director of Research, South Oaks
Psychiatric Hospital, Amityville

Arendsen Hein, G. W., sd. (Holland)

Medical Director of Foundation
Stichting, Veluweland Hospital

Baker, Edward F. W., z.p. (Canada)

Attending staff, Toronto Western
Hospital, University of Toronto,
Departments of Medicine and
Psychiatry

Balestrieri, Antonio, s.D. (Italy)

Professor of Psychiatry,
University of Bari

Blair, Donald, x«.p. (England)

Consultant Psychiatrist, St.
Bernard’s Hospital, London

Buckman, John, Dr., M.2.C.3., (England)

L.R.C.P., D.P.M. Senior Hospital Medical Officer,
Marlborough Day Hospital,
London; now Assistant Professor of
Psychiatry, University of Virginia,
Charlotteville
ea
 APPENDIX J: OrHerR CIA Documents 329
REGISTERED PARTICIPANTS

AFFILIATION

(Canada)
Director, Alcoholic Treatment
Services, Psychiatric Services of
Quebec
Cohen, Sidney, .p. (U.S.A.)
Chief, Psychosomatic Medicine,
Veterans Administration Hospital,
Los Angeles
Dahlberg, Charles Clay, xp. (U.S.A.)
Training and Supervisory Analyst,
William Alanson White
Psychoanalytic Institute
Eisner, Betty Grover, PH.D. (U.S.A.)
Clinical Psychologist in private
practice; Los Angeles
Fox, Ruth, sp. (U.S.A.)
Medical Director, National Council
on Alcoholism
Freedman, Daniel X., x«.p. (U.S.A.)
Professor of Psychiatry, Yale
University School of Medicine
Fremont-Smith, Frank, mp. (Wsses)
Director, Interdisciplinary
Communications Program, New
York Academy of Sciences
Godfrey, Kenneth E., us.p. (U.S.A.)
Assistant Chief West Psychiatric
Service, Topeka Veterans
Administration

Grof, Stanislav, 1p. (Czechoslovakia )

Research Psychiatrist, Psychiatric
Research Institute, Prague

Hausman, Col. William, »z.c. (U.S.A.)

Deputy Director, Division of
Neuropsychiatry, Walter Reed
Army Institute of Research

Hertz, Mogens, M.. (Denmark)

Assistant Chief Physician,
Frederiksberg Hospital,
Copenhagen
330 Tue CIA Doctors
REGISTERED PARTICIPANTS
NAME AFFILIATION

Hoffer, Abram, ™.D. (Canada)

Director, Psychiatric Research,
Department of Public Health,
Saskatchewan
Johnsen, Gordon H., s<.p. (Norway)
Chief Psychiatrist, Modum Bads
Nervesanatorium, Vikersund
Ketchum, Maj..James S., a4.c. (U.S.A.)
Chief, Psychopharmacology
Branch, Directorate of Medical
Research Chemical Warfare Service
Kramer, Sol, md. (U.S.A.)
Professor of Psychiatry and
Biology, Behavioral Sciences
Division, Department of
Psychiatry, College of Medicine,
Gainesville
Krinsky, Leonard W., pup. (U.S.A.)
Director, Psychological Service,
South Oaks Hospital, Amityville
Kurland, Albert A., s4.d. (U.S.A.)
Director of Research, Department
of Mental Hygiene, Spring Grove
State Hospital, Maryland
Leuner, Hanscarl, x. (Germany)
Psychiatrische Klinik,
University of Gdttingen; head of
Psychotherapeutic Department
Levine, Jerome, M.D. (U.S.A.)
Research Psychiatrist, Psycho-
pharmacology Service Center,
National Institute of Mental Heaith
Lily, John Ce M.D. (U.S.A.)
Director, Communication Research
Institute, Miami; St. Thomas, V_I.
Ling, Thomas M., 14.0. (England)
Consultant Psychiatrist,
Marlborough Day Hospital,
London
Ludwig, Arnold M., scp. (U.S.A.)
Director of Education and
Research, Mendota State Hospital,
Wisconsin
 APPENDIX J: OTHER CIA DocumeENTS 331
xx REGISTERED PARTICIPANTS
NAME AFFILIATION
MacDonald, Donald C., ae.p. (Canada)
Psychiatrist, Consultant to
Hollywood Hospital, British
Columbia
MacLean, J. Ross, mp. (Canada)
Medical Director, Hollywood
Hospital, New Westminster, British
Columbia
McCririck, Mrs. Pauline (England) ;
Psychoanalyst; with Dr. A. Joyce
Martin, Marlborough Day Hospital,
London
McGlothlin, William H., px.p. (U.S.A.)
Research Associate, Department of
Psychology, University of Southern
California
Martin, A. Joyce, M.D. (England)
Senior Hospital Medical Officer,
Marlborough Day Hospital,
London
Mogar, Robert E., p.p. (U.S.A.)
Assistant Professor of Psychology;
Director of Research, San
Francisco State College
Murphy, Robert C., Jr., mp. (U.S.A.)
Private practice; Waverly,
Pennsylvania
Osmond, Humphry, .nr.c.s., (U.S.A.)
D.P.M. Director, Bureau of Neurology and
Psychiatry, New Jersey
Neuropsychiatric Institute
Pahnke, Walter N., m.D., PH-D. (U.S.A.)
Resident Psychiatrist,
Massachusetts Mental Health
Center
Rolo, André, M.p. (U.S.A.)
Director, South Oaks
Psychiatric Hospital
Amityville
Rinkel, Max, M.p. (US.A.)
Senior Research Consultant
Massachusetts Mental Health
Center
332 Tue CIA Doctors

REGISTERED PARTICIPANTS xxi

NAME AFFILIATION
Savage, Charles, x«.p. (U.S.A.)
Director of Research, Spring Grove
State Hospital, Maryland
Servadio, Emilio, »«.p. (Italy)
Hon. Professor of Psychology,
L.u.D.; President, Italian
Psychoanalytic Society, Rome
Unger, Sanford, px.p. (U.S.A.)
Acting Chief of Psychosocial
Research, Spring Grove State
Hospital, Maryland
Van Rhijn, Cornelius H., »<.p. (Holland)
Psychotherapist, private practice;
Enchede
Ward, Jack L., mp. (U.S.A.)
Staff Psychiatrist, New Jersey
Reformatory at Bordentown,
Mercer Hospital
Weber, E. S., M.D. (U.S.A.)
Psychiatrist, private practice;
Princeton
Wicks, Miss Mary S. (England)
Probation Officer, Kidderminster,
Worcester
 APPENDIX J: OTHER CIA DocuMENTS
333

Honcrable Leo J. Ryan

House of Representatives 1
Washingtoa, D.C. 20813 8 OCT 1979
Dear Mr. Ryan:

Thank you for your letter of 27 Sestember to Admiral Turner

requesting confirmation or denial of the fact of CLA experiments using
prisoners at the Califoraia medical facility at Vacaville,

It is true that CLA sponsored testing, using volunteer inmates,

was conducted at Mattacility. TMe project was completed in 1963.
A report setting forth the details of that testing has been released
to the authorities at Vacaville and to the oublic. It is enclosed for
your information and review. Also enclosed is correspondence between
our Office of General Counsel and T. L. Clanon, M.D., Superintendent
of the facility. We have also included correspondence from our Inform-
ation and Privacy Coordinator te Mr. Thomas K. Dalglish, Chairperson,
Committee for the Protection of Human Subjects, California Department
of Health. These documents, all of which are now in the public domain,
will give you a clearer idea of the nature and extent of the testing,
which related to learning enhancement using a well-known non-halluci-
negen, magnesium permoline.

Your letter referred to Donald DeFreese, known as CINQUE, and

Clifford Jefferson, both of wnom were inmates at Vacaville. In so far
as our records reflect the names of the oarticipants, there is nowing
to indicate that either was in any way involved in the project. You may
wisa to contact the authorities at Vacaville for further information,

I trust you will find this information helpful. Please call me if

yo: have any questions or wish additional information.

Sincerely,
a: Cas Lise.
js{ 42s >

Sramcc. Carvicct

Enclosures

(
334 Tue CIA Doctors

CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

Psychiatrists
The Central Intelligence Agency is seeking full-time board eligi-
ble or certified Psychiatrists to participate in a psychiatric pro-
gram including diagnostic and preventive psychiatry and
psychiatric selection. Previous experience such as military ser-
vice or overseas living is desirable. The ability to participate in a
multi-disciplinary psychological and medical group and to com-
municate psychiatric concepts clearly to non-physicians is
essential. Candidates must be available for overseas assign-
ments. Starting salary range begins at $90,000. Coverage by
professional liability insurance for line-of-duty medical practice
is included. U.S. citizenship is required. Applicants must suc-
cessfuily complete a thorough medical and psychiatric exam, a
polygraph interview and an extensive background investiga-
tion. Send resume or letter of interest to: Personne/
Representative, Dept. 961, Office of Medical Services, Central
Intelligence Agency, Washington, OC 20505. We will respond
within 30 days to those judged to be of further interest. The CIA
is an equal opportunity employer.

Psychiatric News/September 20, 1996 + 37

 APPENDIX J: OTHER CIA DocuMENTS 335

254

MEVCRANLCA FOR: Director of Central Inteliigence

SGSJ=CT :. Contingency Plaa for Stnsxpile of
i Biological Wartare Agents

° -
-
°

1. On 25 Noveaber 1369, President Nixon ordered the

Department or Defense to racomsend plans for the digsosal
of existing stocts of? bacteriologicsl Geovons. (On 14
February 1273, he inslused all toxin weapons.)

2. On 1s Janusry 1970, the Soecial Cnerations Division

of Yort DetricsS, Maryland prepared a rsavestes azent inven-
tory, less taxins, and subsitted it to the SctentizZic
Director, Tort Detrick. This inventory tas ee required inpyt
to essist the Cozvnmanains Ofticer, Ft. Daizicic to orenare
B CcOsnrebnersive pian ior denilitarization ones or all
biological ezents/aunitions vhics ere stockpiled in support
of operatiorsl pisas. : :

-3. Under a= esyt2dlished agreement Fith the Decartrent

ot the Army, the CIS bas 2 limited suantity of biolisxicesl
Beents and toxins stored <nd meintsiase sy the SO Division
7 Ft. Derrick. Tsis stockpile dic not anpear on the inven-
ory list. The ayenis and toxins are:
* ~ = ae i -

Agents:

- 2. Bacillus anthracis (anthrax) — 109 grams

- Z. Pasteurella tularensis (tularemia) — 29 grams

“+ S$. Venezvelsa Eouine Encephalosyelitis virus

(encepasittis) — 20 grams

Coceidisices ismitis & 2 lley fever) - 29 graps

3. Brucells suis (brucellosis) —- 2 to 3 ¢razs

=ve Deucella
< _ celitensis (brucelicsis) - 2 to = 3
gress * =

> 7. ycobacteriua tuberculosis {tuperculosis) ~

S craas

Siectatsities by 056047
15 Sept 37s
 APPENDIX K
ProJECT OFTEN DOCUMENTS

MEMORANDUM FOR: ~ ak
SUBJECT : Review of EA3167 Study

.. J. Ib this study, nineteen subjects were divided into three

groups which were treated with dosages of. \units/kg
» of experimental agent 31467, —. oe
ee

... 2. In the first group of six subjects, measurements of temperature,

blood pressure, respiration, pulse, and pupil size, although showing
some variation,did not reveal significant differences which could be related
to drug symptornology. In every case, undesirable symptoms werd
noted, all six subjects experiencing‘Wrowsiness" and "dry throat." Of
the three cases of hullucination and mental incapacitation, only one was
of a serious nature and this admittedly may have been due to an additional
accidental dose of the drug.

_ 3. The second group ( _ ‘Junits /kg) exbibited a variety of undesired

side effiscts: drowsiness, dry o> sore throat, nausea, loss of taste,
blurred vision, heaviness in legs, lack of coordination. All seven subjects
_ 4m this group experienced at least three of these symptoms, Four ot the
seven suffered severe mental (acapacitation accompanied by heightened
symptomology. In three of these seven cases 2 high pulre rate and dilated
pupils could be related to drug action though the pupillary response was
much stronger, In subjects not strongly affected by the drug, alower ~
pulse rate sometimes coincided with drowsiness and impairment af
coordination,
oe : ong wero Ses Ao

__ 4. The group which received the highest dossage proved as variable

as the.others. Although each subject exhibited the usual symptomology,
only two of the six were strongly affected. Those two hallucinated aad

Aricacens * APR 1995, /0

 APPENDIX K: PRoJECT OFTEN DOocuUMENTS 337

dropped to cures of zero on their nunibers facilities tests with

concomitant increases in pulse rate and pupil size. The four other
subjects showed thought hindrance and lack of concentration but
iets dasa cosbenpence of extreme drowsiness.

s. 2 the majority of cases, the side effects appeared within

4 hours after injection. Their duration varied from about 4 hours
to 19 days. The desirable primary effacts generally did not appear
till after the side effects were evident and in every case had a shorter
duration, varying from 1 ta 90 hours.

a -6>- in the.instance of mental incapacitation, the more pronounced

effects appeared to be inability to relate to surroundings or time, .
inability te remember names, and poor performance on numbers
facilities tests. Hallucinations were of both visual and auditory nature.
Patients would see and hear persons not there and speak to therm.
Frequent complaints were bright lights or objects on the wall and
roaches or flying insects in the room.

7. This study was somewhat unprofessional and 2 trifle slipshod.

The results are inconclusive. Apparently, the drug is not reliable at
the dosage levels tested: only nine of the nineteen subjects experienced
“desirable effects" (2 out of 6 at _ Junits/keg: 4 out of 7 at \units/kg;
2cutof6ae \units/kg) but zs nineteen exhibited undesirable signs
and/or ee ee ee ee
ee ane 4 ~
Soe ene See SOU ae OMENS NEE a) /
338 Tue CIA Doctors

!
13 October 1970

MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD

SUBJECT: Visit by Dr. |

1. On 30 Septernber 1970, Dr. “) Professor

-- and Chairtan of the Department of
beck ; _l visited Project Often's screen-
ing facility prior toa subsequent meeting at
Dr. visit was arranged in accordance with the joint
‘steering committee's previously announced plans
to have OF TEN's activities reviewed and assessed by at least
two recognized outside experts in the field of pharmacology
and behavioral science.

2. At the screening facility, Dr. |was given a complete

briefing on OF TEN's objectives, and the methods and procedures
implemented to carry out these objectives. Those in attendance
were Drs. |
|In addition, Dr. ltoured
the laboratories where demonstrations were held and representative
data discussed. At \ Or. [reviewed project OF TEN
activities with Drs. \for FY 71, inspected the
computer facility and was briefed on : the file management
program now used to search our toxicological data bank.

=hgihe 28 ‘expressed agreement with the design and

operation of the OF TEN project as well as planned activities and
made several suggestions for new agents that have potential as
unique behavior modifiers. These will be screened immediately,
if available, together with other compounds suggested as criterion
agents for standardization purposes.

rayeasen "A
 APPENDIX K: PROJECT OFTEN DOCUMENTS 339

13 October 1970

4. Finally, Dr. "was invited to join the OF TEN project

on a consulting basis and he accepted the role. It is planned to
have him visit this installation quarterly with opportunity for
more frequent consultation m a non-visit basis. He will also be
Present at some meetings of the joint = steering group.
This aspect will be cleaved with im advance. § ....
340 Tue CIA Doctors

DRAFT > 86 February 1971

ty

3EMORANDUM FOR: x = ieee

E-Jaw-
es
SUBJECT: Transfer of Funds to EARL for EL
Studiesintuman—Yeluntees s
SHedy of Aelia’ Vo C Er ms
1. This requested transfer of funds {s in support of the
lee Re
2. Paden

Sapus goal of this,‘stady is toSefine :

f fantasia +
inhumans ofthe
and quantify the effects
: ~~
administration of agents belonging to the glycolate class. The

etudy will be carried ut within the Medical Volunteer Program at

EARL under the direction of Dr.

2. Agents of the glycolate class are of interest because of the

serious threat certain examples cases of thgsclass present as potential

t

incapacitants. The Soviets are known to be actively working in the

owe
- eet me 8 en I

giycolate area, Our most effective example item is #3167. This

partially investigated item is effective . fin animals and
probably also inman, as Pianseed by several lasoratory accidents.

Because the _ ; | . ‘of administration are the

routes af true potential terse to US. VIP's aaa Sther key personnel, om |

it is essential that the present.existing data on intramuscular injection

in humans be extended to include the ]

Simultaneously, information and plans will be developed to implaneat

countermeasures as required. és

RELEASED _~ ~ APR
 APPENDIX K: PRoJECT OFTEN DOCUMENTS 341

DRAFT | ' 46 February 1971

Paget ieee erm tye | Le ee ee

$3. Contingent upon the results obtained and evidence of a

clear potential threat, follow-on work at zpproximatsly the same =

level of effort can be expected for the development of needed counter-

measures.
i
= a
~So SS SARL was elected iowathis : work because of their unique ="
—— “ee - a _
=
pxpericncs with $3167, and because it has volunteer human studies -

on-going in a carefully controlled environment. Coordination has

—
—amees gs

been affected with o% and with Dr. ; |

Director of Laboratories at Edgewood.

5. Dr. | : will
be the
‘ project officer with responsibility for monitoring the execution of «
— SEER ET
the task. and agency association oder ae
The work will be CLASSIFIED
‘=, Ae e “ve
: zee willa CONF TIAL.

ye The : “ oe: . irecommends

the approval of the ansier of $37, 000 to ereject AD 21 Task 03

(Follow-on Study of Medical Volunteers) at EARL under the direction _

of Dr. |
342 Tue CIA Doctors

[ve

Cpa Lo . --- et dear -— i is

| a

yee 29 May 1973 teresa

" SUBJECT: ' Sumsary of Project OFTHE Clinical Tests et Zdgesood

*3

1. Funds in the amount of $37,000 were transferred to Edgewood

Arsenal on 17 February 1971 for the purpose of determining tne clinical
effects of EA #3167, a glycolate cless chesical sreviously developed
by Edgewood. Analysis of Edgewood file deta hed flesged this ite= es
possessing unusual obec als.es an tacepecitent, Strongly sugsesting
the posatt hye.of) a —_-

<=" 8y The Bavieta, were known to ee tively working in the glycolate

erea. Edgewood had _partielly investigated ZA ¥3167 end found it to be
effective — in enimels. In eddition, there had been several
laboratory accidents in which the egent bed preduced prolonged psycaotic
effects in laboratory personnel.

3. Since the ' |vere

the routes of potential threat to U.S. VIP's and other key persozrel,
it was highly desirable that existing deta on he \
_ int Dee nreviqusly mequares by Edgewood ‘be extended to include tie
Simultaneously, plans were developed to-
ieoichants Pet ye pee as required.

4, Preliminary laboratory work ves underteken to determine cha

solubility end “Jof #3167. Adaditionel vork vas underteken
to develop leboratory tests to ident ify the egent in blcod. Further work
was carried out on the masking effects of such common cedicinels as asprin,
barbiturates, etc. The agent was found: - -- | PUR Y =
solvent wes discovered. A detection test for £3167 wes developed ,--out
ere eee were found to oat ae ©sask its presence.
seamen 184 0 ot ohm ——
 APPENDIX K: Prosgect OFTEN DOCUMENTS 343

Bs
a ea he Twenty hi=en volunteer subjects, tive prisoners (Kol= esbury
=—~ _Stste Prison, Hol=esbury, Pe.) end ¢ Steen cilitery vy. + snteers inthe
T= Edgewood progres vere tested. th the \
vere Sorcaee to be plies ere with sy=ptozs lasting up to six weeks.
a ee assent P al

eae
=P t, ConcerningiG
Get eCate counterneasures, certain
counte can

real In addition to the ebove prattee” in.1967, jesteblished

@ contract through Edsewood with \ for the
collection of infcrmation on end sa=ples of new psychorhercecetticels
developed in Europe and :} The focus vas on unsublished data end
unusuel new develorments. Agency support of this action consisted of
| in 1967, end \in 1969. The Agency took advantage of a
pre-existing contract between Sésevood end \for the collection of “a
informetian on foreign chemical end pharmeceuticel Gevelorzents. Agency
_—— redirection, beginning in 1967, consisted of focusing on nee
drugs and on the collection of saxples.

8. Asency support of both the clinical testing of EA £3167 end

of the collection of informetion on and se=sles of foreign develop-
ments wes termineted in January 1973. The | trenaszezzed to
Edgewood in 1972 for en enlerged foreim collection effert was wit
drawn in January 1973. Expenditures for the huzen testing rrocsren
were gradually recuced eas subjects vere cleared from the program
during the necessery post-test follov-up observational end exesinetion
period. Agency involvement in the above activities was closely neld
at an times.
= ae ‘ pee
344 Tue CIA Doctors

" 6 May 1974

MEMORANDUM FOR: Inspector General

7% Project OFTEN pes nanhid

SUBJECT
: 5 cesta pageants cab hear’ Riywiget:
ent to the
1. The purpose of this memorandum is to docum ;
of my knowl edge the activi ties as sociat ed with Project
best —
the reques t of Mr.
OFTEN. Jl am writing this at ..
pointintime
Deptty Inspector General. I am writing it at this ‘
with the Office of
because (a) in a recent telephone conversation *
‘St became apparent that there is very
t; (b) all of the key
little written inlormation available on the projec
; (c:)
*. people associated with the project are 70 longer with the Ajency
resign ing from the Centra l Intell igence Agenc y on ll Mzy 1974.
I am
needed, but ~
I hope this memorandum and attachments will nevem™bc ation.
_I believe it isin the interest of CIA to have the following inform
documented in case it should be required. ei!
~
Ee awa
2
- ry
‘
PAE IF
§ . Tec

2. The project dealt with the behavioral effects of chemical .

a
cempounds (dregs) on humans. Numerous sources of compounds
and data beses were used including private industry, other U.S. =.
Government agencies, and foreign sources. An entire research x ;
cycle was set up, from the discoveryof new compounds or the ~'.
Gevelopraent of hybrids, to auimial sercening, to clinicel fhuman) Agi
testing. Numerous data bases were acquired ‘to help refine our *
search fer candidate compounds. j = ee a OP Wey a?eee
ant F . say St FES Parte s + PS seers
@..

' 3. The following activities were conducted with the Edgewood ©

Arsenal, Edgewood, Maryland. “We obtained 2 large data base from ~
them containing their animal toxicity screen data. They supplied .
U.S. Army volunteers for'testing of our candidate compounds. We:
transferred funds to them for their efforts. As a result of this testing
something called the ''Boomer" was developed. After the project
was cancelled one more data base was received containing their
clinical data on humans. As the project had been cancelled this
data base wa3 not exploited but remained in storage. Ata recent
request of ‘I visited the |Building to help them determine
 APPENDIX K: PROJECT OFTEN DocuUMENTS 345

the nature of all the stored computer data relating to the project.
Upon exemining a Lsting of the clinical data it became evident that
the voluntcers' namcs were incorporated in the data base. If the
data base contains all of the information described on the forms 4
used by the doctors at Edgewood, it seems this data base could be
@ severe invasion of privacy of these volunteers. One form, the
biographical one, comes to mind immediately. This form contains
questions about the volunteers' sex Jife, alcohol and drug use,
parents' family life, and numerous personal questions. I belicve
the volunteers never intended for this information to leave the = ae
control of the U. S. Army. It should be noted that (to the best of-
my knowledge) ‘Shad no knowledge of the sensitivity of thts data"
base until very recently since the data base wes rot being exploited. -
We also obtained their Wiswesser Line Notation (WLN) data base
which contained the WLN notation for the compounds they have -.-
researched. a ghee ste
week)

< The follewing activities wera conducted with

: \ They did all of the benchwork - *:tant
of animal screening. They took the candidate compounds and ran” -
. them through a series of screens on such animals as mice, rats,-.
cats, and monkeys. It was a result of these screens that dstesSe od
. whether to go ahead with further testing in human Edgewood voltnteer:
It wes also through this contractor that fonds:were used to payys oe
university professors wnen neéded. . oi ee pees
és - Lies ree

5. severe? Gore acetal: Een ernentens

“were made with private’ A
industry to receive new compounds of possible interest to CIA.
These companies include
fanda fevr
other orgonizations whose names I cannot remember. Numerous: .
‘ compounds were received from these organizations and the results | i;
-of the screens, in the form of computer reports, were returned to -
the sources of the cornpounds. This was a delicate process because .
some of the compounds were under patent consideration by their ~ -
companies. Several foreign sources were also used but I did nots
have access to which ones. agli cine ie

6. An effort was also put forth to develop our own WLN.

data base. Assistance was received from experts at Edgewood
Arsenal and Fort Dietrich. } ae ae
346 Tue CIA Doctors

ef
7. It was my belief thet the project had three primary opera-
_ tional purposes. First, it wes hoped thet new compounds could be
derived that could be used offensively. An exemple would be to
come up with a compound that could simulate a heart attack or
a stroke in the targetted individual, or perhaps a new hallucinogen
‘
to cause the targetted individual to act bizarrely. Second, it was
that blockers or even immuniza tions could be developed for .-
hoped
.,
- known drugs. Although this would be mainly for use by our people
in hostile environme nts, any progress along these lines cortainly
* would have been welcomed by conventional drug related agencies.
Third, it was my understanding that we would use profiles of .- oe
volunteers who had received known drugs for comparative analysis. “eS
For example, if one of our people suddenly started acting pecaliarly, a
a profilo of his actions could be rm throngh the data base to-seeif - -
_ chis particular combination of actions matched any knovm drug profiles:
' “Yr2ddition to these three operational goals, other work wes being done
_on a permuted search capability of the WLN data bese. There were -
also plans tu develop a file of all Icnown Soviet research in the drug
area. The basis for my understanding of these goals was direct
. conversations with the division chief who had control over the project,
the project officer who was running the project, and discussions at .-
‘which I was present. To my knowledge only one compound wes ever
perfected. I have no knowledge of it or any other compound being —.
used operetionally. gels caneag Soe) gape Abe eR stag
.

8. Iam also attaching a series of Activity Report forms 4 “+

" ased over the years to document the progress of my efforts. - While
these forms represent cnly my participetion in the project, I believe -
they do give precise information as to the who, when, anc where of
many of the activities that were involved. .-° .-..°>.
ain a ees
Slate
Se 9:958 aeeee
6»
tees at fi. ghe &

‘9. If this memorandum or its attachments should raise further

“ questions, I would be happy to assist in any way to get the required -_
‘ answers. However, as I previously mentioned I will be leaving, the
Agency on ll May 1974. IfI1 do not receive any queries during this
time, I will assume this memorandum and attachments were sufficient
so that the Agency will not be caught by any surprises from this
project in the future. : | ee

Attachments: e/s

Coy=
 APPENDIX K: PRoJECT OFTEN DOCUMENTS 347

ST eee: awe SS es a i
fesgees eae
loesenpere ea ees—<+s ey T£ Fes w75
Le =—_ — - :

_FESAATOUN FOR THE RECORD

-_———~ —

= SISSECT:* Trip Report/Edgewood Arsenal ~~

- - Te On 6 February 1975 we visited Edsewood Arsens) Kescarch =

Ledcratories (EARL) for the purpose of clurifsing the natura end extent
of work conducted by Edgewood for the Agency under Project AD2), Task G3
(U.S. Arny designator). Certain details ef this wore are sot )] Saye =
. @enced in existing Agency files, and all personne! ffrectly Involved with
che resecrch have sutscquently left the Agency. The research in questicn,
& Fart of oroject OFTEN, was carried out deteeen February 157) and’
January 1373. Acency records indicate that EARL was requestad te-cesse
_ werk on this project cn 4 Jenuery 1973 and thst charges caesed to be aade
ag2inst the contract after the JanugrveApri] quarter in 1973. Although
S37,CSO was crigirally allocsted, the program had expended $27,352 at the
cise of termination. - = res

We ree in Or. QMcfice, with Or. BL or.QR, and

ir. all of Edgescod. The gist of our discussion is es- -
follows. Previous work at Edsmood (not seonsored by the Asency) had
favolyed aczinistration of a substance
cnt as £A3157 to silitary end’
prisoner voluntser subjects. In these studies, |]administration of :
EA3157 had resulted in delirius and other psychotic behavior lesting ceecs
or fur days with subsec: senesia. There vere residual effects lasting
up <o Six weeks. or. als positive that no work on husen subjects
was pesrormed under the contract with the Agency. He indicated that ulti-
gets)» testing on human subjects would have been 2. nztural conclusion of .
- this ressarch. However, the project wes terminated prior to the esuslishe_
. Sent of the necessary prerequisite anelytical aad anical experizens2tion. |

"= 3. The purpose of the Agency-funded research was to investigate the -

potential fof. EA31607 \from both
acelications and threat assessment standpeints, since {t ves known coat
the Ssviets were actively working with sisilar compounds. Three tasks
wers conducted for the Agency concerning: -
Jae ee Ce _ eee.
Fett e = 1)

—- “"a. Development of analytic sethsds for detecting low

concentrations of. £A3167. :
348 Tue CIA Doctors

r i cult Ho oBst@t” 3 eee ae oa

tae se
=f i
Fr 6Scans of the fraction of E3167 transferred fros
~
ie svariws 2get _jof the checical to ressit —-4 ~~
iT Syuttediireof jester. ,
marth oe

rewée §. Cevatement of a- satisfactory. analytic technique for FA3167 wes

“never achieved. The cospsund does not present ony unique structural
colety iieh would allow {its identtificationSan nok ghee {a >
the presence of PAEDASUTS LESTe P nat ae .* :
5.. The second_ taskwas ster meer \sitquanti.
_ ‘tes of £A3187

‘oases = _—— —
eal a
emnirest oe ———— anal

6. “Because ‘of the nasi to develop 5sa wee chenics! anal;ytie¢ -

technicues, an acount of {EA3157 was synthesized. This ues to
have been used in subsequent resesrch, Sut with the termination of the
Agency-funded work in January 1973, the \ ZAS167 was never used.
Ysuereaee td that sost. if nat all. of theSubstance {s still on hans st
‘ eae < é
dgenoo Ps - . ae ‘ Wy ee 2 >
ri) ae Sor ‘ah HBSS -

: 7. Ye ey ect the sparse denen tte of its ocoseeet: the -

Edeswood personne] indicated that the work was rether closely guerded at as
the tine and eest results hed been conveyed versally. The few reports --;° |
received by the Agency had been handcarried by Agency personne?. The pre=- ~
mature teraination af the project also meant chat usual ffasl repert —-"-
and related cocumentation were never prepared. Or eid net exactly~
Pesecser the reason for additional Relies to the contrzct curing the sade S|
quarter of 1973 but thought that late billings for previous, Neha?
work done at other ae ig: as ree the Brelene Sioa. —

so Ree pian
owt hcl he = oC Tk Uc $ -*
ave oe ate
’
nae cae ee ae
meas -
ste a ° Sone:
rf i) Re s 3 =.°
poe .
 APPENDIX L
THE AMEs LEAF Room
350 Tue CIA Doctors
APPENDIX L: THe Ames LEAF Room
351
 DRIFTWOOD PUBLIC LIBRAR
Y
801 SW HWY 101
LINCOLN CITY, OREGON 973
67
 nN ‘ wT eC 1 oem va ny , tha et
Coh in A. KOSS recel ved his IVLW. rom ie Ur

in 1981, and c omap?eted his specia in

psychiatry at the Universit Ly
author of over 100 papers
of them dealing with dissocia
and multiple per sone ality disordjer.
‘the Inter ‘national |Society for

er the last 65 jear

rian Candidate ‘super —
tribes the experiments
reate amnesia, new
a
and new memories in

D
ee Creation

ven 0-9765508-0-6 bere

780976 © 550808